Full text of "Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria"

See other formats

PROCEEDINGS

OF THK

Eogal Somtp of ©utoria

VOL. IV (New Series).
PART I.

Edited under the Authority of the Council.
ISSUED APRIL 1892.

THE AI'THORS OF THE SEVERAL PAPERS ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOB THE SOUNDNESS OF
THE OPINIONS GIVEN AND FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOURNE :
STILLWELL AND CO., PRINTERS. 195a COLLINS STREET.

AGENTS TO THE SOCIETY:

WILLIAMS <fe NORGATE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON

To whom all communications for transmission to the Royal Society of Victoria.

from all parts of Europe, should be sent.

1892.

%m}n\ %omt\) of Wctorb.

1891.

^nlroit.

HIS EXCELLENCY THE RIGHT HON. JOHN ADRIAN LOUIS HOPE, G.C.M.G.
SEVENTH EARL OF HOPETOUN.

PROFESSOR W. C. KERNOT, M.A., C.E.
E. J. WHITE, F.R.A.S. | H. K. RUSDEN, F.R.G.S.

Joit. ireasurcr.

C. R. BLACKETT, F.C.S.
PROFESSOR W. BALDWIN SPENCER, M.A.

^on. <f ibrariaii.

JAMES E. NEILD, M.D.

(touiurl.

A. DENDY, D.Sc. A. H. S. LUCAS, M.A., B.Sc.

R. L. J. ELLKRY, C.M.G., F.R.I

F.K.A.S.
G. S. GRIFFITHS, F.R.G.S.
JAMES JAMIESON, M.D.
PROFESSOR LAURIE, LL.D.

PROF. R. T. LYLE, MA.

PROF, ORME MASSON, M.A., D.Sc.

H. MOORS.

ALEX. SUTHERLAND, M.A.

C. A. TOPP, M.A., LL.B.

A. S. WAY, M.A.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME IV, PART 1.

Art. I. — Preliminary Account of Synute Pulchella, a New Genus and
Species of Calcareous Sponges. By Arthur Dendy,
D.Sc, F.L.S. .. .. .". .. .. 1

n. On a New Species of Dictyonema (with Plates I and II).

By T. S. Hall, M.A. . . . . . . . . 7

III. — Notes on the Lower Tertiaries of the Southern Portion of
the Moorabool Valley (with Plates III and IV). By T.
S. Hall, M.A., and G. B. Pkitchard .. .. 9

IV. — A New Species of Fresh-water Fish from Lake Nigothoruk.
Mount Wellington, Victoria. By A. H. S. Lucas, M.A.,
B.Sc. .. .. .. ' .. .. ..27

v.— Note on the Alkaloids of Strychnos psilosperma. By Prof.

Kennie, M.A., D.Sc., and G. Goydee, Jun., F.G.S. .. 29

VI. — On tlie Oviparity of Peripatus leuckartii. By Arthur

Dendy, D.Sc, F.L.S. .. .. ".. ..31

VII. — Short Descriptions of New Land Planarians. By Arthur

Dendy, D.Sc, F.L.S. .. .. .". ..35

VIII. — On the Presence of Ciliated Pits in Australian Land Plan-
arians (with Plate V). By Arthur Dendy, D.Sc, F.L.S. 39

IX. — Photographic Charting of the Heavens. By R. L. J.

Ellery, F.E.S. .. .. .. .. .,47

X. — On a New Species of Graptolitid* (with Plate VI). By G.

B. Pritchard . . . . . . . . . . .56

XI. — Notes on the Distribution of Victorian Batrachians, with
Descriptions of Two New Species. By A. H. S. Lucas.
M.A., B.Sc. .. .. ..59

XII.— The Magnetic Shoal near Bezout Island, off Cossack, N.W.

Coast of Australia. By R. L. J. Ellery, F.R.S. . . 65

XIII.— Notes on Victorian Rotifers (with Plates XII and XIII). By

H. H. Anderson, B.A., and J. Shephard .. .. 69

XIV. — Notes on the Habits of Ceratodus forsteri. By Professor

W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A. .. .. ..81

PROCEEDINGS.

-^y^ir^

1^ LIBRARY 1^^;

Art. I.— Preliminary Account of Synute lyidclicUa, a Neiv
Genus and Species of Calcareous Sponges.

By Arthur Dendy, D. Sc, F.L.S.

[Read March 12, 1891.]

The sponge which forms the subject of the present
communication exhibits a very interesting modification
of the usual Sycon type of Calcisponge organisation. If we
imagine a colony of the Sycon genus Ute, whose component
members, growing more or less vertically upwards side by
side, have become fused together completely, so that the
w'hole colony forms a single vallate mass in which tlie
individuals can only be recognised externally by their oscula,
we have then a tolerably accurate conception of the new
genus Synute. The fusion of the Sycon individuals of
which the colony is composed is complete (extending right
up to the oscula) and universal, and by no means partial or
accidental, and the entire colony is protected on the outside
by a thick common cortex consisting mainly of huge oxeote
spicules.

Vosmaer* gives the following diagnosis of the genus
Ute: — "Tubarskelet geglieclert oder nicht. Peripherisches
Skelet hauptsachlich aus grossen, in Schichten gelagerten
Stabnadeln bestehend."

We may diagnose the genus Synute as follows : — " Sponge
forming a colony of Sycon individuals completely fused
together into a single mass invested in a common cortex.

* " Porifer i," Bronn's Klassen imd Ordni;nf;en des Thierreichs, p. .872.

2 Proceedings of ike Royal Society of Victoria.

Tubar skeleton articulate or inarticulate, cortical skeleton
formed chiefly of huge oxeote spicules arranged in several
layers and lying parallel to the long axes of the Sycon
individuals."

For the single species at present known I propose the
name Syrtute ijulchella.

Synute pulchella (n. sp.)
General Airpearance and Canal System.

The colony (of which a single specimen only has as yet been
obtained) reseml^les in general form a small s[)ecimen of Mr.
Carter's Teichonella prolifera.* It consists of a number of
stout vertical walls, nearly a quarter of an inch in thickness,
which branch or divide in such a way that the upper sur-
face of the sponge presents a characteristic mseandriniform
appearance. Along the mgeandering ridge which forms the
upper surface of the sponge small oscula are arranged, nearly
always in a single row. These oscula are less than ] nun.
in diameter and they have no oscular fringe, neither are they
raised on papillae, for the fusion of the Sycon individuals
(one of which corresponds, of course, to each osculumj is
complete up to the vejy top. The sides of the walls
exhibit a beautifully striated appearance, due to the large
oxeote spicules of the cortex, which can be distinguished
with the naked eye, although they do not project beyond
the surface. The entire colony is somewhat constricted
towards the base, so that the fused individuals composing
it tend to radiate outwards and upwards from a common
centre. The whole colony is about 38 mm. in greatest
width and IS mm. in height. It is attached to the surface
of another, much larger, non-calcareous sponge, and in spii-it
is of a pale grey colour, nearly white.

The canal system, apart from the fusion of the Sycon
individuals, closely resembles that of Ute argentea as
figured by Polt^jaeff'.-f- A horizontal section of the colony

* Fignied in my paper "On the Anatomy of Grantia lahxjrintMcti
Carter, and the so-called Family Teichonidje." Quarterly Journal of
Microscopical Science, January 1891. Plate I, Fig. 6.

t Challenger Calcarea. Plate IV, Fig. 3.

FreUminary AccoiDit of Syniiie Pidchella. 3

shows a nmnber of circular spaces scattered at intervals,
generally, but not always, in a single row. These are the
gastral cavities of the Sycon individuals cut across. Each is
completely surrounded by the thinible-shaped flagellated
chambers, or radial tubes, which radiate outwards from the
gastral cavity. On the adjacent sides of two neighbouring
gastral cavities the radial tubes are shorter than on the
outer sides.

The inhalant pores are not visible to the naked eye and
are merely narrow interstices between the outer spicules
of the cortex, leading into irregular canals which pierce the
cortex to reach the flagellated chambers, exactly as in life
argentea. At their lower ends the gastral cavities of the
fused Sycon individuals communicate with one anothei-,
indicating that this peculiar form of Sycon colony has arisen
from fusion of adjoining individuals of a branching colony
such as Sycaw.lra arhorea.

The flagellated chambers or radial tubes are approximately
octagonal in transverse section, while the much smaller inter-
spaces between them are square. The gastral (exhalant)
openings of the chambers are protected by very well
developed membranous diaphragms. Each gastral cavity
has also a single large well-developed diaphragm situate just
within the osculum.

The Skeleton.

The skeleton, as in Ute argentea, is very complex and
may be divided into Cortical, Tubar, Gastral and Oscular
portions.

The Cortical Skeleton. — This consists (1) of very large,
fusiform oxeote spicules, slightly curved, fairly symmetrical
in shape and gradually and .sharply pointed at each enti.
Size when fully developed up to about oO by 014 mm.
These are arranged })arallel to the long axes of the gastral
cavities and in several layers ; (2) Between the above are a
few smaller oxea and great numbers of comparatively small
triradiates. The latter although api)arently disposed in the
utmost confusion and frequently of irregular shape, generally
show a marked tendency towards the sagittal type, the oral
angle being decidedly wider than the lateral. The rays are

4 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

conical and gradually sharp-pointed and measure about 0072
by 001 mm. The basal ray may be of about the same
length or shorter or longer than the others, and is perhaps
generally directed somewhat downwards towards the base
of the sponge ; ('^) On the surface of the sponge, outside
the giant oxeote spicules, is a layer of ver}^ minute oxea
arranged at right angles to the surface and hence also at
right angles to the large oxea, and each with one end
projecting very slightly, if at all, beyond the ectoderm.
These oxea are very slender, measuring at most about 0 07
b3- 0 003 mm. They are very gradually sharp-pointed at
their inner ends and somewhat hastately sharp-pointed
at their outer ends. They are straight or only slightly
curved.

The Tvbar Skeleton.— The tubar skeleton is articulate
and thus differs from that of Ute argcntea. It is composed
of sagittal tru'adiates arranged according to the usual S3'Con
plan, and the number of joints depends, of course, upon the
length of the chamber ; sometimes there may be as many as
a dozen. The sub-gastral sagittal tru-adiates, forming the
})roximal joint of the skeleton, are, as usual, rather difterent
in sha]:>e from the remainder of the sagittal spicules consti-
tuting the tubar skeleton. The oral angle is nearly 180°;
the oral rays are slightly curved awa\' from one another
towards the basal ray, the}" are conical, gradually sharp-
pointed, and measure about 0 084 by 001 mm. The basal
ray is straight, conical, very gradually sharp-pointed,
measuring about 01 4 by 001 mm. There is a more or
less gradual transition between these sub-gastral sagittal
triradiates and the more distallj- placed spicules of the
tubar skeleton. The oral rays first become approximately
straight and spread out nearly at right angles to the basal
ray ; then, further awa}" from the gastral cavity, they begin
to curve towards one another away from the basal ray, and
the oral angle is somewhat reduced. At the .same time the
basal ray becomes shorter, until it is only about the same
length as the orals (now about 007 mm.) All the rays still
remain conical and gradually sharp-pointed.

The GcLstral Skeleton. — This consists of quadrii-adiates
and triradiates, backed by the oral arms of the sub-gastral
sagittal triradiates. The quadriradiates are stout sagittal

Preliminary Account of Synute Fulchella. 5

spicules having the apical ray projecting outwards and
slightly upwards into the gastral caWty. The oral angle is
a good deal wider than the lateral, and the oral rays often
markedly longer than the basal, measuring, for example, 0-15
by ()0]4 mm., as against 0 08-t by 001 -t mm. The dispro-
portion, however, is not always so great as this, nor are the
spicules always so large. The rays are stout, conical and
gradually sharp-pointed, and the oral rays curve slightly
away from one another. The apical ra}- is usually short and
stout, conical, gradually sharp-i)ointed and nearly straight,
although inclined upwards ; usually only about OOoG mm.
long, rarely a good deal longer. Amongst these quadri-
radiates are found a number of sagittal triradiates, while at
a sliort di-tance below the osculum the quadrirailiates
gradually disappear, leaving triradiates only. We ma}^ call
these latter the sub-osculai- gastral triradiates. The sub-
oscular gastral triradiates are arranged ver\' regularly, like an
articulate tubar skeleton, with the basal raya all pointing
away from the osculum. They are all sagittal ; at lirst {i.e.,
away from the osculum) the basal ray is the longest and the
oral rays are nearly straight, diverging at a very wide angle.
All the rays are conical and gradually sharp-pointed. The
oral rays measure about O'l by OOl mm. and the basal about
014 by 001)8 mm. On approaching the osculum t\\e>e
.sagittal triradiates gi-adually become smaller and their shape
gradually changes, the basal ray becoming very short (much
shorter than tlie oral rays) and the oral rays spread out
almost in a line with one another. The rays are still
conical and gradually sluirp-pointed. In the extreme form,
found just within the osculum, the oral rays may still
measure about 0 1 mm. in length while the basal is reduced
sometimes to 002 mm. and is also much slenderer than the
orals.

The Oscuhi.r Skeleton. — This consists oi a clo.seh- packed
layer of long, slender oxea arranged vertically side Viy side
around the o.sculum, but the greater part of the spicule is
imbedded in the wall of the gastral cavity, so that there is
no conspicuous oscular fringe. These oxea, except for their
much greater size, resemble the small surface oxea of the
cortical skeleton. They are long and slender, usually
gradually sharj)-pointed at their inner ends and irregularly
hastate at theiv outer ends. They measure about OS by

(i Proceeding.^ of the Royal Society of Victoria.

0 01 mm. For the greater part of their lengtli these
spicules are imbedded amongst the sub-oscolar gastral
triradiates and they extend some way below the oscular
diaphragm.

The specimen upon which the above account is based was
dredged by Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson, M.A., in the neigh-
bourhood of Port Phillip Heads, Victoria.

Art. II. — On a Neiu S-pccies of Dictyonema.

(With Plates I and II.)

By T. S. Hall, M.A.

[Bead March .5, 1891.]

The first specimen I saw of this fossil was a fragment
given to me in 1889 by Mr. Clark, a student in geology at
tlie Working Men's College. In company with Mr. G. B.
Pfitchard, I paid a visit to Lancefield, where the specimen
had been found, and about five miles nortb-east of the town-
siiip we found the quarry. The rock is a soft black slate,
(lipping at a very high angle, and containing a great deal of
iron pyrites, both in nodules, and in disseminated grains.
The rock is marked lower silurian on the geological map,
and is very near the boundary of the upper .silurian which
lies to the eastward We were fortunate in finding numerous
fragments of the fossil preserved in a white talcose material
and accompanied by graptolites. In turning over a heap of
(lehris from the quarry, I found the large slab I have figured
covered with mud, but still distinctly showing that I had
secured a specimen exhibiting the centre of the polyp-stock.
One of the fragments found by Mr. Pritchard fitted on to the
larger piece as shown in the lower left hand of Figure I.

l3ictyonema is closely allied to the graptolites, but the
chitinous supporting rod, so characteristic of the latter, is
wanting in the former.

Genus Dictvonema.

Sub-Order — Gampanulariw ; Order — Hydroida.

Zittel (" Handb. d. Pal., Bd. I.") gives a definition of the
genu.s which I translate as follows : — " Hydrosome, funnel
j)annier or fan-shaped, with numerous branches almost
parallel, strong, forked and united by cross threads. The
ends of the branches are free, and are then set on one side
with pointed hydrothecse. The latter appear very perishable
and are exceedingly seldom preserved."

8 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

D. GRANDE (n. sp.)

Polyp-stock large, flat, with pei-haps the exception of the
central portion, which, judging from the distorted condition
in which it is preserved, was slightly cup-shaped. The
centre is formed by a thread about 2 nnn. in length. From
each end of this are given off two branches, which, at about
1 mm. from their point of origin, bifurcate nearly at right
angles, thus producing eight branches. The outer edges ot
the branches forming the right angles are straight, and at
about 5 mm. from their origin imite, enclosing an elongated
fenestrule. The inner edges curve sharply and unite,
enclosing a circular fenestrule about 8 mm. in diameter.
After this, branches about ] mm. wide radiate in ever}^
direction from the centre, branching dichotomously as they
go, and no anastomosis occurs. The branches are united by
cross bars which as a rule run nearly at right angles to them,
but are in a few cases oblique. The bars are broadened at
their junction with the branches, as in the Canadian species
described by Prof James Hall (Can. Org. Rem., Dec. II),
and are about 1 mm. wide at their middle. The cross bars
cease their appearance at from 2 to 4 cm. from the distal
end of the branches which then become very flexible and
attenuated. The distance between two adjacent bifurcations
of the same branch varies from about I'o to 7"o cm. The
fenesti-ules enclosed by the radiating branches and the cross-
bars are generally about 5 mm. wide, and vary from o to 25
mm. in length, those towards the centre being smaller and
more circular in outline.

The diameter of a perfect specimen has not been deter-
mined, and the hydrotheccS are not visible in any of the
specimens.

My best thanks are due to Professor W. Baldwin Spencer
for his advice during the preparation of this paper.

Description of Figures.

1. Central portion.

2. Fragment showing termination of branches.

3. Central portion of another specimen.

The flofures are natural size.

Fpoc. R.3. Victoria 1891 Flate I

Ppoc. RS V/ctop/d /89/. F/9te 2.

.^C'LitkMdh.

Art. III. — Xofes on the Lower Tertiaries of the Southern
Portion of tJte Moorahool Valley.

(With Plates III and IV.)

By T. S. Hall, M.A., and G. B. Pritchard.

[Read March 5, 1891.]

The occasion of the visit of the University Science Ckil)
to Geelong for their long-vacation trip enabled us to make
some observations on the geology of tliis locality.

The course of the stream, from its sources to the eastward
of Mount WaiTenheJp down to its junction with the Barwon
at Fyansford, neai- Geelong, is across the eastern portion of
tlie great volcanic plain of South Western Victoria. Like
most of our streams flowing through basaltic country, it h;is
cut a deep and narrow valley of its own, and has in many
places exj)Osed the underlying deposits. In the upper
part ot its course, these underlying deposits are of lower
Silurian age, while in its lowei- part they consist of tertiary
strata.

Our observations dealt principally with the older tertiary
deposits, and extended from the railway viaduct, near
Batesford, down to the junction of the stream with the
Barwon at Fyansford.

Granite.

Tiie oldest rock exposed is the granite, an outcrop of
which, about a square mile in extent, occurs at the Dog-rocks
near Batesford. Another outci'op, a few yards in extent,
occurs where the Maude Road crosses Sutlierland's Creek at
Darriwill, ten miles from Geelong ; and probably granite
occurs at no great depth beneath the surface everywhere
between the Dog-rocks and the granite hills of the You
Yan^s.

10 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Lower Tertiary.

Half a mile below the viaduct, on the left bank of the
stream occurs a section which is noted as fossiliferous in the
geological quarter-sheet. This section is marked (9) on the
l)lan. Lately a small road cutting along its base has afforded
easy means ot" better examination of the beds. The section
is fairly typical of all that occur in the valley. Tlie lower
portion consists of a dark grey clay, containing a great deal
of shelly matter. This becomes yellower as it passes upwards,
and contains a slight admixture of sand. Concretionary
masses of calcareous material make their appearance, and in
places form compact irregular bands. Fossils, especially
gastropods, are more plentiful at the base of the series,
while in the upper part lamellibranchs, and also brachiopods
occur, the gasti'opods being exceedingly rare. We record
122 species from this locality.

There is no doubt that the deposit represents but one
series of beds. The passage from one kind of sediment to
another is a giudual and not a sudden one. The beds merge
into one anotiier in such a way as to leave but little doubt
that the process of sedimentation was continuous, and
though certain fossils abound more in certain parts than in
others, the ditference is due to a variation in the sea bottom,
due to different material being deposited, and to the depth
at which tiie deposit took place, and not to a great difference
in age, as the lamellibranchs and brachiopods of the upper
beds occur also in the lower members of the series.

Near the Dog-rocks, the polyzoal limestone makes its
appearance, and in one or two places forms low cliffs on the
river bank. The beds when examined at a distance show a
slight dip, which is approximately to the south east. We
were, however, unable to measure its amount and diiection
accurately. The lowest beds exposed ai'e at the up[)er
([uarry (see plan 8). The rock here is almost entirely made
up of foraminifera, which lie at all inclinations to the bedding
[)lane. A sample of the I'ock was forwarded to Professor
Tate, and by him submitted to Mr. W. Howchin. This
gentleman states that the great mass of the rock is made up
of individuals of Orbitoides mantelli, and he suggests the
name Orbitoides lini&stone for the formation. The other
conspicuous genera, which however are relatively few in
number, are Ainphiste(jiaa, Opercidina, and Gypsina. The
i-ock is very friable and is quite distinct from the overlying

Lower Tertlaries of the Moorahool Valley. 11

poh'zoal limestone whicli, however, contains similar foramini-
fera freely scattered through it, though its great hulk consists
of polyzoa and spines and plates of echinoderms, together
with a few lamellibranch shells ; l-i species are recorded from
this locality.

The base of the section is hidden by the drift of the
valley, but judging fr'om the close proximity of the gi'anite.
it is of no great deptl).

The hill section is as follows : —

Basalt ... ... ... ... 75 ft.

Incoherent sandy material, witli cal-
careous concretions ... ... 50 ,,

Yellow clay, with calcareous concretions 5 ,,

Polyzoal limestone ... ... 25 ,,

Orbitoides limestone ... ... 20 „

Total ... 175 ft.

The change from tlie limestone to the yellow clay at this
point is a sharp and not a gradual one. The grey clay
which, as before mentioned, is so abundant in gastropoda, is
absent, having thinned out towards the granite on the flanks
111' which the deposit rests.

The polyzoal limestone at the places marked (7) and (8)
ill {)]au is of a lighier tint than that of the well-known
vVaurn Ponds rock, being in places of a dazzling whiteness ;
liut fossil evidence shows the two deposits are of the same
age. We record 16 species from tlie filter quarries (see plan).
Near Madden's (see plan 6) a cliff section shows the following
interesting characters: — The polyzoal limestone forms the
base of the clitf. This rock in its upper portion is in most
places of a crystalline texture, and very few perfect shells
;ire to be found in it, the fossils being represented principally
V>y casts. A similar state of things occurs on Sutherland's
(,'reek near Maude, though in the latter place gastropods,
especially cowries, are plentiful ; while in the true polyzoal
rock, they are extremely rare. Above the limestone comes
the clay bed. This for the fii'st few feet is full of polyzoa,
resembling those of the lower rock. The beds then pass up
in the usual manner into sandy calcareous clays with nodules,
and are capped by basalt.

Though the line of demarcation between the polyzoal rock
and the grey clay is sharp, still, as has been just, mentioned.

12 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

the foraminifera persisted during the time required for the
deposition of the first few feet of the clay. The muddiness
of the water, however, was apparently inimical to the growth
of polyzoa in the profusion in which they had previously
existed, and they soon ceased to be the typical forms of life
in the locality, and the o-astropods made their appearance in
greater numbers. The effect of the variation in the sediment
on the fauna has been alluded to when dealing with the
section near the viaduct.

The section is as follows : —

Basalt ... ... ... ... 60 ft.

Incoherent sandy matei-ial, with con-
cretions ... ... ... 20 ,,

Yellow clay, with concretions ... 50 ,,

Grey clay ... ... ... 20 „

Polvzoal limestone ... ... 30 ,,

Total ... 180 ft.

The hill side is covered by. a fairly deep soil, but in a few
places, especially where rabbits have buiTOwed, the under-
lying rock is exposed. Fossils are scarce, but by dint ot a
few hours' careful searching, we succeeded in securing
examples of thirty-live species, which will be found recorded
in the list given.

Below Madden's, the river valley widens out to about three-
quartei-s of a mile. The bed of the stream is formed by the
polyzoal limestone for a distance of about half a mile below
the section just described, and the rock is carved into
miniature caves and hollows by the stream. The top of
the limestone approaches the level of the river as we go
down stream, owing to the dip of the beds, and at last it
disappears under the bed of the stream, its place being taken
by the overlying gre}^ clay. Just above Griffin's (see })lan 5).
wliere the clay liist makes its appearance in tlie river bed,
fossils are plentiful. 'J'he banks of the stream are steep
and slippery, so that it is a matter of some difficulty to work
at the beds. The top of the clay bed is only about a couple
of feet above tlie summer level of the river, and its eroded
sui'face is covered by a gravel wash some ten or twelve feet
in thickness.

The fossils found here were remarkable for their size, being-
far larger than examples of the same species occurring

Lower Tertiaries of the Moovahool Valley. 13

elsewhere in the valley. We record 118 species from this
locality.

For about half a mile below this the river bank exposes
ail almost continuons section of the clay bed, but this at last
disappears, and is overlain by the gravel wash which covers
the greater part of the valley.

To the northward on the hill side bounding the valley at
(3) and (4), small exposures of the yellowish clay were seen,
i)ut only a couple of fossils were obtained. The hill side is
thickly masked by soil, principally derived as a pluvial wash
from the basalt above. In the places mentioned, however,
small gullies have exposed the tertiary rock, though the
exposures were so small that we could do no more than
satisfy ourselves that the beds were continuous in that
direction. Near Coghill's (see plan 2), the stream which has
hitherto held a general south-easterly course, bends away to
the southward. At this point, a very steep cliff is foi-med,
exposing a section, which attracted the attention of the
officers of the Geological Survey. At the base of the cliff
occur billowy hillocks formed by the weathering of a small
landslip.

The geological survey sheet gives the following section : —

Black loam, with estuary shells and

nodules of limestone ... ... 8 ft.

Lava ... ... ... ... 30 „

Loose sand ... ... ... 6 „

Sandy clays, with miocene tertiary

fossils ... ... .. 56 „

Total ... 100 ft.

This section, however, seems to need several modifications.
The upper surface of the basalt is wackenitic in character,
and passes up into the surface soil, and we could not find
any trace of the estuary deposit referred to. After a pro-
longed search, about a dozen specimens of shells were
discovered lying close to one another, on the face of the
slope towards the cliff. Tliese were all recent species, and
are not peculiarly estuary shells. Their colours were
perfectly preserved, and they did not appear to have been
long in the ix)sition in which they were found. The shells
were of species of large size, and no examples of small
shells were found. The height of the place above the sea

14 P roceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

is about 200 ft., and there is no evidence elsewhere, of such
a great elevation of the coast within recent times. It seems
probable that the shells wei'e cariied there by human agency,
as similar collections of shells forming the "' kitchen middens "
of the blacks, are not unknown in other places. A careful
examination (/ the soil did not show any quartzose sand,
and the ant-heaps near the spot are covered with small
pieces of scoriaceous basalt. Had there been anj' quartz
sand in the deposits, traces of it would certainly have been
found on the ant-heaps. Limestone nodules occur, but they
are not unknown in decomposed basalt nearer Melbourne,
and similar masses may be found near the railway cutting
in Royal Park, the lime being probably derived from the
decomposition of a lime felspar. A few angular fragments
of (juartz and quartzite were found on the surface, but are
exceedingly scarce. There is certainly no evidence of a
marine deposit overlj'ing the basalt anywhere near this
locality.

With regard to the 6 ft. of loose .sand mentioned on the
quarter-sheet, as underlying the basalt, this seems very local
in its development. In most places, the clay beds which,
as before mentioned, become more sandy in their upper
portion, are directh^ overlain by the basalt, but in a few
spots, loose sand does occur. There is no difference in colour
between the loose sandy beds, and those containing a small
admixture of clay, both being fawn-coloured. The bed oC
sand is marked Older Pliocene on the map, and is represented
as having a continuous outcrop for miles up the valley. The
evidence for its separation from the underlying beds is
exceedingly slight.

We record 106 species from this locality.

From Coghill's to the Orphanage Hill, the ridge on thf
left bank maintains a fairly uniform height of about 200 ft.
above the river, and falls away gradually on the eastward
towards Corio Bay. The country on the right bank had
evidently suffered extensive denudation before the basalt
outflow took place. The survey quarter-sheet shows the
ba.salt coming right down to the river's edge, from CoghilFs
to Fyansford (its upj^er surface being only about 50 ft. or 00
ft. above), while on the other bank, the base of the basalt is
about 170 ft. above the river. It is possible, howevei', that
the face of the hill is merely covered by the debris, and that
the flow is not as deep as shown. For instance, the road-

Lower Tertiariea of the Moorahool Valley. In

cutting leading westward from the Fyansford Bridge gives
an exposure of the tertiary strata a few feet in extent, at a
height of about 40 ft. above the sti'eam. The exposed rock
is the yellow clay, with calcai-eous nodules, so constantly
occurring near the top of the series in the neighbourhood.
The onl}^ fossil we found was an oyster; but a more careful
search would probably yield more forms. The tendency of
the basaltic dehrin to completely mask a hill side, thus giving
an erroneous view of the depth of the flow, is well shown in
various places in the valley ; and here, when walking along
the river bank a few days before noticing the outcrop above,
we had no idea that the geological boundary needed a
correction. The difference in the level of the basalt on the
two sides of the valley is a marked one. Standing on
Orphanage Hill, far below the level of the base of the flow,
one can see for miles over the basalt plain to the westward ;
and extensive denudation must consequently have taken
place both before and after the outflow of igneous rock.

The geological quarter-sheet gives 10 ft. of loose sand
underlying the basalt. This in the map is coloured yellow,
indicative of Older Pliocene, and the outcrop is shown
extending far up the valley. There is, however, but little
doubt as before mentioned, that the deposit is of the same
age throughout, and no sufficient grounds exist for dividing-
it into two parts. The change from clay to sand is a gradual
one, which can be traced as we go up the hill on any of the
sections exposed in the valley. The change in the character
of the sediment naturally affected the inhabitants of the se;i,
but the fossils which occur in the sandy strata occur in the
argillaceous beds as well, and no new forms appear.

The Orphanage Hill section is a very typical <me. The
grey clays at the base become yellow as the}^ pass upwards,
and calcareous nodules and bands make their appearance in
the more arenaceous rock near the summit. The beds have
been energetically searched for fossils by some of the Geelong
collectors, and consequently good specimens are now some-
what difficult to procure. However, as a result of visits on
various occasions, we have procured specimens of 192 species
from the locality.

In speaking of the polyzoal lock of Western Victoria,
Mr. Dennant * mentions that at Muddy Creek the limestone

Proc. A.A.A.S.," 18!)0, p. 442.

16 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

occurs at a lower level than do the gastropod beds, though
the actual contact cannot be seen. In South Australia, also,
Professor Tate* states that the polyzoal I'ock is the older of
these two members of the series. The evidence we have
adduced shows that in this locality as well, the sequence of
the beds, as might have been expected, is similar. The
deposit at Orphanage Hill, and consequently its extension
up the valley of the i-iver is usually spoken of as Oligocene,
though coloured Miocene in the quarter-sheet ; while the
Waurn Ponds rock, which, like the Batesford limestone, is
true polyzoal rock, is called miocene. This is, however, a
reversal of the true sequence, for the limestone is undoubt-
edly the underlying member of the series. In his exhaustive
examination of the Muddy Creek beds, Mr. Dennantf states
that the whole series must be referred to eocene age, and the
list of fossils we give, shows that no very marked difference
if any at all exists between the ages of the gastropodous
clays in the two localities.

Other Tertiary Deposits.

We paid but little attention to the other tertiary
deposits. The basalt capping the hills is a portion of
the extensive flow of our western plains. The source
of the rock is not apparent at any rate in the immediate
neighbourhood.

The river valley is covered in most places by drift, varj'ing
from fine sand to coarse gravel, consisting principall}' of
quartz. Near Madden's, some greenstone pebbles were
obtained, resembling those of the Barwon drift, both above
and below the junction with the Moorabool. In the case of
the former stream, they are probably derived from the gabbro
outcrop, marked on the survey map as occurring about six
miles above the junction ; but the origin of the pebbles in
the Moorabool is not clear. The drift is marked on the
geological map as being of pliocene age.

Our thanks are due to Mr. J. Dennant, F.G.S., F.C.S., &c.,
for his kind assistance in the identification of many of the
fossils.

* " Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust,.," 1884.

t" Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust.," 1888, and " Proc. A. A. A. S.,"' loc. cit.
See also " Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict.," 1891, p. iVd.

Lower Tertiaries of the Moorahool Valley/.

The following shows the number of specimens recorded
from each of the localities dealt with in the paper : —

Table I.

Filter Quarries
Upper Quarry

16
14

Table II.

Orphanage Hill
Coghill's ...
Griffin's . . .
Near Madden's
Near Viaduct

192
106
113
35
122

The whole number of species is 295, and of these the
mollusca and brachiopoda amount to 264.

In comparing the latter with eocene fossils of Muddy-
Creek, as recorded by Mr. Dennant, we find 145 common to
both deposits, and as 102 of the remainder have been only
determined generically, being as yet undescribed, it will be
seen that the agreement between the beds is exceedingly
close.

18 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.
Table I.

Locality whebb

Name of Specimen.

Obtained.

* Filter

Upper

Quarries.

Quarry.

Foraminifera.

Orbitoides mantelli

Amphistegina sp.

Operculina sp. ...

Gypsina sp.

Corals.

Placotrochus deltoideus, Duncan

...

„ elongatu.«, Duncan

Flabellum gambierense, Duncan

Isis sp.

Echinodermata.

Pericosmus gigas, McCoy

sp.

Clypeaster gippslandicus, McCoy

Monosty cilia australis, McCoy

...

Brachiopoda.

Waidheimia garibaldiaua, Davidson

Magasella compta, Sow ...

„ woodsiana (?), Tate

Terebratulina davidsoni, Etheridge ...

Lamellibranchiata.

Pecten murrayanus, Tate

„ polymorphoides, Zittel

...

,, subbifrons, Tate ...

Spondylus pseudo-radula, McCoy

Nucula sp.

Ostraea sp.

Gasteroj)oda (a few casts)

...

Pisces.

Lamua sp.

* Note. — These quarries are both in the Polyzoal Eock, and are marked
Filter Quarries (7), and Upper Quarry (8), on the plan.

Lower Tertiaries of the Moo)xtbool Valley, 19

Table II.

Locality where

Obtained.

Name of Specimen.

Foraminifera.

Orbitoides mantelli

...

Other genera and species

...

Corals.

Placotrochus deltoideus, Duncan ...

„ elongatiis, Duncan ...
Flabellum gambierense, Duncan ...

X
X

„ victovise, Duncan

Notocyathus viola, Duncan

„ australis, Duncan

X
X

sp.
Trematotrochus (?) sp. ...

Balanophyllia australiensis, Duncan
Other species

X
X

Echinodermata (indeterminate casts ;

also spines)

Crustacea

...

Polyzoa (varioxis species)

Salenaria sp. . . .

Brachiopoda.

Waldheimia garibaldiana, Davidson

„ insolita, Tate

...

,, corioensis, McCoy
Terebratula vitreoides, T. Woods ...

Terebratulina scoulari, Tate

...

sp. ... ...

„ davidsoni, Etheridge

Lamellibranchia ta .

Pecten murrayanus, Tate
„ sturtianus, Tate ...

X
X

...

X
X

,, semilaevis, McCoy

...

C 2

20 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Locality where Obtained.

Name of Specimen.

,£

C=3

jj'a

c3 §

■c

It
o

Lamellihranchiata — continued.

Pecten yahlensis, T. Woods

...

„ zitteli, Hutton ...

...

sp.

...

2 sp.
(£rag.)

foulcheri, T. Woods

„ ganibierensis, T. Woods ...

Spondylus pseiidoradula, McCoy ...

Diraya dissiniilis, Tate ...

Pectunculus m'coyii, Johnston

,, cainozoicus, T. Woods

...

Limopsis belcheri, Adams and Reeve

„ aurita, Brocchi

Lima bassii, T. Woods ...

...

„ linguliforniis (?), Tate

Leda vagans, Tate

„ obolella, Tate

„ apiculata, Tate

„ sp.

Trigonia tubulifera, Tate

...

Barbatia celleporacea, Tate

Macrodon cainozoicus, Tate

Cardita gracilicostata, T. Woods . . .

„ com pacta, Tate ...

„ scabrosa (?), Tate

,, sp. nov. (?)

...

frag.

„ polynema, Tate ...

„ delicatula, Tate . . .

sp. ...

...

Nucula tuniida, T. Woods

„ morundiana, Tate

...

,, atkinsoni, Johnston

...

Chama lamellifera, T. Woods

Myodora tenuiliiata, Tate

Semele vesiculosa, Tate ...

Cy therea eburnea, Tate ...

sp. ...

Chione sp.

„ sp. (nov.)

...

Lower Tertiaries of the Moorahool Valley.

Locality where Obtained.

Name of Specimen.

.■»■

3_;

Laynellihranchiata — continued.

Chione sp.

Crassatella dennanti, Tate

„ astarteformis, Tate

Ostrsea hyotis

sp.

Cardium antisemigramilatum, McCoy

sp. ...

...

Cucullaea corioensis, McCoy

...

Corbula epliauiilla, Tate...

„ pi.xidata, Tate ...

Hinnites corioensis

Modiola sp.

...

Gasteropoda.

Typhis Jaciniatus, Tate ...

„ sp.

„ ni'coyii, T. Woods

„ evaricosus, Tate ...

Murex lophoessus, Tate

...

„ veliticus, Tate ...

„ amblyceras, Tate

„ trochispiva, Tate

...

„ camplytropis, Tate

„ eyrei, T. Woods...

...

„ asperulus, Tate ...

„ sp.

Trophou polypliyllus, T. Woods ...

Ranella prattii, T. Woods

Rapana aculeata, Tate ...

...

Triton cyphus, Tate

„ tumulosus, Tate ...

...

„ woodsii, Tate

„ gemmulatus, Tate

...

„ tortirostris, Tate ...

...

„ textilis, Tate

„ sp.

...

Fusus dictyotis, Tate

...

,, craspedotus, Tate

22 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Locality where Obtained.

Name of Specimen.

c — :

Gasteropoda — continued.

Fusus acanthostephes, Tate

„ foliaceus, Tate

„ aciforniis, Tate

...

,, senticosus, Tate ...

„ hexagonalis, Tate

... j

Fasciolaria cryptoi)loca, Tate

„ decipiens (?), Tate

„ rugata, Tate ..

,, cristata, Tate

...

Peristernia subundulosa, Tate

,, lintea, Tate ...

Sipho sp.

X 2

sp.

,, asperulus, Tate

Siphonalia, sj).

Dennantia ino, T. Woods

„ cingulata (var.), Tate ...

Leucozonia sp. ...

Nassa tatei, T. Woods ...

Voluta hannafordi, McCoy

„ antiscalaris, McCoy

„ stro])hodon, McCoy

,, ancilloides. Tate ...

...

„ ui'donaldi, Tate

Voluta costellifera, Tate

„ (volutocoiius) conoidea, Tate

...

,, pseudoliratn, Tate

,, catliedralis, Tate

X ?

...

,, sp. IIOV.

„ polita, Tate

...

„ sp.

Lyria harpularia (?), Tate

Mitra atractoides, Tate ...

„ alokiza, T. Woods

„ ligata, Tate

Marginella woodsii, Tate

,, propinqiia, Tate

wentworthi, T. Woods

- "j

IV.

,, inei-niis, Tate

Lower Tertiaries of the Moorahool Valley. 23

Name of Specimen,

Gasteropoda — continued.
Marginella (juv.)

,, niicula (var.), Tate

sp.
Oliva, sp.

Ancillaria pseudaustralis, Tate
sp. ...
„ sublaevis (?), T. Woods
Harpa sp.

Cancellaria varicifera, T. Woods ...
sp.
,, laticostata, T. Woods ...

Terebra platyspira, Tate
Pleui'otoma haastii, Hutton

,, murndaliana, T. Woods

„ clarae, T. Woods

sp.

Drillia trevori, T. Woods
Integra, T. Woods

Locality where Obtained.

Mancjelia

Bela
Co:

bideiis, T. Woods

sp.

us liamiltonensis, Tate

(aff. pullulescens), T. Woods
sp.

ligatus, Tate
Cypraea eximia, McCoy ...
„ gigas, McCoy ...

X
X
X

X
X

X
X
X

2 sp

6 sp

4 sp

6 sp.

sp.

6 s[)

3sp

frag,

juv.

4 sp

X
X

X ]

0 sp.
X

frai

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Locality a

VHEEE Obtained.

Name of Specimen.

."=■

I. a

5:S

Gasteropoda— continned.

Cypraea leptorhyncha, McCoy

„ contusa, McCoy

...

„ pyrulata, Tate ..

...

„ subsidua, Tate ...

...

„ subpyrulata, Tate

...

'' sp

» sp

Trivia avellanoides, McCoy

Cassis exigua, T. Woods

frag.

Semicassis transenna, Tate

...

Cassidaria sp. ...

...

Natica haniiltonensis, T. Woods ...

,, gibbosa, Hutton ,..

...

„ polita, T. Woods

„ auriculata, Tate, m.s.

„. a)sp. (nov.)

Crepidula sp. ...

...

Calliostonia sp.

2 sp.

Astele sp.

...

Xenophora agglutinans, Lam.

Solarium acutum, T. Woods

Scalaria sp.

....

Turritella munayana

4sp.

3 sp.

I'sp.

...

4 sp.

...

3 sp.

Siliquaria squamulifera, Tate, m.s.

„ sp. nov.

Eulima danae, T. Woods

...

„ SD

Niso psila, T. Woods ...

Cerithium apheles, T. Woods

sp. ...

...

Tiifoiis wilkinsoni, T. Woods

3 sp.

:;:

„

•i'sp.

Loiver Tertlaries of the Moorahool Valley.

Locality where Obtained.

Name of Specimen.

.""'

»■

js's

3 s

"E*

Gasteropoda — continued.

Triforis

...

1 sp.

Mathilda sp. ...

Liotia sp.

...

" «P

...

. .> «P

Cyclostrema (1) sp.

...

Fissurellidaja malleata, Tate

...

Hemitonia occlusa, Tate, m.s.

Emarginula Candida, Tate, m.s.

...

sp.

...

sp.

,, cymbium (?), Tate, m.s.

sp.

...

Entalis niantelli, Zittel ...

,, annulatum, Tate

Dentalium aratuui, Tate

Cylichna exigua, T. Woods

...

«P

sp. ...

...

sp. ...

Dolichotoma sp.

Magiliis sp.

Vermetus (?) sp.

...

Scaphander fragilis, Tate, m.s.

Bulla scrobiculata

...

„ sp.

...

Ringicula australis (?)

sp.

Pusianella hemiothone ...

sp. ...

sp- ••• .

Columbella cainozoica, T. Woods ...

...

Clathurella sp.

...

Daphnella gracillima, T. Woods ...

...

„. ^P-0)

...

Delphinula sp.

...

Eburnopsis sp.

Rissoa (1) chrysalida, Tate, m.s. ...

...

4-A^ rt08 >>s

o«>8 v:

Luf LII8RA»'

26 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Locality wheee

Obtained.

Name op Specimen.

Near
Madden'B.

Near
Viaduct.

Gasteropoda — continued.
Tiochocochlaa (?) sp.

Cephalopoda.

Aturia australis, McCoy
Nautilus sp. ...

X
X

...

Pisces.

Shark's teeth (2 species)
Ear bones

3_sp. X

^i?

to ^

o ^

S-l/OO^ £oQ

'SAi)j !Ooqt?jooi/\i

llll

■JBAiti iooqi>joo)^

■JSAiy /oogpjoo^

^S'^.iy /oogpjoofy

dj/s-pu ej

€«'

Art. I V. — A Neiv Species of Fresh-iuafer Fish from Lake
Nigothoruk, Mount Wellington, Victoria.

By A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B.Sc.

[Eead June 11, 1891.J

Galaxias nigothoruk, sp. n.
D. ]a A. 11-13. P. 16. V. 7.

Height of body in front of dorsal tin contained between
seven and eight times in the length exclusive of the caudal
fin. Length of head contained rather more than four times
in the same.

Head broad ; trunk gradually narrowing to root of caudal ;
width between eyes equal to maximum height of head ; jaws
about equal ; maxillse reaching to beneath anteiior third of
eye ; diameter of eye rather less than one-fourth length of
head, quite equal to length of snout.

Dorsal commences at last third of trunk ; anal a little behind
dorsal ; pectorals reach rather more than lialf way to roots
of veiitrals ; ventrals extend over nearly two-thirds of
distance between their roots and the vent. Minimum
height of tail about two-thirds height of trunk between
dorsal and ventral fins.

Coloration. — Ground hue of skin dark-green on back of
trunk ; lighter green on sides ; on belly, silvery blueish-
green ; Ground hue of head olive-green dorsally, blueish-
green ventrally, operculum purplish. Whole skin covered
with innumerable tiny brown to black pigment dots. These,
when crowded close together, form dark spots, which give
the trunk a richly sj)eckled appearance. On the fins, the
dots are arranged along the rays. Fins reddish-yellow.
Iris a beautiful bronze-yellow.

28 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

General length of those caught, somewhat over three
inches. None of much greater length were observed, but of
tljis size and smaller, there were thousands.

Locality. — Lake Nigothoruk, above the head of the
Wellington River, Gippsland, the only known mountain
lake in Victoria.

Food. — Insects, worms, &c.

Art. V. — Note on the Alkaloids of Stri/chnos i:>silo8perma.

By Prof. Rennie, M.A., D.Sc, and G. Goyder, Jun.,
Esq., F.C.S.

[Read August 13, 1891.]

Some time ago, Baron von Mueller kindly forwarded to
one of us, for examination, a small parcel of fruits of
Strychnos psilosperma. Baron von Mueller states that this
species is not yet cultivated anywhere, and that his corres-
pondent in sub-tropical Eastern Australia had watched the
few plants there, in their native haunts, for several years,
but that they never bore fi'uit till last year.

The method used for extraction of the alkaloids was as
follows : — The fruits were pounded up as far as possible,
and then nearly diied in the water oven. Ten grammes of
this material was then mixed with a suitable quantity of
lime, some water added, and the mixture dried on a water
bath. It was then placed in a Soxhlet's apparatus and
extracted for several hours with strong alcohol. The
alcoholic extract, having been sligiitly acidified with sul-
phuric acid and filtered, was evaporated, again filtered,
rendered alkaline with soda, and thoroughly extracted with
chloroform. The chloroform extract, after evaporation, was
again taken up in acidified water, filtered, again rendered
akaline, and extracted with chloroform. The residue, after
evaporation, was then dried at 100° C. till constant. The
weight of mixed alkaloids so obtained was 031 gramme,
which, allowing tor about 4 per cent, of water still remain-
ing in the nearly dried material, gives a yield of 0-32 per
cent. Though every care was taken to make the extractions
as thorough as possible, this result is doubtless below the
truth ; but allowing for experimental error, the yield of
total alkaloids is not great in comparison with that obtained
from some other species. Strychnos Ignatire, for example,
yields about lo per cent, of strychnine, and O'o per cent, of

30 Proceedinr/s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

brucine. It is quite possible, however, that under favourable
conditions the yield would be much increased. The quantity
of" total alkaloids was so small, that a quantitative sepai'ation
was not attempted. A qualitative separation, however, re-
vealed the presence of both strychnine and brucine, the
former apparently in considerable excess.

Art. VI. — On the Oviparity of Pevipatus Icuckartii.
By Arthuk Dendy, D.Sc, F.L.S.

^Eead August 13, 1891.]

Perijxitv.s leuckartii has proved to be by no means
uncommon in Victoria, beincv recorded from a good many
distinct localities, and exhibiting a remarkable series of
variations in colour and pattern, as I have already described.*
Hitherto, howevei", little has been known of its habits, and
nothing of its mode of reproduction. The only observer,
so far as I am aware, who has said anything of its life-
history, is Mr. Fletcher, who has described-f- four very young
individuals, the progeny of a female kept by him in damp
moss 9nd leaves for four months (July to October inclusive).
Ml'. Fletcher did not observe the birth of the young, but
found them in company with the mother when apparently
only a few days old. He assumes, naturally enough, that
they were born alive, as in all other species whose lite-
history is known ; the viviparous habit being, indeed, one ot
the most remarkable characters of Feripatus.

In May last I obtained several specimens of Pevipatus
leuckartii, chiefly from Macedon, some of which I have since
kept alive in a small vivarium specially arranged for the
purpose. The vivarium consists of a large glass jar, with a
flat glass tcp supported on two thin slips of glass slightly
above the edge of the jar, in order to admit of free ventila-
tion. To guard against drying up, from which cause I had
previously lost specimens, I keep a small open jar of water
inside the larger one, and the floor of the vivarium is thickly
covered with very rotten wood, kept moist by the evapoi-ation
of the water.

In this vivarium Pevipatus flourishes well, and the speci-
mens may be inspected, when desired, by turning over the

* "Proceedings of the Eoyal Society of Victoria," July 11, 1889.
t "Proceedings of the Linneau Society of New South Wales," October
81, 1888.

32 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

rotten wood. On making such an inspection on the 3 1st
of July last, I found that some twelve or fifteen eggs*
had been deposited beneath bits of rotten wood, and in
crevices of the same. Careful examination showed that
these were undoubtedly eggs laid by Peripatus. I collected
all I could find and removed them, with some of the rotten
wood, to a separate receptacle, and then carefully turned out
the vivarium, and examined its contents. I ibund that
there were ])resent four specimens of Peripatus leuchartii,
one male and three females, all apparently in good health,-f-
and that there was nothing else which could possibly have
laid the eggs, the largest living thing visible besides the
Peripatus being a ver}^ small ant.

The vivarium was stocked on the 18th of May, and as 1
have carefully examined it several times since then, I am
sure that the eggs must have been recently deposited. The
view that they are really eggs of Peripatus receives strong
support, if required, from anatomical examination of adult
females. In these, I have nearly always found eggs in the
uterus, but, although I have dissected specimens killed in
December, May and July, I have never found embryos.:|:
Moreover, the structure of the eggs in utero is very
characteristic, and argues strongly against any idea of
intra-uterine development. They are very large, oval in
shape, and consist each of a very tough, thick membrane,
enclosing a quantit}^ of thick milky fluid full of yolk
granules. I have only examined one egg microscojncally
after laying, as 1 wish as far as possible to watch the
development ; but this one agreed so closely with those
found in utero that there can, I think, be no reasonable
doubt of its identity. It was of just about the same size
(4^ ^y 5% hich), of the same colour (very pale yellow), with a
very tough membrane and a milky fluid contents containing
very many yolk granules, but with no appearance of an
embryo. The only difi'erence concerns the almost chitinoUwS-
looking membrane which, instead of being smooth or nearly
so, as when in utero, is exquisitely sculptured or embossed

* To determine the exact number would have involved breaking up the
•wood and thus disturbing the eggs more than seemed desirable.

t The male has since died, but the females were all still alive and appa-
rently healthy on August 17th.

J The only July specimen dissected contained neither eggs nor embryos.
Possibly the eggs had been recently deposited. The specimen was captured
quite at the end of tlie month.

On the Ovlpar'iiy of PevipaUts leud'artii. 33

in a beautiful and regular design, consisting of little crumpled
papillae, somewhat resembling worm-casts, arranged at fairly
regular intervals over the surface, and with much finer
meandering ridges occupying the spaces between them.
Such sculpturing is, as is well known, characteristic of
man}^ insect eggs, which renders it especially interesting in
view of the relationships of Peripatus. As it is not present
in intra-uterine* eggs, it must be formed as the egg passes
through the vagina, which is large and thick-walled.

It thus appears that Peripatus leuckartii lays eggs in
July, or thereabouts ; and it appears also, from Mr. Fletcher's
observations, with which it wnll be seen that my own fit in
very well so far, that the .young, are hatched at the end of
October. As, however, I have also found large eggs in a
specimen captured and killed in December, I think it not
impossible that the animal may be double-brooded.

The mode of reproduction in Peripatus leuckartii thus
seems to differ widely fi'om that known in any other species
of the genus, and to conform rather to the insect type.
Probably, considering the immense quantity of f(X)d-yolk
present, the development also differs widely ; this I hope to
be able to work out in time, bat the presence of so much
fluid and granular yolk, and of such a tough membrane,
will, I fear, render the task very difficult.

It would be interesting to discover whether Peripatus
insif/nis, the only other known Australian species, is also
oviparous. The smaller size and much rarer occurrence
of this species, however, will render investigation more
difticult.

Postscript. — On August 3Jst one of the female specimens
was found dead in the vivarium. I at once dissected it, and
found the reproductive organs very well develojied ; but,
although the ovary and oviducts were botli large (the former
containing a great many ovarian eggs), there was not a single
egg in either of the oviducts. Doubtless, all the eggs had
been laid. It is worth mentioning in this connection that
another female specimen found at Macedon in May last (at
the same time as the specimens which were placed in the
vivarium) was dissected a few days after being captured,
and was then found to contain no less than twelve large eggs
in the oviducts.

* I have used the term " uterus " in accordance with the customary
nomenclature, it would probably be better to speak only of " oTiducts " in
Feripatus leuckartii..

34 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Up to the present time (September 4tli) I have found no
more eggs in the vivarium. The total number of eggs found
is fourteen. This seems a small number for three females to
lay, but probably the number laid varies considerably, as
one specimen which I dissected some time ago contained
only six eggs in the oviducts.

A.RT. VII. — Short Descripiions of New Land Plaiiariuns.
By AuTHUii Dendy, D.Sc, F.L.S.

[Read August liJ, 1891.]

The object of the present communication, is to describe as
briefly as possible some new species and varieties of land
|)lanarians which have come to hand since I read my last
paper on the subject before this Society* The specimens
described were collected by Professor Spencer, Messrs.
C. French, F.L.S., H. Grayson, and C. C. Brittlebank, to all
of whom I wish to express my indebtedness. The most
interesting of the new species is Ehynchodemus simulans,
collected by Mr. Brittlebank at Myrniong, near Bacchus
Marsh, Victoria. With the exception of the single specimen
of Rhi/)ichodemus victoricv obtained by Professor Spencer in
the Croajingolong district, not very far from the New South
Wales border, and described b}- me in a previous communi-
cation,-f- this is the first time the genus Rliynchodemus has
been met with in Victoria. I hope on a future occasion to
be able to publish figures of all the new species and
varieties.

Geoplana ventrolineata, n. sp.

Body, when crawling, almost circular in section, ta})ering
gradually at either extremity ; length about 23 mm. ;
greatest breadth little over 1 mm. Eyes arranged as
usual, and continued for a long way down the body in the
light lateral line. Peripharyngeal aperture (in spirit) at
about the junction of the middle and posterior thirds of the
body ; genital aperture somewhat nearer to the peripharyn-
geal aperture than to the jjosterior end.

Dorsal surface very dark grey, almost black, with two
very narrow lines of light greyish, one on either side of a
median dark grey line of about equal width. There are two
similar narrow lines of pale grey, one on either side of the
body, just visible from the dorsal surface.

Ventral surface strongl}- marked with alternate light and
dark longitudinal bands, arranged as follows: — In the middle

* " Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria," June 11, 1891.
t " Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria," May 8, 1890.

D 2

36 Proceedings of ike Royal Society of Victoria.

line a rather narrow band of light yellowish grey ; on each
side of this, a band of about twice the width of much darker
brownish, or almost purplish, grey ; ovitside each of these
again, a rather narrow band of light yellowish grey ; then a
narrow dark band of brownish grey and then the light
lateral line already mentioned.

Anterior extremity nearly black.

This beautiful and well marked little planarian was found
in abundance by Mr. H. Grayson in Brunning's Nursery
Garden, St. Kilda, Victoria, in July and August 1891.
Probably it was introduced with plants from some othei
locality, but it is impossible to say whence. It is an
interesting fact that Mr. Graj^son also found a number of
specimens of the blue-tipped variety of G. coeridea in the
same locality ; the history of this variety, also probably
introduced, is given in my last paper on the subject.

Geoplana dubia, n. sp.

Body shaped as in G. hoggil and its allies. Length,
when crawling, about 50 mm. ; greatest breadth, 3 mm.
Eyes arranged as usual, distinct and numerous. Peri-
pharyngeal aperture (in spirit) well behind the middle of the
body, but in front of the junction of the middle and posterior
thirds ; genital aperture doubtful.

The ground colour of the dor.sal surface is rather pale
yellow, with a tinge of green, especially in the middle line.
Only two stripes are present, corresponding in position and
appearance to the two inner stripes of G. hoggii ; they are
broad, deep blue-green in colour-, and situate one on either
side of a somewhat narrowei" band of ground colour.

The ventral surface is pale yellow, and the anterior
extremity brown.

This form closely resembles Geoplana hoggil witliout the
dark outer stripes, and may be only a variety of that s})ecies
(or of G. sulphurea). It is readily distinguishable from
G. 7n'mahoni by the dark stripes being of a green colour
and much closer together. One s])ecimen only was obtained
by Professoi' Spencer and Mr. 0. French near Narrewarren,
South Gippsland, Victoria, in Jul}'^ 1891.

Geoplana alba, var. roseolineata, nov.

This very beautiful variety resembles small specimens of
the typical G. alba, with the addition of two narrow bright

Short Descriptions of Xeiv Land Flanarians. 37

red lilies running all down the dorsal surface of the body,
and dividing it longitudinally into three almost equal parts.
Several specimens were obtained, the usual size of which
when crawling was about 35 mm. in length, and To mm. in
greatest breadth. The body was more C3dindricnl than in
fully gnnvn typical examples of G. alba.

The specimens look as if they were young. One,
considerably larger than the remainder, has the led stripes
less distinct. On the other hand, I have seen small
specimens of G. alba from other localities coloured in the
typical manner, without any red stripes.

All the specimens of the variety roseolineata were
obtained along the railway line between Korumburra and
Loch, South Gippsland, Victoria, by Professor Spencer,
July 1891.

Geoplamt hoivitti, var. obsoleta, nov.

Body tapering gradually in front, much more abruptly
behind. Ventral surface very flat, dorsal surface very
strongly arched. Length, when crawling, about 40 mm.;,
greatest breadth, about 3 mm. Opening of peripharyngeal
chamber (in spirit) somewhat behind the middle of the
ventral surface : genital aperture about half-way between
the peripharyngeal aperture and the posterior end. Eyes
sparingly arranged, almost in a single row, on the sides of
the head (? round the front also).

The gi-ound colour of the dorsal surface is rather deep
pi-imrose yellow, and there are only two, dai^k chestnut
brown stripes, one on either side of a somewhat wider
median band of clear ground colour. Outside the dark
stripes the ground colour is flecked with minute specks
of a lighter chestnut brown ; at each side of the head these
specks run together to form an almost continuous but
irregular stripe for a short distance.

The ventral surface is nearly white, with no markings,
and the anterior extremity is reddish brown.

This variety differs from the type of Geoplana hountti in
the absence of the outer dark stripes. In one of the two
si)ecimens obtained the dark specks also are only faintly
indicated.

Both .specimens were collected by Professor Spencer and
Mr. C. French near Narrewarren, South Gippsland, Victoria,
July J 80 1.

88 Proceedings of tlie Royal Society of Victoria.

Geoplana adce, var. extiulineata, iiov.

I propose this name for two small specimens of G. o.doi
with chestnut brown stripes but differing from the typical
form in the possession of an additional fine brown strips on
each side, a little outside the broad one. The peripharyngeal
aperture (in spirit) is situate at about the middle of the
ventral surface, and the genital aperture about half way
between it and the posterior end.

Both specimens w^ere collected by Professor Spencer and
Mr. C. French near Narrewarren, South Gippsland, Victoria,
July 1891.

Rhyncliodemus slmulans, n. sp.

Body oval in section, a good deal flattened when at rest,
more cylindrical when crawling ; tapering gradually in front
to the horse-shoe shaped anterior extremity, and more
abruptly behind. Eyes two, as usual in the genus, one on
either side, a little way behind tlie anterior extremity.
Length, when crawling, about 22 mm. ; greatest breadth, To
mm. Peripharyngeal apertuie (in spirit) well behind the
middle of the ventral suiface, but not (luite as far back as
the junction of the middle and [)ostei-ior thirds of the body.
Genital aperture slightly nearer to tlie posterior extremity
than to the peripharyngeal aperture.

Dorsal surface dark grey, darker in the middle line ;
spotted or mottled all over (in the middle line as elsewhere)
with small specks of white, giving it a beautiful and
characteristic marbled appearance under a low power of the
microscope.

Ventral surface marbled like the dorsal, but with the white
predominating instead of the grey. Anterior extremity
greyish.

A good many specimens of this beautiful little species
were obtained by Mr. C. C. Brittlebank at Myiniong, near
Bacchus Marsh, Victoria, in July and August 18!)]. It is an
extremely small species and, owing to the quantity of black
pigment present, I had considerable trouble in determining
the number of the eyes, so that at one time I considered it
as belonging to the genus Geoplana. Serial sections, cut by
the parafiin method, however, at once decided the question
in favour of RhyucliodeiiiiiH.

Art. VIII. — 0)1 the Presence of Ciliated Pits in
Audralian Land Planarians.

(With Plate V.)

By Arthur Dendy, D.Sc, F.L.S.

[Read September 10, 1891.]

In his well known memoir, " On the Anatomy and
Histology of the Land Planarians of Ceylon," * Professor
Moseley describes the presence of ciliated pits on the anterior
margin of the head of Bipalimn. As his remarks on these pits
are short, and at the same time of great interest. I may jierhaps
be allowed to quote them in full: — "In describing the habits
of Bipaliuiii, I described the manner in which the animal
throws out tentacular-like projections from the anterior
margin of its semi-lunar head when in motion, and evidently
uses these temporary tentacles as sense organs. In reading
M. Humbert's interesting account of Blpalium, I found that
he had observed this habit of the animal as well as I, and
had been led by his observation to seek for sense-organs or
tentacular structures on the margin of the head. He was
not successful in rinding any ; but on very carefid examina-
tion of well-hardened specimens I was more fortunate, and
discovered a narrow band extending along the whole
anterior margin of the head, entirely free from pigment, and
occupied by a row of cylindrical rounded papillae placed
vertically side by side, and with small oval openings
between their superior extremities (Plate XIII, Fig. J 6).
This row of papillae is in the upper part of the lower fifth
of the margin of the head, so that it lies close to the ground
when the animal's head is lowered. The papillfe are covered
with short cilia, but I could find no special structure in them,
except tiiat in their region, and that of the ciliated pits, there

• Philo.sophical Transactions of the Royal Society, 1874.

40 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

is a large quantity of tissue formed of small spindle-cells.
The oval apertures between the papilte lead to ciliated pits,
the appearance ])resented by which is shown in Figs. 11, 12,
and 13, Plate XV. In longitudinal and horizontal sections,
the appearance presented in Fig. 1 3 is seen. The light bands,
which appear to pass to the V)ottoms of the ciliated yjits, are
continuous with the vascular* network of the head. Whether
they represent tubes in communication here with the
exterior, 1 cannot say. They may convey nerves to the sacs.
From the manner in which the animal uses the front of its
head, their can be little doubt that the papillary line
discharges some special sense-function ; but it is possible
that this function is discharged by the papillae, whilst the
ciliated pits, with their communicating vascular stems act as
excretory organs. The papillary line, with its pits, was
found in all the species of 5<!'^>«/ift»i examined. The ciliated
sacs of Nemertines came at once, of course, into one's mind
in conection with these curious structures. Careful exami-
nation may perhaps give evidence of the existence of
similar ciliated sacs in Geoplava and other Planarians.
Nothing of the kind was found in HhyncJtodeinus."

Although Professor Moseley subsequently studied and
described-f- species of Geoplana from New South Wales and
elsewhere, he failed to discover tlie presence in them of
ciliated pits. Von Kennel, also, makes no mention of them
in the German land Planarians belonging to the genera
Mhyachochmus and Geodesmus, which were carefully inves-
tigated by him,;]: nor have they hitherto been discovered by
any of the Australian zoologists who have more recently
paid attention to the group. In my memoir on "The
Anatomy of an Australian Land Planarian," published in the
Transactions of this Society for 1889, no mention is made of
an}' such organs, nor did I at that time suspect their
existence, so that, so far, the memoir is incomplete, and I am
glad ol' the present opportunity of making up the deficiency.

The object of the present communication, therefore, is to
record the occurrence and describe the structure and
arrai]gement of ciliated pits in Australian land Planarians
belonging to the genei'a Geoplana and Rhynchodemus. It

* This is now known to be a nervous, and not a vascular, structure. — A. D.

t "Notes on the Structure of Several Forms of Land Planarians, &c."
Quarterly Journal of Micro)>copical Science, Vol. XVII (N.S.), p. 273.

+ "Die in Deutschland p;efundeuen Land))lanarien, etc." Arbeiten des
Zool.— Zoot. Institut in Wiirzburg, Band V, Heft 2.

ciliated Fits in Australian Land Planarians. 41

seems .strange that these have not been discovered before^
but they are of extremely minute size, invisible with a
pocket lens, while even under a low power of the microscope
their tru*^ nature is ditiicult to make out ; when, however,,
they are examined undei certain favourable conditions,
which will be described presentl} , they are very clearly
\isible indeed.

The followincr is a list of the s})ecies in wliich I have found
them -.—Geo plana spencevi, G. alha, G. ventvolineata,.
G. muiida, G. ventro punctata.. G. quinquelineata, G. hoggii,
G. adw, G. Goeridea (blue-tipped variety), G. dendyi,
G. quad rang idata var. ivellingtoni, G. sugdeni, G. fletclieri,.
G. kovntti var. obsoleta, G. wediolineafa, G. on'mahoni, and
Mhynchodemuti ,s imidans.

Of these species I have examined the ciliated pits in the
living state only in Genplana ventrolineata, G. alba and
G. cceralea (blue-tipped variety). In the other species I have
clearly recognised them in spirit-presei'ved specimens. In
short, I believe that the ciliated pits occui- in all species of
Geoplana and Rhynchod.emus.

1 tirst noticed the pits in examining some spirit-preserved
specimens of Geoplana ventrolineata as opaque objects under
a low power of the microscope. I found on the ventral surface,
at each side of the anterior extremity, a light longitudinal
line, devoid of pigment, slightly curved as shown in Fig. 6^
and apparently slightly raised as a ridge, but this raised effect
was doubtless exaggerated by the dispo,sition of the pigment,
for hardly any ridge is vi.sible in transverse sections (Fig. 7).
This line lies beneath the line of eyes, and obviously
corresponds to the margin of the horse-shoe-shaped anteii(.)r
extremity in the living animal. Along the inner mai'gin of
the light line on each side was visible a single row of very
minute dark specks, which proved on careful examination
to be minute punctuations like those made by tiie point of a
very tine needle. These punctuations are arranged with
great regularity, and extend throughout the entire length'of
the light line, disapi)earing as the latter dies out posteiiorly.
1 could not determine whether or not the punctuations were
continued all round the anterior mai-gin ; the\- are only
cleai-ly visible in a good light, and it is ]M)ssible that I may
have overlooked them in front.

Having satisfied myself as to the presence of the line of
pits in G. ventrolineata I went through my collection and
examined all the other species I had under similar conditions.

4i P»\Mxedinffs of the Bo^l Society of Victoria.

In meariy eveiy species 1 saw the row of pits deariy ; always
situate in a li^t line on each side of the reut^ asjvect of
the head, beneath the line of eyes. GeneruUy the pits have
the form of well-defined though minute peifonvtious, as in
G. veiittr»ihii^tta. In some ot the species, however, and
notaJ>ly in G. -^penceri ^Fig- S) the light line v= mai-gin of
horsse-shoe^aped witerior extremity) tends to become
grooved or fiirrowed tmnsversely : the pits in this case
lie in the transverse grooves, very much as tiguned by
Moseley for Bipidmni. In 6r- spenc'eri the transverse
fiirrows are well marked in large specimens and may be
connected by a longitudinal furrow as shown in Fig. &
iSach furrows might easily be mistaken for artificial
wrinkling due to the action of the spirit, and, had it not
been for comparison with other specimens. I should not have
suspected the presence of ciliated pits in 6^. spenceri

At this stage in the investigation I received fixim Mr.
H. Grayson living specimens ot 'r. cioerulea fblue-tipped
variety), G. <alba and G. ivntmlime'ita. captui-ed in
Runnings Nursery Garvien at St. Eilda. Microscopic
esuauuination of these soon showed the true nature of the
pits seen in spirit^preserved specimens. In making such an
examination of living material I find it best to proceed as
follows : — Cut off the anterior end of the Planarian with a
sharp scalpel ; lay it in a drop of water on a glass slip with
the ventral surface uppermost : put a oover glass over it and
then, with a lew sharp raps on the cjver glass with a pencil
or other blunt instrument, flatten out and crush the specimen
until it becomes suffidently transparent. On examining
such a preparation of the blue-tipped viuiety of G. caruleti
with a low power of the microscope (Zeiss A, oc. 2 1, and by
transmitted light, I saw the appearance represent*»d in
Eig- 1. The eyes (e.) were arranged in single series all
round the anterior extremity. Inside the line of eyes and
separated from it by a narrow interval was visible the light
line {L f.) corresponding to the maigiu of the horse-shoe-
shaped anterior extremity of the living auimai In this liu-
was visible the single row of cUiated pits («*. /».\ apparently
not continuous round the front, though on this point I am
donbtfioLL Of these pits there seemed to be about thiity on
each side. A much higher power, such as Zeiss D or F, i>
necessary in order to make out the structui-e of the pitis.
which measure only about 0O17 mm. in outside transverse
diameter.

Ciliaied Pits in Au^i-alian Lo/ti/l PlMnariaaif. 43

Under a high f»ower the pits are seen to be oval or circular
in optical transverse section, with a very characteristic sharp
double outline (Figs. 3 and 5), the tiiiek wail of the pit
being comp-jsed of almost cubical cells arranged in a circle.
These cells in 6^. CfJiruXe/i are slightly granular, and richly
ciliated, resembling, in fact, the ordinary epidermic cells dt
the ventral surface as described by me in GiOfAfVfM ^^aceri*
In Cy, cf^rv.ha the cilia appear, as fiir as can be seen ly
focussing at different levels, to l»e continuous right to the
bottom of the pit, while the pits themselves appear deep and
dilated below. The cilia in the pits woik in a spiral or
vortex. The whole ventral sur]^-e of the animal, of c-ourse.
also appeared ciliated- Occasionally the wall of the pit is
seen to contract suddenly and spasmodically, but tiiis onty
happens rarely and with no regularity.

The observations made upon living specimens of Gk^
CTBTtilfio. were confirmed in the case of Q. oJJja and G.
lirieata. In G. alba the pits are very difficult to sce iii
spirit-pi-eserved specimens, but they are plainly enough
visible in the living anirnaL Fig. 5 shows a ciliated pit of
G. alba seen in optical transverse section at the lowest focus.
The cells of the wall seem to be less granular than in
G. CnxnjJya. and the cilia do not seem to extend quite to the
bottom of the pit, which appears to be occupied by a
granular substance. The wall of the pit sometimes twitched
spa.smodically. In this species the pits are continued right
round the anterior margin, and in my preparation the most
anterior of them lay right on the e*lge, so that I was able to
study them in optical longitudinal section also. Such a
section Ls represented in Fig. 4. It wiU l:»e seen that the
outer part of the pit is funnel-shaped, that it is narrowest in
the middle and dilated at its lower end. The cilia are
largest around the external opening, and apparently absent
fix)m the dilatation at the bottom of the pit The ceUs
lining the lower portion of the pit could not be maile out, it
being necesosai-y to focus through a considerable thickness of
granular tissue.

In G. ventroUneata the ciliated pits have the same
ap»pearanc-e in optical transverse section as in G^. alba.

I next \\ished, if passible, to verify the observaticms
recor-l*^! above by means of sections^ For this purpose I
selected a specimen of G. ventixJ.ineata. in which the pits

44 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

were plainly visible after preservation in spi)it (Fig. 6), and,
after staining with borax carmine, cut a series of thin trans-
verse sections across the anterior exti-emity by tlie ordinary
paraffin method. I may state that, in order to ensure
success, the sections must be cut as thin as possible. One of
these sections is represented in Fig. 7 (the muscles, connec-
tive tissue, &c., are omitted in the figure ; the nervous
system, eyes, and epidermis only being shown). The light
lines, in wliich the pits lie, are plainly recognisable in
transverse sections by the comparative clearness and freedom
from pigment of the epidermis and the tissues immediately
below it. The epidermis also seems to be composed of
shorter cells, richly ciliated. The exact position of the lines
is shown in the figure (Fig. 7, I. I.). The pits themselves are
more difficult to recognise, but the outer part of the pit is
sometimes visible (provided the section be thin enough) as a
depression in the epidermis, situate near the inner side of the
light area (Fig. 7, c. i^) ; while sometimes the deeper part of
the pit is also clearly recognisable, though not nearly so
plainly as in the living animal. Sometimes, owing either to
obliquity in the section oi- in the direction of the pit, the
inner portion of the latter is cut ti'ansversely at a little
distance below the epidermis. Special nerves run out from
the cerebral ganglion to the light line on each side
(Fig. 7, n), and these doubtless supply the ciliated pits.
The eyes, on the other hand, lie directly on, in fact partly
imbedded in, the nerve sheath, and are apparently innervated
therefrom (Fig. 7). The nerves, as usual in land planarians,
appear as lighter, more transparent bands, surrounded by
the more deeply staining tissues.

So far I have only described the ciliated pits as they
appear in species of Geoplana. The only species of
Rli.ynchodemus in which I have studied them is R. simulans,
and only in spirit-preserved material. They are arranged
exactly as in Geoplana around the margin of the horse-shoe-
shaped anterior extremit3% below the eyes, and a minute
study of carefully prepared transverse sections, combined
with microscopical examination of the anterior extremity as
a whole, has tailed to reveal any points of difference between
the two genera in this respect.

It is in) possible to be cei'tain as to the function performed
by the ciliated pits. Theii- position on the horse-shoe-shaped
anterior margin, which, it will be remembered, is uplifted
when the animal crawls, and their special inners-ation, indicate

Ciliated Pits in Australian Land IHanarlams. 45

that they are sense organs, and for my own part 1 am
inclined to regard them as olfactory. They probabl}^ occur
in all land Planarians, and it is not unlikely that they are
homologous with the cephalic pits of Nemertines, as sug-
gested by Professor Moseley.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE V.

(Figures 1 to 5 were drawn from living specimens.)

Fig. ]. — Geo plana ccer idea (blue-tipped variet}^). Anterior
extremity crushed flat and examined under
Zeiss A, oc. 2, as a transparent object,

e.— Eye.

c. p. — Ciliated pit.

I. I. — Light line in which the ciliated pits
lie.

Fig. 2. — Geoplana coendea (blue-tipped variety). Portion
of the above more highly magnified. Lettering
as before. The blue specks represent the
pigment cells.

Fig. 3. — Geoplana coendea (blue-tipped variety). Optical
transverse section of ciliated pit. surrounded by
pigment cells.

Fig. -i. —Geoplana alba. Optical longitudinal section of a
ciliated pit from the extreme anterior margin
(Zeiss F, oc. 2).

ep. — Epidermis.

d. — Dilatation at the bottom of the pit.

ci. — Cilia.

Fig. 5. — Geoplana alba. Optical transverse section of a
ciliated pit ; bottom focus.

Fig. 6. — Geoplana ventrolineata. Enlarged view of the
ventral surface of the anterior extremity of a
spirit - preserved specimen (Zeiss A, oc. 2) ;
showing the light lines and ciliated pits. The
eyes are not seen, owing to the o[)acity of the
surrounding tissues.

c. p.— Line of ciliated pits.

46 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Fig. 7. — Geoplana ventvolweata. Transverse section of
the specimen represented in the last figure.
The nervous system is coloured blue (Zeiss
A, oc. 4, camera outline).

c. g. — Cerebral ganglion.

n. s. — Nerve sheath.

n. — Nerve to light line and ciliated pits.
Other lettering as in previous figures.

Fig. 8. — Geoplana spencevi. Enlarged view of the side of
the anterior extremity of a spirit specimen
(Zeiss A, oc. 2), showing the eyes and the grooves
in which the pits lie.

e. — Eyes.

or.— Grooves.

Froc.RS. Victoria 1891. Plate 6.

.cp.

ArfA!;TL

H-oedeliCZM. Mdb.

Art. IX.—Photofjrap/rJc Charting of the Heavens.
By R. L. J. Ellery, C.M.G., F.R.S., F.R.A.S.

Goverumeiit Astrouomer, Melbourue.

[Read July 9, 1891.]

The iinmeiise help to astronomy promised by photography,
was fully recognised in the earliest days of the practical
application of the art, and no sooner had Arago explained to
the French Academy of Sciences Daguerre's discoveries in
August 1839, than Dr. J. W. Draper, of New York, applied
them to astronomical purposes, and the following year
presented to the New York Lyceum of Natural Sciences, the
first asti-onomical photograpli ever taken, in the shape of a
Daguerreotype picture of the moon, which wa*-' one inch in
diameter, and requii"ed an exposure of twenty minutes-
duration. Dr. Draper and others followed up this early
experiment, but the low sensitiveness of the plates then in
use, and other difficulties, confined the results to the
category of somewhat unsatisfactory experiment for several
years. We find some sun pictures were obtained in Paris in
1845, and in the same year, pictures of the stars Vega and
Castor were secured by Bond of Cambridge, U.S., and of the
moon by the same astronomer in 1850. These experiments,,
although far from satisfactory, indicated great possibilities,
supposing improvements in the art took place. Warren de
la Rue, in 1851, made the first substantial advance, which
was rendered possible by the discovery of the collodion
process. From this time onwards, asti-onomical photography
made steady progress, and gave most valuable assistance in
the total eclipses since 1854, and on the occasions of the
transits of Venus in 1874 and 1882. For the purjwse of
recording the apparition, development, and duration of
sun spots, photography has given invaluable help, and since
1858, pictures of the sun have been obtained every fine day,
first in England only, but latterly in many parts of the world.
Photographs of the moon, of exquisite delicacy, are now
common, and almost a conmiercial commodity.

48 Froceediiifjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Photographs of the planets and stars have hitherto been
•obtained unsatisfactorily, and with considei'able difhculty, on
account of their small amount of light compared with the
sun or the moon. With the sun the light is so intense, that
the difficulty is to obtain an exposure sufficiently sliort to
avoid destroying the sensitive surface, and with the moon
even a second or two is enough for telesco])es of moderate
dimensions. The apparent motion of these bodies in that
space of time, is also so small as to require no ver}^ special
■contrivances to compensate for it. With stars and ])lanets,
however, where the light is but an insignificant fraction of
even that of the moon, the time of exposure has to be so
much prolonged, that the earth's diurnal motion renders good
photographs quite impossible without tlie most delicate
mechanical means for keeping the telescope pointed precisely
and without the least deviation, on the star or planet for
many minutes, or even hours. For this reason, although
many efforts and experiments have been made in this
direction, it is only comparatively recently that the great
difficulties presented have been so far overcome as to bring
this department of astronomical photography within the
realms of practical work. The first important ste]3 towards
this end, was the invention of the gelatine bromide plate,
with its wondeifully sensitive film, reducing many times the
period of exposure required for the old collodion plates ; and
secondly, the devising of driving clocks for equatorial
telescopes, with automatic controlling appliances, so
accurately constructed that the telescope follows the motion
of a stai- so precisely, that a plate exposed on a group of
stars for an hour, will show each star as a distinct and round
black spot, of a size proportional to the star's brightness,
instead of a hlach line, which would result if the motion of
the telescope did not exactly correspond witli the motion of
the earth; and fainter stars, quite invisible to the naked eye,
either in the skj^ or on the i^late, are seen under the
microscope as minute and absolutely round black spots,
showing unmistakably the accuracy of the movement of the
telescope. These two improvements have made it possible
to extend the use of photography to one of the most
important branches of astronomy, that of cataloguing and
charting the stars.

Immediately after the introduction of the gelatine films
in 1883, we tried to get some star photographs witli our
great telescope, with only partial success, owing chiefly, J

Photof/raphic Charting of Ihe Heavens. t!)

believe, to the ditiicult}' of getting the necessaiy smooth
ajid unitbi-m motion oi' the telescope. Still, some of the
photographs, viewed in the light of onr present experience,
are of high j)romise and encourage fnrtiier expeiiments.
Some prints fi-om these pliotographs are on tiie table. These
were taken with some of the early gelatine plates made by
Edwards in London. A photograph print of the grou])
Kappa Crucifi, will be found interesting to compare witli
a print obtained from a ])hotograpli t)f the same object
taken with the astrographic telescope.

The first photograph of a nebnhi taken in the Southei-n
Hemisphere, was obtained with the great Mell)onrni'
telescope in February 1883.

Star photography reached the stage of practical success in
the iiands of the brothers Henry, of Paris, in 1885. Tlie
Paris Observatory liad been for a long time engaged in
preparing elaborate charts of the heavens by the ordinary
methods of eye observation, but on coining to the regions
covered by the milky way, it became evident that by such a
method the work would extend over an impracticably long
period ; they therefore decided to try tiie photographic
metliod, and after numerous experiments, both with respect
to optical and mechanical means, as well as photographic
processes, they constructed a special instrument with whicl)
they succeeded beyond their most sanguine expectations.
The photographs depicted a great number of stars not visible
in a telescope of tlie same dimensions, and it was soon found
that the number of stars imj)ressed on the plate for any
particular region, increased almost ad Injinltam with the
time of exposure of the plates. Some very important
discoveries of celestial objects at once resulted, many
interesting physical facts were revealed, and a new and
powerful method of astronomical research established, which
opens up an immense range of possiliilities.

The Henrys' instrument was a double telescope equa-
torially mounted, one telescope to be used as a guidcr, and
the other as the photogiaphic camera, both rigidly connected
and moving together. The whole was made to follow the
diurnal motion of the earth by clock work mechanism in the
usual mannei-, the exceptitm being that this \y<\vt of the
in.strument was fitted for nioi-e accurate and uniforai motion
than is ordinarily the case. The photogia])hic object glass
was 13--i incli(.\s in diametei-, and 13 feet focal length, while
the guider telesco})e had an olject glass of less diameter, but

50 Proceedincja of the Boi/al Society of Victoria.

aliout equivalent focal length. This latter telescope is used
to keep the instrument pointed always exactly on the same
point in the sk}-, by watching a selected star, whicli is
bisected by the spider web cross in the field of the telescope,
and by requisite adjusting motion, kept exactly bisected
during the whole time of exposure. A photograph of the
Pleiades, obtained by the brothers Henry, exhibited 1421
stars, and a small nebula aroiind one of them, which had
never before been seen or suspected. A chart of this group,,
which had occupied an observer three 3-ears and four months,
contains G71 stars, so that one hour's photography gave the
position of 1421 stars, figainst 671 hi three years and four
months by eye observation.

So remarkable a success encouraged the Director of the
Paris Observator}', Admiral Mouchez, to address a circular
to astronomers all over the world, suggesting that a complete
charting of the heavens siiould be undertaken, as an
international work, by the various national observatories.
The proposal being favourably received, an invitation was
issued to all ast)-onomers to attend a conference on the
proposal, to meet in Paris in April 1887. Fifty-eight
astronomers attended this congress, Austi'alia being repre-
sented by my colleague, Mr. Russell, of Sydney Observatory.
The congress agreed to the main propositions and passed a
series of resolutions on most of the vital points, leaving the
further consideration of details to several selected committees.
Sevei-al meetings of members of the congress have since been
held, the last being in March of the present year, when nearly
all the minor points left to the committees were settled, and
Admiral Mouchez declared the woi'k of the international
astrographic charting of the heavens had now commenced.

The earlier resolutions fixed the dimensions and optical
characters of the photographic telescopes, the size and kind
of photographic plates, times of exposui-e, and inagnitudes of
. the stars to be secured on the plates. Subsequent decisions
allotted particular portions of the heavens to each partici-
pating observatory, numbers of plates to be exposed to each
two square degrees of the skies, and so on. Questions
concerning the after measurements of plates and final
formation of charts and catalogues remain still to be
disposed of.

The summation of the work of the congress is bi ietly as
follows : — It was agreed to undertake a photo, cliart of the
heavens of all stars down to the 14th magnitude, as they

P/totixjrdpliic Chiirfln;/ of the Heavens. 51

will be in the year 1900. Each partici[)ating observatory is
to provide itself with a twin telescope, eqnutoriallv mounted,
one for photograph camera, having an aperture of 3S centi-
metres (lo-t inches), and a focal length of 3') centimetres
(13 feet), the other of about the same focal length, but of
less aperture. The photographic object glasses were to be
speciall}^ constructed with curves calculated for the wave
lengths near the Fraunhofer line G. The exact form and
dimensions of the twin guide telescope were left to the
several obsei'vers participating. Gelatine bromide plates, {i\
(lOG millimetres) square to be used (particular make, left
also to observers). These plates cover a little over two degrees
square at the equator. Two sets of plates to be exposed, one
for the catalogue to secure all stars down to the 11th
magnitude, the other for the chart to contain all stars down
to the 1-ith magnitude. Each set of plates to consist of two
series, one to cover every successive 4 square degrees, and
the other to cover the junction of four contiguous plates in
such a way that its four corners correspond with the centres
of these four contiguous plates. Eighteen observatoiies take
part in the undertaking — eleven in the Northern, and seven
in the Southern Heniisphere. For division of the woik
among these, the sky is partitioned into zones, and certain
zones given to each observatory in such a way that no
observatory will have to work very far from the zenith.
Melbourne has the greatest I'ange in this respect, as the
zones from (J 5 degrees south to the pole are allotted to our
Observaior}^ which gives us a zenith distance of 52 degrees.
This was unavoidable, as Melbourne is the most southern of
the very few observatories in the Southern Hemisphere.
For every plate in each zone, a guide star has to be
previously selected, and it was decided by the congi'ess
committee that such guide star must be within 22 min. of
arc from the centre of the plate to which it belongs. This
guide star is used as already described, and its position has
to be exactly determined by transit observation to establish
a date point to which all stai'S in the photograyjh have to be
referred in the final measurements. The determination of
these guide stars is in itself a great work, for although the
position of a considerable number have already been well
determined, and are to be found in existing catalogues,
especially in the Northern Hemisphere, there aie still a very
large number of plates for which guide stars have to be
found, and positions determined. To cover the whole of the

E 2

52 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

sky with two sets of plates, will require nearly 42,000
plates ; the Melbourne zones will require 2298.

It has been found that the gelatine tilms of the plates
sometimes shrink unequally in drying after development.
Such a thing would of couise vitiate the subsequent
measurements of the stars' positions as shown on the plates.
To obviate this, the following plan has been adopted : —A
glass plate exactly the same size as the photographic plate,
ii^ X 6^, is silvered on one side. This silvered siuface is
ruled into squares by extremely tine lines, five millimetres
apart; the lines show as clear glass, and allow light to pass
through. Each photographic j^late before being used is
placed in contact with this ruled plate and exposed foi a
second or two to parallel rays of light, which, passing
tlirough the rulings, impress a latent image on the film, and
when developed after exposure to the stars in the telescope,
exhibits the stars on a j)late traversed by a network of
extremely fine lines. 11, now these lines are exactly five
millimetres apart after the film has dried, it shows that
there has been no distortion in shrinkage ; if not, the
amount of shrinkage can be measured. The silvered and
ruled })late is called " the reseau," and every plate, before
being used for chai'ting, has to be exposed to the reseau as
described.

Having explained the general scheme, I propose now to
give a brief description of the arrangements made at our
Observatory for the Melbourne ])ortion of the work. The
congress left it to the several asti-onomers to get their telescopes
constructed on any plan and by any maker they chose,
stipulating only that the jjliotograph telescopes should all
be of the same optical character and dimensions, viz., thirty-
three centimetres aperture, and thirteen feet focal length,
and the object glass to be corrected for the wave length
about G. Several instruments were made in Paris, some in
Germany, and some in America. Those for British and
Australian observatories weie made b}' Sir Howard Grubb,
of Dublin, and ours is one of the.se. It consists of a twin
telescope on a massive equatorial stand of the German form,
with an unusually long declination axis to allow of plenty
of room about the eye end when the telesco])e is ])ointed to
the meiidiau Both the photograph and guider telesco])es
are made with strong steel tubes connected one with another
in a most rigid manner. The ])hotogra])hic telescope is
])rovid(Ml with a metallic plate holder, having all necessary

Pliofof/rdphic 0/i(nfii)(/ of fh" Hedven^, aS

adjnstuients, and with a slmtter to cover the o'ject glass,
wliicli can be worked easih' from the eye end. The guider
telescope has an object glass of ten inches opening, and
thirteen feet focal length, and is fitted with a micrometer,
with long range slides and an electric lamp apparatus for
illuminating the spider webs in the eye piece, and for
illuminating the various setting circles, scales, ka. Every
means for setting, clamping and moving are found within
convenient reach of the hands, when the eye is at the guider
telesco])e. The whole of the moving parts, which amount
to nearly two tons, are so balanced and counterpoised as to
be operated with the greatest ease, and kept in rotation by
the clock work with wonderful smoothness and precision.
Nearly everything depends on the precision with which the
clock moves the telescope, so as to keep the stars apparently
stationary in the field of view. For this pvn-})ose, Sii- H.
(irubb has devised a very beautiful arrangement, which,
however, is very difficult to clesciibe without models. The
mechanism consists first of a powerful clock geai", driven by
a heavy weight and controlled by a peculiar kind of governor.
This clock work alone drives the telescope, so as to follow
diurnal rotation very closely, and will keep a star for an
hour together in the field of view of the telescope, but does
not control it so accui-atel}- as to keeyj a star bisected on a
single spider line in the eye piece of the guider. To secure
this, the maker has made a special electric controlling
apparatus, which may be tlms described: — The driving
clock being adjusted to go as accurately as possible, one of
tlie astronomical clocks in the Observatory is made to send
a momentary galvanic current every second to an apparatus
attached to the driving clock, called the detector. This is a
wheel driven by the clock rotating in forty seconds, having
three series of contact teeth on its periphery ; pressing on
the.se teeth are throe springs electrically connected with
another apparatus called a "distributor," which consists of
three pairs of electro magnets operating a lever capal»le of
moving right oi left and making contact with platinum
points, or of being held in a central ]wsition by the central
electro magnet. The action is this : — The driving clock is
set going, and the astronomical cl(x;k made to send its
momentary currents every second through the detector to
one or other of its three springs; if through No. 1, the dis-
tributor instantaneously moves to the left platinum point;
if through No. 3, to the right, and if through No. 2 to the

54 Froceeclings of the Royal Societij of Victoria.

central electro magnet, keeping tbe lever neuti-al. Now, if
the driving clock moves the telescope accurately, the
astronomical clock current arrives at the moment the
detector is making contact with the central spring No. 2,
and the distributor remains neutral ; if, however, the
driving clock goes a little too fast, the current passes
through No. 1 spring, and the distributor makes contact
with the lei't platinum point, and if if goes too slow, the
current passes through No. 3 spring and moves the
distributor to the right platinum point. This works so well,
that if the telescope moves ~ of a second too fast, or too
slow, it is innnediately detected, and works the distributor.
Now tbe "distributor" distributes another battery current to
a little mechanism called an accdevator and retarder, whose
offices are respectively to accelerate or retard the driving-
clock by veiy small amounts, according to the operation of
the distributor, which is instructed, if one may use the
word, by the detector. By this means the telescope can be
kept following the stars so accurate!}' that any one bisected
by the micrometer spider web, will remain there for an hour
or more together. The accelerator and retarder apparatus
is composed of a pair of accurately constructed epicyclical
trains, which cannot be described without models or
complicated drawings. Besides these regulators, which
are automatical!}' worked as described, there is ai«.other
pair workable by a hand key with two studs, and battery,
so that by pressing one stud it operates the retai'der and
the otlier the accelerator.

The following will give a fair idea of the actuid work of
photographic chai-ting : — The paiticular parts of the zones
to be photographed on a night are arranged beforehand,
and the guide stars for each plate selected. The dome being-
opened up and driving- clock set going, the observer sets tbe
instrument on the guide star, and as soon as the telescope is
found to be steadily following, an assistant brings the plate
holder armed with a photogra})hic plate and inserts it into
the plate holder fi-ame of the telescope. The time of
exposure being previously settled upon, the observer as soon
as all goes quite steadily, opens the exposing shutter,
keeping his e}-e constantly on the guide star, which is now
bisected at the cross of the spider webs. The tiuie oi"
opening the shutter is noted, and at the expiration of the
fixed time of exposure, as shown by an astronomical clock
in the observing room, the assistant warns the observer,

Fhoioyniphlc ChaiiuKj of flic Heavens. 55

wlio instantly closes the shutter. During the whole time,
ten, twenty, forty or sixty minutes' exposure, the observer
has to rigoi-ously watch the star and spicier webs, and check,
I)}' means of the accelerator and retarder hand key, any
tendency to leave the intersection, and absolutely to keep
tiie intersection bisecting the star during the whole exposure.
Any failure in this respect results in the photographic images
of the stars being * elongated or oval, instead of round,
making them difficult for measurement. One plate being
thus exposed it is removed, and the instrument set on the
next guide star, and so on. All changing of plates has of
course to be done in the dark room, and the observing room
itself must be kejit moderately dark during the exposure.
The development of the plates with us is usually done on
the following day.

So tar as the Melbourne Observatory is concerned, none
of the I'egular charting has been commenced yet, although
for four months past we have been busily engaged in
necessary ]»relirainary and ex])erimental work. It was not
until the end of March that the (Jentral Congress detinitel}^
decided many of the princi{)al questions, and the final
instructions have not reached us even yet, nor indeed have
the Reseaux, &c., and the appliances for their use. Never-
theless, there are so many preliminary difficulties to be
surmounted, and so much to learn regarding the effects of
varying atmospheiic conditions on the photographic process,
and especially as regards time of exposure, that there has
been no time actuall}^ lost yet. The work will occup\'
several years — tive at least, and probably more. Concerning
the more purely photographic part of the woi-k, the relation
of magnitudes of the stars to the size of their photographic
images on the plates, and the effect of fluctuating conditions
of tiie atmos])here, I hope to be al)le on some future occasion
to conti-ibute some interostino: facts.

AiiT. X. — On a Xevj Sp('cie^< of GraptoUHdw
(Tern aograptus magnificui^).

(With Plate \I.)

^y G. B. PlUTCHAKD.

[Read Sept. 10, 1891.]

This oraptolite came from the same localit}', namely about
five miles to the north-east of Lancelield, as Dictyonema
gnmde, a new species described by Mr. T. S. Hall M.A., at
the beginning- ot this year. It was on the occasion of my
second visit to this locality that I had the good fortune to
procure an almost perfect specimen. This, however, was not
the first collected, as on the previous trip, Mr. T. iS. Hall
obtained two slabs ot slate showing the centre of the stock,
and a few bifurcations of the stipes, also numerous smaller
fragments apparently referable to the same species.

Genus Temnograptus (Nicholson).

Order — Hydrozoa. Sub-order —Gra/jfoUfiihc. Family —
JJiclKH/rapfidid (Lapworth). Zittel gi\-es the following terse
definition of this genus: — "Like Tetiugraptux, but the four
chief branches. repeatedly forked in a dichotonious maimer —
T. uiidfiplex, Nicholson.''

T. Magxifk'Us, sp. nov.

Polyp-stock multibrachiate, consisting of nunu-i'ous strong
bifurcating stijjes which are symmetriL^dly arranged on the
two sides of their origin. Funicle very short, length l.') mm.,
breadth 1 mm., sicula not visible. Both extremities of the
funicle divide into two noii-celluliferous stipes, which
diverge at an angle of 9(f, and vaiy in length from about

0)1 a New Species of Grapfontida: 57

I "')•") cm. to 5-7 cm. ; each of these four stipes bifurcates at
an auole of about 70 , and then extends for a length varying
from 38 cm. to 8'85 cm., when a fourtli bifurcation (the first
being where the funicle is given off from the sicula) takes
phice at about 45°. Tlie two following bifurcations take
l)lace at smaller angles. The intermediate stipes become
somewhat curved, probably owing to their Hexuous nature,
and vary very much in length in the same individual. The
stipes after the last bifurcation are very much the longest,
ni'arly all of them in one specimen being upwards of 20 cm.
in length, and even then not .showing any tei-minations. In
the same specimen, two stipes seem to terminate at 164 cm.
and 10 cm. res|>ectively, and two others at 234 cm., though
one of tlio latter is somewhat indistinct, owing to the
jointing of the rock. No hydrotheca3 are discernible until
after the fifth bifurcation. The breadth of the stock in the
specimen as shown in Fig. 1, on a much reduced scale, is
75-75 cm., l)nt as the growth was probably equal on both
sides of the centre, we would have the breadth of the entire
stock as not less than 100 cm. The stipes are monoprionidian
and, where the hydrothecae are well developed, are 2 mm.
broad; the stipes which do not show any hydrothecw are
also about the same width ; tliese measurements may be
slightly in excess as they ai-e made from much compressed
sp(icimens. The solid axis is plainly visible in the type
specimen ; and there is no appearance whatever of a central
corneous disc. The hydrothecse are acute, indent the
branches foi- about one-tliird the width, and are free for a
little less than half their length ; the upper margin or
a[»erture is slightly concave, and the lower margin is slightly
cui'ved, and make- an angle of about 25° with the axis,
joining the common canal at a point a little lower than the
aperture of the second lower hydrotheca, narrower at the
junction with the common canal than at the aperture;
hydrothecpe number from 8 to 9 in the centimetre.
Tc.mnogvapfii.s macpiificus diffei's from all other species I
have seen described in its enormous size : it is, however,
■ •losely related to T. mu/tiplc.t:, Nicholson, of the Skiddaw
Series, which is chaiacterised by the reguUnit}' of its
dichotomous branching; but the former differs from the
latter in the much greater variation in the length of the
stipes between the bifurcations, in the angles at which the
corres])onding stipes diverge, and in the more crowded
livdrothecie.

58 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

The other species to which it is imdouljtedly related, are
Graptolithiisjiexilis, Hall, G. rigiclus, Hall, and G. ahn.ormis,
Hall, of the Quebec Series, but it is easily separable from
•each of them.

These five species agree in that the hydrothecal-bearing
stipes are subdivided, and that there is no central corneous
disc present.

I have to acknowledge my indebtedness to Mr. T. S. Hall,
M.A., for suggestions on the subject matter of this paper,
and to Mr. W. S. Strettle for assistance in quarrying out the
specimen.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

Plate VI.

Fig. 1. — Temnograptus magnijicus, one-seventh the
diameter of the original, drawn from a photo-
grapliic reduction.

Fig. 2. — Portion of the stipe bearing hydi'othecre (enlarged).

Fig. 3. — Central portion of polyp-stock, natural size.

Art. XI. — Xote on the Distribution of Victorian Batra-
chlans, with Descriptions of Tivo Neiu Species.

By A. H. S. Lucas, M.A. Oxon., B. Sc. Loud.

[Read October 8, 1891.J

The Batrachians recorded from Victoria by Mr. G. A.
Bonlenger, in hi.s British Museum catalooue of the Batrachin.
Salientia, published in 1882, are six in number, viz. : —

Lhnnodynastes tasmanlensls, Steindachner. Sandhurst.
Heleioporus plctiis, Peters. Sandhurst.
Fseuclophryne blbronil, Steind. Sandhurst.
Hyla ettingll, Dum. et Bibr. Melbourne.
H. ijarvldens, Peters. Port Phillip.
H. aiivea, Lesson. Melbourne.

Sir Frederick McCoy, in his " Prodromus of Victorian
Zoology," has fully illustrated three species, viz. : —

Limnodynastes tasnianlensls, Steind. Passim.

L. dorsalls, Gray. Sandy tracts about Brighton.

Hyla aurea. Lesson. Passim.

L. dorsalls was tirst recorded from Victoria by Sir
Frederick McCoy.

In 1888, Mr. Boulenger described'' a new species of frog
.sent to him b}^ Mr. J. J. Fletcher, of Sydney. The single

* A.M.N. H., Vol. II (Sixth Series), p. 1:56.

()() Fivceedimjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

specimen was from VVariagul, and was named by Mr.
Boulenger Ciuiiia vlctoriana.

Lastly, about a year ago, Mr. J. J. Fletcher* mentions the
occurrence of Livi]iodyna.stes 'pe,ronii, Dam. et Bibr., also at
Warragul.

In all then, up to the present, nine species of Batrachians
are known from Victoria. Mr. Fletcher {I.e.), in alluding to
this limited number, remarks, "The falling off in the number
of species in the southern colonies is possibly, and very
probably, in some degree rather apparent than real." This
i-emark, as will be seen, has been fullj^ justified. The
researches of Krefft, and later on, those of Fletcher, have
swelled the list of known New South Wales Batrachians to
thirty-four. While we cannot expect to meet with so large
a number in Victoria, it was improbable that there should be
so great a difference in the size of the lists of species found
in the two colonies.

I am now al)le to extend the number of Victorian Batra-
chians to sixteen. During our expedition last summer to the
Upper Wellington, Dr. Dendy captured a beautiful specimen,
which he handed over to me to determine. It proves to be
a new species of Pseudophryne, and is de.scribed later on in
this paper. This discovery led me to examine all the mem-
bers of the order to which I could gain access. Professor
Sir Frederick McCoy has shown me every consideration, and
afforded me all facilities for examining the specimens which
are p]-eser\'ed in the National Museum. Besides collections
from various parts of Victoi-ia of named and unnamed
N'arieties, I had thus the advantage of handling a series of
New South Wales forms received from Sydne}'. Professor
Spencer and Dr. Dendy have phice.d all their specimens at my
disposal. Several coi-respondents have kindly assisted me
by forwarding living specimens from their respective districts.
1 have especially to thank the Rev. Henry Howard and W. B.
Harvey, Esq., of Warragul ; D. Clark, Esq., of Bairnsdale ;
and J. B. Lillie Mackay, Escp, of Sandhurst, for help of this
kind. Mr. Charles Frost, in conjunction with wljom I hope
to prepare a monogra})li of this group for the Society, has
obtained specimens from Gisborne, Macedon, Parwan, &c.
I have, of course, also collected specimens m3\self wherever
opportunity has presented.

P.L.S., N.S.W., Vol. V (Second Scries), October 29, 1890.

T}«i Dhfr'ihntion of Vidoridi) Hatrachiau:-!. 01

Our Victuriaii Batrachians thou include : —
Cys'iignathid.e.

Llm.no(Jyna!^ies peronii, D. & B. Melbourne, Warragu],

Bairn sdale.
L. Ui-^'iiKodeiiHis, Steind. Melbourne, Heidelberg-, Carrum,

Bairnsdale, Western District, Maryborough, Sandhurst.
L. dorsalis, Graj^ Sandy tract from Prahran to Mordialloc.
Crinia .sir/nifera, Girard. Western District, Grampians,

Melbourne, Heidelberg, Carrum, Waterloo in Gipps-

land.

C. vlctoriana, Boulenger. Warragul.

C. sp., Gunther. Oakleigh, Macedon, Christmas Hills,
Nan-e Warren and Loch, (Ti]:>psland.

Heleioporus alhopiinctatus, Gray. Parwan, foot of Mount

Macedon, Waterloo.
H. pictus, Peters. Sandhurst, Parwan (near Bacchus

Marsh).

BUFONID^.

Fseiidopltvyne hibronii, Steind. Gramj)ians, Sandhurst,
Macedon, Gisborne.

F. dendiji, n. sp. Upper Wellington River, North Gipps-
land.

P. semi-marmorata, n. sp Oakleigh, Heidelberg, Ring-
wood, Narre Warren, Waterloo, Grampians.

Hylid/E.
Hyla peronii, Tschudi. Gunbower (near Murray River).
H. eiuiiif/li, D. and B. Brighton, Ringwood, Waterloo,
Trafalgar, Warragul, Bairnsdale.

H. panudens, Peters. Port Phillip (B.M. Cat.)

H. aiireAt, Lesson. All parts of the colony.

H. leHueiirii, D. and B. M'Allister and Wellington Rivers.

I have ex:aniined specimens of all of these sixteen species,
except o^ H//la jxtrvidens and of Crinia vlctoriana. It seems
almost certain that this list will be further supplemented by
the adcKtion o*' species from the Murray, especially from the
Gunbower lagoons, from the Western District and Mallee,and
from East Croajingolong, while it is by no means im])robable

02 Froceedluf/s of the Royal ^ociett/ of Victoria.

that some other kinds will be found nearer to the metropolis.
Mr. Frost and I hope to be able to give some account of
these in our monograpii.

PSEUDOPHRYNE DENDYI, sp. nOV.

General shape and characters those of the genus.

Hind limb being cariied forwards along the body, the tip
of the longest toe reaches beyond the eye ; the tibio-tarsal
articulation does not reach the shoulder.

Skin slightly granular on the back, smooth below ; small
lateral folds.

Small inner and outer white metacarpal tubercles, sub-
equal. Inner and outer white metatarsal tubercles ; inner
elliptical as long as first toe, outer rounded about half size
of inner.

No glands present on the loins or thighs.

Dimensions. — From tip of snout to vent, 15 mm.; length
of fore-limb from axilla to tip of third finger, 8 mn:;. ; length
of hind limb from vent to tip of fourth toe, 12 mm.

Colours of Life — Dorsal. — Head and trunk quite black,
with many scattered small white dots, most numerous on
the head and sides. The dots are aggregated, to form a
superciliary white line over, and small white patches behind
and below, each eye. A short median longitudinal yellow
streak on the snout, from Ijetween the nares nearly to the
mouth. On the rump, a yellow median longitudinal band,
with a yellow blotch on each side behind (on back of thighs),
forming an inverted T above the cloaca. Ventral. — Throat
and belly quite black, marbled with irregular white l)lotches.
Both black and white are dense opaque colours, clearly
defined. With a lens, tiny black dots can be seen all over
the white areas, and lighter dots all over the black ground.
Fore limbs. — Black, with small white spots. The dorsal and
post-axial suiiace of the arm (humerus) covered by a canary
yellow patch of colour. Dorsal suiface of hand white ;
fingers with white transverse bands, tips black. Hind
limbs. — The surfaces of the limb seen from above, and the
under side of the foot, are like the back, coloured black with
small white dots. The surfaces of the limb, seen from below,
and the back of the foot, are like the belly, black, 'largely
marbled with white. Toes with white transverse bands and
black tips.

The D'lsfrlhvilon^of Vicforiav Batrachian>< . (w>

A single male sj)eciinen, found by Dr. Dencly on our visit
to Wellington River, North Gipi>sland. It was met with
while we were turning over logs in search of Planarian
worms, on one of the river flats, whicli gave evidence of
being largeh' flooded in winter time.

PSEUDOPHRYNE SEMI-MAKMORATA, sp. nov.

General form and characters those of genus.

Hind liml) being carried forwards along the body, the tip
of the longest toe reaches beyond the end of the snout. The
tibio-tarsal articulation reaches to the shoulder.

Skin of to[) of head and back with several moi-e or less
distinct longitudinal linear series of rather conspicuous warts.
Sides and belly smooth. Under surface of thighs near the
symphysis granular.

Two small metaearjial tubercles, the outer rather larger.
Two small metatarsal tubercles, subequal.

An oval orano-e-coloured gland on back of each thigh.

Dimensions of large specimen. — From tip of snout to vent,
31 mm. ; length of fore-limb from axilla to tip of third finger,
13 nun.; length of hind-limb from vent to tip of fourth toe,
31 mm.

Colours of Life. — Top of head and back and upper sur-
faces of limbs olive-green, with darker spots ; tips of warts
often lighter. Vertebral line usually absent ; when present,
reduced to fjiint yellow streak on tip of snout, and another
over hinder part of urostyle. Sides, blue black ; throat,
under sides of limbs, pale greenish yellow, more exactly a
light shade of "brown pink," greener near axilla. Palmar
surface of hand and plantar surface of inner 3?? toes, flesh-
coloured. Belly light olive-green, marbled flnely with white.

Met \\\i\\ in all the S.E. parts of the colony, south of the
Divide.

Four species of Pseudophryne are recorded in Mr.
Boulenger's Catalogue. All are confined to Australia. Mr.
Boulenger suggests that two of the species, P. bibronii and
P. coriacea, named by Steindachner and Keferstein respec-
tively, may prove to be only varieties of the original
P. australis of Gray. But Mr. Fletcher,* who has closely

* Vide Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New South Wales, Vol. IV
(Second Series), p. :^76.

•64 F ivceeditif/f^ of the Rotjal Society of V'ldorin,.

studied both P. (i/ustrtdis and P. bibronil in their native
haunts, is quite convinced that they are good species, dis-
tinguished by constant diiferences in colour and pattern, in
temperament, in habits, and in the time of the breeding
season. P. dendyi is widely removed from all by its
conspicuous black and white coloration. That P. semi-
marmorata is also very constant in its colouring and the
pattern of the warts on the dorsal surface, I have found
after examining dozens of specimens. In its geographical
distribution, it is our southern representative of P. hdn'onlL
the two forms oidy overlapping in the Grampians. We have
thus another instance of the distinctness of s]-)ecies on the
two sides of the Great Dividino- Ranoe.

Art. XII. — The Ma(/uetic Shoal near Bezout Idand, off-
Cossack, KW. Coast of Australia.

Bv R. L. J. Ellery, C.M.G., F.RS., F.R.A.S.

Government Astronomer, Melbourne.
[Read Oct. 8, 1891.]

In i(atiire of March 19, 1891, p. 471, Connnaiider E. W.
Creak, R.N., states that in September 188-5, on board H.M.
surveying sliip " Medea," when passing Bezout Island, near
Cossack, JSf.W. Australia, a stead}' detlection of the compass
of 30" was observed, whilst the ship was i-unning over in a
N.N. VV. direction, and a deptli of 8 fathoms of water.

When the " Penguin " surveying siiip was in Hobson's
> Bay hist Autumn, Lieutenant Coombe made magnetic
determinations at oui- Observatory to test his instruments,
and he described to me the experience of their vessel, the
" Penguin," when at Bezout Ishmd in November hist yeai-.
The "Penguin" being two nnles from the Ishmd N. 79° E.,
a deflection of 22° was noticed in her compasses. On Bezout
Island itself, tlie dip was normal, viz., 50° 2' S., but 214
miles N., 79-^- E. from the ishmd, the needle dipped to 8:>°
with very small deflection of the compass. This was, no
doubt, nearly vertically over the disturbing force. Tlie
compass deflection increased, first on one side, and then on
the other, as the magnetic centre was approached, within a
hundred feet or so, oi- left behind a like distance.

So remarkable a phenomenon lias attracted a good deal of
attention, and I Ijelieve Captain Moore, the Commander,
received instructions from the i^dniiralty to further investi-
gate this abnormal magnetic disturbance. At all events,
the " Penguin," on leaving this port, went back to Western

<)6 Proceeding i!< of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Australia and Bezout Island, and Captain Moore has made a
tborougli magnetic survey of the locality, and in a letter
dated 22nd June this year, has sent me a copy of the official
account of his work. As tins subject will be interesting to
the Society, and of importance to our nautical men going
west about to Northern Australia, or the Straits, I now give
(^)ptain Moore's account verbatim : —

Magnetic Shoal near Cossack, W.A.

The area of magjietic disturbance near Cossack, exhibits
the characteristics of red magnetism, as if there was a con-
gestion or concentration of the magnetic elements, due to
the Southern Hemisphere. It seems appropriate, therefore,
to call it a "Magnetic Shoal"; and to treat it gi-aphically,
as if it was an elevation of the bottom of the sea or area of
"shoal" water, the soundings being the "deflections" of the
compass needle.

Woi'ked out thus, it was found that the magnetic shoal
developed the following features: — (1) An area 4 miles long-
north-east, and south-west by 2 miles broad ; witli a depth
of 8 to 9 fathoms at low water springtide ; bottom, quartz
sand, over which the compasses are deflected one degree or
more.

Within the above, an area 3 miles long north-east and '
south-west, by half a mile to 1| miles broad, over which
compasses are disturbed half a point or more.

Within the above: — (1) A line of maximum easterly
repulsion, about 2^ miles long, over which the north-seeking
end of the needle is violently repelled to the east, in several
])laces over 40°, and in one place 56°. (2) A line of
maximum westerly repulsion, about 2^- miles long, over
which the north-seeking end of the needle is repelled to the
west, to the extent of about one-half the easterly repulsion.
(.3) Between these two lines, which are from 200 yards to
GOO yards apart, a line of no repulsion '1\ miles long, over
which the needle points to the true north, and the direction
force is very small. This is called the "axis," or "line of
vanished repulsion." (4) A point on this line, about one
mile from the south-west end of the magnetic shoal, where
tiie intensity is greatest, which is called the " focus." The
axis, or line of vanished repulsion, is inclined to the true

Tlie Magnetic Shoal near Bezoat Island. 67

meridian, at an angle of 06°, in the neighbourhood of the
focus. This angle coincides with the angle of maximum
easterly- re])ulsion.

A vessel passing in a straight line across the magnetic
shoal at the focus, on a north-westerly course, would find
the north-seeking end of the needle behave in the following
manner : — When about 1 mile from the focus, a slight
<listurbance would be observed, the north-seeking end of the
needle being repelled to the east ; but this disturbance
would not amount to more than half a point, until she had
run to within 500 yards of the focus ; the needle would
then be more and more repelled, until 300 feet from the
tocus, when it would be deflected as much as 56° from the
true north. It would then quickl}^ resume its correct
position, and over the focus — for a hardly appreciable
distance, .say 8 feet — would point true to tlie north. After
]:)assing the focus, it would be repelled to the west, and at
200 feet from it, would be deflected as much as 26°. It
would now begin to return again to its proper position, and
at 600 yards from the focus on the north-west side, would
not deviate from the normal more than half a point. At
one mile from the focus, all signs of disturbance would
<lisappear. Crossing the shoal rectangulai'ly, elsewhere than
at the focus, similar, but less powerful repulsion would be
observed. The distance between the largest east and largest
west repulsion would be greater.

In a wooden ship or composite vessel like the " Penguin,"
the compa.sses would act as usual after leaving the shoal.
Whether or not induction would take place in an iron
vessel, is a matter yet to be ascertained. At present there
is no evidence of danger to navigation, except that a vessel
steering by compass across the shoal would be set out of
her course, more or less, according as to whether she cut
across it at the narrowest part, or obliquely.

The focus is in latitude 20° 32' 35" S., longitude 117° 13' 2"
E. from it. Bezout Island summit bears S. 78° 49' W.,
distance 2- 17 miles. The greatest range in deflection was
82°, after a])plying the deviation for the apparent position of
the ship's head ; the actual traverse of the card 86°. The
greatest inclination or dip of the needle was 81° 10'. The
greatest intensity or total force found was 18'808 (British
units), or nearly double the intensity, which, in this locality,

68 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

is due to the earth considered as a magnet, i.e., the magnetic
attraction is such as to draw a weight of 1 grain, 18-808 feet
in 1 second, in opposition to the force of gravity.

The statement made by Captain Creak, F.RS., the
Superintendent of Compasses, that the north-seeking end
of the needle is repelled from the disturbing cause in the
South Magnetic Hemisphere, is fully confirmed by this
investigation.

Art. XIII. — Notes on Victorian Rotifers.

(With Plates XII and XIII.)

By H. H. Anderson, B.A., and J. Shephard.

[Received December 11, 1891.]

During the last few months we have been working together
on the Rotifera, and as one of us is leaving the colony, we
have determined to record the results of our observations
somewhat earlier than we otherwise should liave done. Of
one of the new forms, only a single specimen has been seen,
and that by only one of us ; but we have recorded this and
other observations in the belief that the}^ will be of use to
other observers. Mr. Anderson has devoted his attention
principally to the Rhizota, Mr. Shephard taking the other
orders ; but in nearly all cases we have been able to show
each other, and to examine together, the various species that
we have met with. In the case of new forms, seen by only
one, we have indicated the fact by the use of brackets and the
initials of the observer; we have not considered it necessary
to do this in the case of known forms. We have ap{»ended to
the names of the species the places where we found them,
and what other infoimation we thought might be of scientific
interest, but have preferred to err on the side of brevity,
rather than to insert unnecessary matter. Our authority
throughout has been " Hudson and Gosse," which, with its
supplement, is a complete record of all observations up to
the date of its publication, three years ago.

70 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Order I. — Rhizota.

Flosculariad^.

Ot the Floscularia we have met with : —

(i) Floscularia coronetta. In water from the Botanical
Gardens, and from a pond near Oakleigh.

(ii) F. ornata. Botanical Gardens, Oakleigh, Brighton, &c.

(iii) F. cornuta. Botanical Gardens.

(iv) F. ccmvpanulata. Heidelberg, Brighton.

(v) F. ambif/ua. Oakleigh.

[and a species which I take to be new, and have named

(vi) F.evansonii, (n. sp.) It is a small species, much shorter
and stouter in proportion to its size than most Floscules.
It has live linear, knobbed lobes, in which it resembles F.
coronetta, but it differs from it in having a broad cylindrical
corona with a distinct rim, on which the lobes are inserted
at some distance from each other. These lobes are short,
less in length than the diameter of the corona, and are very
motile, often coming right back till they lie in a plane at
right angles with the axis of the body, and they remind one
in their movements of the tentacles of the Polyzoa. The
corona is broadly barrel-shaped, with a distinct projecting
rim, and below it the body again expands somewhat befoi-e
it tapers to the foot. The breadth of the body is nearly as
great as that of the corona, and is one-third of the whole
length, while in other species it is usualh" one-sixth or less.
The tube is fluffy and irregular in shape. I found several
specimens in water obtained on July 6th, 1S91, from a
backwater of a stream near Oakleigh. They were tntli to
H^th in. in length, and were very bold, expanding freely.
— H. H. A.]

[ (vii) In water obtained from the Botanical Gardens on
November 7th, I came across a single specimen of what is
apparently a new species of Stephanoceros. It had a three-
lobed corona, resembling Floscularia trilobata, but the sette
on these lobes were arranged as in Ste[)hanoceros, i.e., diago-
nally on the lobes in parallel bands. 'J'here were several ot
these bands round the summits of the lobes, and three or four
in the centre of the depressions between them. The cilia of

Notes on Victorian Rotifers. 71

these bands were in constant motion, creating a strong current
of water, which brought particles from a considerable distance.
This liabit is, I believe, unique among the Flosculariada),
though the one known form of Stephanoceros, *S. eiclihornii,
is said to lasli with its cilia at an escaping captive, and ren-
ders this form peculiarly interesting. I was unfortunately
unable to make a cai-eful study of tiie s})ecimen, and have
not since succeeded in finding another. It might be worth
the while of other observers to search for this species in the
place where I found it. The one specimen was Tr^jth in. in
length.— H. H. A.]

MELICEllTADiE.

The Melicertadse are well repi-esented in Victorian waters,
and not only have we met with many species, but these
species were in almost all cases very numei'ously repre-
sented.

(viii) Melicerta rinrfens is common ever}^ where, and is
sometimes very large. We have seen tubes more than
j-^th in. in length.

(ix) Melicerta conifera is also fairly common, and some-
times most abundant. [I found it in thousands just after
the floods in the back waters of Gardiner's Creek at
Glenferrie, though a month after I could not hud a single
specimen there. — H. H. A.]

(x) Limmasceratojjhytli is common; specimens j^oth in. to
^th in. seen.

(xi) Limnias annulatus is somewhat rare ; we have
found it at Oakleigh, at Toorak, in a lagoon by the side of
the Yarra, and in the Botanical Gardens.

(xii) Gepkalosiphon limnias. Botanical Gardens.

(xiii) (Ecistes cry stall inu'^. Toorak, Brighton, Heidel-
berg.

(xiv) (Ecistes intermedins. Oakleigh, Botanical Gardens,
Heidelberg.

(xv) (Ecistes lonr/icornis. Botanical Gardens, Oakleigh,
Heidelberg.

(xvi) Lacinularia socialis. Heidelberg.

I'l Froceedinfjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

(xvii) Conocliilus volvox. Heidelberg, Melton.

(xviii) Laclnidaria yedunculata. We found some
colonies of this species at Brighton, and examined it
carefully, subsequently mounting specimens. To the some-
what meagre description in Hudson and Gosse, we may add
the following particulars : — The corona is circular, but for
the iiKlentation on the ventral side, which is shallower than
in either Megalotrocha alhofiavicans or L. socialis. The
ventral antennre are merely tubercles placed wide apart.
The eyes are visible in the adult as very small red specks ;
they are seen with difficulty in living specimens, but are
plainly visible in some of the mounted ones. One of the
colonies was an old one, only a few adults were present, but
it was full of eggs, and as we watched it, many of them
hatched out. Some of them swam for some time with the
foot still recurved on the body, but their motions were so
active that we wei'e unable to examine them closely.
Attached to the weed close to the base of the large colony,
was a small one, having a peduncle of the normal type,
though very short, but the animals composing it were widely
different from the full grown specimens. They had, however,
a certain resemblance to the young ones just hatched
from the eggs of the old colony. Unfortunately, we
were unable to examine them carefully that evening, and
they were all dead the next day. Since writing the above,
Mr. Sliephard has received from Mr. Whitelegge tracings of
his drawings of L, pediLiiculata, and in these, one antenna
is shown of the character that we have described above.
Specijuens have also been found by Messrs. Mann and
Shephaixl at Heidelberg, but apparently the species is not
connnon.

We have also met with some species which we take, to be
new.

(xix) CEcideti wihoni'i. We found this form in water
collected at Brighton Beach in July. It approaches (E.
crystalLuiiis, but differs from it in the form of the body
when fully expanded, and in the tube, which is gelatinous,
deal- and rounded, not fluffy and irregular. The corona is
indistinctly two-lobed, nearly three times as broad as the
body, dorsal gap minute, anil the muscular thickenings of
the corona more pointed than in the other (Ec'usteti which we
iiave seen. The antenna? are set flush on the l.'ody, so that

jyotes on Victorian Rotifer.s. 73

in the retractile state the seise seem to spring from the l)ody
itself; bnt when the animal expands, that pai-t of the body
c»n which the sette ai-e situated becomes iritlated, so as to
form two projecting- rounded cones on each side. These
cones are placed some distance apart, and in ventral aspect
their api)earance is very characteristic, the body sloping out-
wards to their sunnnits till it is halt" as broad again as it is
at their base. When seen somewhat sideways, the anterior
slope to the neck is very abrupt, and makes almost a right
angle with the axis of the body. When recurved, the sides
of the body are drawn back in a deep fold over the wrinkled
foot, encircling it, till the bottom of the intestine touches
the top of the foot. We observed three vibratile tags in each
lobe of the corona, one on each side of the neck, and one in
the body near the lower end of the stomach. Two red eye&
were clearly seen in young nearly ready for hatching in the
eggs. When tirst seen, the whole body was covered with a
layer of gelatinous material, but in a specimen kept alive on
a slide for a couple of days, this layer disappeared. Unlike
most (Ecisted, it attaches itself to its tube rather than to the
plant on which the tube is fixed, resembling Floaculai'ia calva
in this respect. It sways itself from side to side, curving
right over the edge of its tube.

Sp. cli. Corona indistinctly two-lobed, ventral antennse-
placed on the surface of the body wide apart, the body when
expanded {projecting upwards and outwards to their point of
insertion in two rounded cones. Tube gelatinous, rounded \
length, y^gth in.

(xx) Lacinularia veticuUita. This species has at first sight
a considerable resemblance to L. socialis, but a more careful
examination brings out points of difiFerence important enough,
we think, to prove it a new species. It is found in small
colonies, often of onl}- two or three specimens; the largest we
have seen was composed of a dozen. In internal structure,
it crnforms to the usual type of Melicertadpe. Its distinctive
features are a heart-shaped corona, as broad as long, and as
broad half-way down as it is at its ventral end, giving it a
somewhat rectangular appearance. This rectangular appear-
ance is clearly shown in some specimens we mounted. The
dorsal gap in the corona is comparatively large, and easily
seen. But the most important point of difference between
this and the other species of Lacinularia is the presence of
antennse, both doisal and ventral. The dorsal antenna is

7-i Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

small, not to be seen when the creature is fully expanded,
nor when fully I'etracted, but when partially expanded it
may often be easily observed. It appears clearly in some of
our mounted specimens. The ventral antennse are peculiar
in their position. They are papillae, situated some distance
below the neck on the body of the animalcule. When it is
fully retracted, they are situated at its anterior extremity, and
they too may be clearly seen in the mounted specimens. At
their bases are two large pear-shaped masses ot nerve matter
(ganglia?) connected with the nerve cord. As L. socicdis
has been most carefully examined by Huxley and others, it
is impossible that tlie antennae should have been overlooked
had they been present in that form, and had they held the same
relation to the nervous system that they do in the one we are
describing. In the mounted specimens we noticed, too, that
the corona appears beautifully i-eticulated on its under
surface, and we subsequently observed it in living speci-
mens. We found this species in large numbers at Brighton
Beach.

Sp. cJt. Corona broadly heart-shaped ; dorsal gap com-
paratively large ; dorsal antenna minute ; ventral antenna?
papilla3, situated half-way down the body, and wide apart,
connected with pear-shaped nerve masses. Length aVfl^ ii"!-

(xxi) Liinnias gramdosus (?). In water taken from the
Botanical Gardens on November 8, we found a species which
may be this. The tube was yellow, strewed with roundish
brown granules, and transversely striated on the inside. But
though there were numerous old tubes, there wei-e only two
with occupants. In these we observed that the two lobes were
not nearly so greath^ divided ventrally as in L. cerato'phylli,
and the ventral antennae were souiewhat more ]:)rominent.
We were unable to see any horny pi-ocesses, and the foot
was certainly not forked, as that oi' L. gramdosus is said to
be. Hudson and Gosse, however, seem to doubt the forking
of the foot, and the description seems generalh' doubtful. It
will be worth while looking for this species somewhat earlier
next year, and examining it carefully.

(xxii) (Ecistes intermedins. We have seen two varie-
ties of this Q^cistes — one which we take to be the form
mentioned by Hudson and Gosse, tlie other probably new.
The oue has the ordinary brown tube of L. ceratopkyUi, with
moderately long antennae; the other has a white tube, which

Xotes on Victorian Rotifers. 75

looks a greyish -black by transmitted light. This second form
has veiy short antennte, and the dorsal gap is somewhat
wider, the edges of the corona at the gap curving somewhat
outwards. The distinction seems hardl}^ enough to mark a
new species.

Order II. — Bdelloida.

Family Philodinad.e.
(xxiii) Philodina roseola. Botanical Gardens,
(xxiv) F. citrina. Botanical Gardens.
(xxv) Rotifer vulgaris. Common,
(xxvi) R. tardus. Botanical Gardens.

Order III. — Ploima (Il-loricata).
Family Asplanchnad.-e.

(xxvii) As[)laiichna brigldwellii. This was first noticed
at Biigiiton, in July ]890. It w^as very plentiful, and
numerous m;des were found. It appears to occui- from June
to September, as the pool at Bi'igliton constantly^ visited, did
not yield a single specimen for nine months of the year.
Heidelberg yielded none, except in September 1891, when
they were extremely numerous. Dr. Hudson remarks that
his experience is, that the Asplanchnadfe do not occur in the
same spot year after year — (" The Rotifera," Vol. I, p. 26).
But for two years A. hrighttvellii has been found in the
same spot at Brighton.

(xxviii) As'plancli'aopus Tnyrmeleo. Found in all open
pools tried, and at all times of the year, though numerous
only on one occasion at Brighton.

Family Synch^tad^.

(xxix) Synchcata pectinata. Brighton and Heidelberg.
(xxx) >S'. tremula. Botanical Gardens.

76 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.
Family TRiARXHRADiE.
(xxxi) Polyartliva lilatypteva. Brighton,
(xxxii) Triarth^u longiseta. Brighton.

Family Hydatinad.e.

(xxxiii) Hydativa senta. Common. Plentiful on but
one occasion, when hundreds were dipped with a small
phial from a puddle not two feet in diameter in Hanna
Street, South Melbourne. These furnished an interesting
instance of rapid multiplication, as a half inch specimen tube
set aside with some of the water, and containing a dozen or
so of the rotifei-s, was seen after a few days to be almost as
closely packed with the rotifers, as it had previously been
with Euglena?, whicli had colom'ed the water a bright green,
and formed the food of H. senta.

Family Notommatad^.

(xx.:iv) Notomniatct aurita,. Botanical Gardens and
Oakleigh.

(xxxv) iV. ansata. Botanical Gardens.

(xxxvi) K. naias. [Brighton yielded a considerable
number of what is probably this species. They possessed
the two smaller eye specks on the front of the corona, figured
by Eckstein, and mentioned by Hudson and Gosse in a
foot-note (" The Rotifera," Vol. II, p. 25), but the "tentacular
brushes of setas " were not seen. A reference to Eckstein's
figure showed a general agreement between it and the
specimens found. — J. S.]

(xxxvii) Copeus elvrenhergii. Botanical Gardens.
When first found, the specimens were entangled among
confervoid filaments, and for .some hours did not reveal the
" great lateral telegraph-like arms," which only appeared
when the animal was in open water, in a watch glass, or
deep cell. A good view was obtained of the vibratile tags,
which were large, and extended like a tan, the width acrcss

Notes on Victorian Rotifers. 77

the outer edge being equal to the length. The cilia presented
a very interesting appearance, rhythmical waves passing
longitudinally downwards like the waves across a field of
corn.

Sub-Order Loricata.
Family Rattulidjj:.

(xxxviii) Mastigocerca carinata. Botanical Gardens,
Sandringham. The dorsal ridge was less developed in the
majority of the specimens taken, but in all other points, the
agreement was so close as to negative the idea of a new
species.

Family Dinocharid.e.
(xxxix) Dinocharis tetractis. Botanical Gardens,
(xl) Stephanops muticus. Toorak, Botanical Gardens,

Family Salpinadj^.

(xli) Diaschiza se^iniaperta. Brighton.

(xlii) Salpina hrevispina. Toorak, Botanical Gardens.

Family Euchlanid^.
(xliii) EiLcJdanis dilatata. Common.

Family CATHYPNADiE.

(xliv) Cathypna (n. sp.) Brighton. [This form so much
resembled U. tuna, that' it is with some hesitation regarded
as new. The points of difference from G. lima are — in the
lorica being broader anteriorly, and the dorsal occipital edge
more deej^ly excavated ; the posterior possessing more of a

78 Pvoceedinf)!^ of tite Royal Society of Victoria.

lobed character, having a decided inward curve on either side,
and a rounded termination overhanging the toes, the most
marked departure being the setting of the claws which,
instead of tapering off from the shoulder to the end, are
recessed so as to form a reversed barb ; the surface of the
lorica was also stippled. Length about xsoth in. — J. S.]

(xlv) Distyla ichthyoura (n. sp.) Brighton. [The most
distinctive character in this form, is the fish-tailed append-
age to the posterior end of the lorica, which extends over
half the length of two rod-shaped toes, each toe possessing a
one-shouldered tapering claw. Anteriorly, the lorica has a
dorsal crescentric excavation, forming two somewhat long
lateral points. The lorica is fiiiel}^ stippled. The head is a
truncated cone. There is a conspicuous eye. The trophi, as
far as observed, resemble those of C. luna. Length listh in.,
breadth ^ioth in. Sp. ch. — Lorica fish-tailed, stippled,
crescentrically excavate in front, with somewhat long lateral
points. — J. S.]

(xlvi) Monostylu quadridentata. Common.

Family Colukid.e.

(xlvii) Golurits hicuspidatus (?). Brighton. [The speci-
mens obtained closely resemble in most points the species
doubtfully written, but differ in possessing two eyes very
closely set, and two toes. Length ^iofh in., depth jloth in.
Length of foot -no^h in. — J. S.]

(xlviii) Metopidia solidus. Brighton.

(xlix) Metopidia ovalit; (n. sp.) Brighton. [The form
figured is beautifully transparent, and shows the internal
organs well. An egg-shaped lorica, broader posteriorly in its
dorsal aspect, possesses a slight excavation at either end, the
posterior one being at the summit of a slight projection
formed by the lorica curving outwards laterally. The
ventral plate has deep anterior and posterior openings of the
form of a half ellipse. Two eyes are set wide apart, each at the
base of a slight process set at each side of the corona. The
toes and foot much resemble those of M. solidus, as do the
general arrangement of the internal organs. Length o^o^h in.,
breadth ifioth in.— J. S.J

Notes on Victorian Rotifers. 7^

Family PterodinadtE.

(1) Pferodina intermedia. Brighton. Of this species
only one specimen was seen, but the " semi-circular pio-
jection " at the anterior was distinctly visible. It is
interestino- to find here this species, which was first noted
l^y my colleague as occurring among Indian rotifei's {Jour.
Asiatic Soc", Bengal, Vol. LVII, Part II, No. 4, 1889).
—J. S.]

(li) Fterodina trilohata (n. sp.) Sandringham. This
specimen differs from any described species in the form of
the dorsal plate of the lorica, it having the semicircular
projection in front, with two broad bulgings on either side,
giving it a tri-lobed appearance. The lorica is stippled, and
so far as observed, inflexible. The coronal discs are widely
separate, and there is a notch at the base of each disc, giving
the median portion the form of a short broad lip. The
gastric glands, so conspicuous in the genus, escaped observa-
tion, probably owing to the stippling of the lorica. Length
of lorica -4^th in., extended xioth in., breadth ^^oth in. —
J. S.]

Family Brachionad^.
(lii) Brackionus rubeus. Common,
(liii) B. hakeri. Common.
(liv) Xoteus quadricornis. Brighton.

Family Anuread^.
(Iv) Anurea curvicomis. Botanical Gardens.*

(Ivi) A. aculeata. Common. Some three or four other
species of Anureada? have been partially worked, but
not sufliciently to irclude them as determined species.

* The habitat Botanical Gardens refers in all instances to the Botanical
Gardens, Melbourne.

80 P I'Dceedbiujii of the Royal Sooiettj of Victoria.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
Plates XII and XIII.

Fig. 1. — Floscidaria evansonii, n. sp. x 200.

Fig. 2. — Lacinularia reticulata, n. sp. x 1-0. Left-hand
figure partially contracted to sIk^w both
antennpe.

Fig. 2a. — The snme, viewed dorsally, x 200.

Fig. 3. — (Eclstes 'wilsoiiii, n.s]x x 200.

Fig. 8a. — The same, showing fold back of the body over
the foot in the contracted state, x 75.

Fig. 3b. -The same, showing appearance of corona and
antenna viewed from the side, x 75.

Fig. 4. — Gathypna, n. sp. x 290. Viewed dorsally.

Fig. 5. — Did.yla ichthyoura, n. sp. x 375. Dorsal aspect.
Owing to failure of material, the internal
structure was not fully made out, but distinc-
tive specific characters are shown.

Fig. 6. — Metopiclia ovalis, n. sp. x 525. Ventral aspect.

Fig. 6a. — Anterior of same, viewed dorsally, x 500.

Fig. 7. — Pterodi^Kc trilobata, n. np. x 3L5. Dorsal view.

Ppoc.R^S. Victoria . 1881. PI a fe 18.

^^^-^1^

*^?i

Tro&iecti i. '^' ■it ^^^w'

Fpoc.RS. Yictona W/ P/ah /J

'■■^^'

F(g Sa.

75.

^^^
'-^V

F/^Sa.
X 75

Art. XIV. — Xote on the Habits of Ceratodus fovsteri.
By W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A.

Professor of Biology in the University of Melbourne.
TEead December 10, 1891.]

With the exception of a short account given by Mr.
Caldwell before the Royal Society of New South Wales with
regard to the spawning and reproduction of Ceratodus I am
not aware of tliere being any note recenth' published with
regard to the habits of this animal. Having lately had the
opportunity of visiting the Burnett and Mary River districts,
1 was enabled to gain a little information with reference to
its habits which may prove of interest.

As is well known, the group Dipnoi contains only three
forms, of which one (Lepidosiren) is found only in Brazil,
another (Protopterus) is conrined to West Africa and the
third (Ceratodus) at the present time exists only in the
Burnett and Mary Rivers in Queensland. My remarks have
reference to the Burnett District for thougli I was for m
short time near the Mary River at Gympie 1 did not there
come in contact with the animal.

In the first place, care must be taken with i-egard to the
name ; neither of the terms lung-fish or mud-fish, so far as
my experience goes, is known to the settlei's in the district.
Neither at Gympie on the Mary, nor at Gayndah and othec
places along the Burnett, did those with whom I conversed on
the subject recognise Ceratodus under either of tliese names.
It has however two common names, one of which is the
" Burnett Salmon," and the other the " Barramunda." Care
has, however, to be taken when the latter name is used,
since this is properly applied to a very difierent form, a true
teleostean fish (Osteoglossum leichardti), which is not fouml

.S2 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

in the Mary or Burnett Rivers, but further north, in the
Dawsoii and Fitzroy. The name of Burnett Salmon is oiven
tor the simple reason that the flesh is of a pink colour ;
beyond tins, there is not the slightest resemblance between
the two forms. In his recent report of the Queensland fishes,
Mr. Saville Kent states that the Ceratodus is much prized as
food. Tins is a mistake, for, as a matter of fact, it is very
oily and disagreeable and only eaten by Chinese and those
who can afford to get nothing better. From a scientific
point of view this is a great advantage and will in no small
degree tend to ensure its preservation.

The Burnett River runs in a wide channel, with banks
often as much as fifty feet high, through country which is
very sand}^ and undulating with hill ranges, the surface
being composed in large part, at all events, of decom]iosed
gianitic rocks. For the greater part of the year, during all
the warm months, the river channel shows wide sand banks,
with only a comparatively^ nari'ow and shallow stream of
water, broadening out every now and then into wide deep
pools, where the river bed and banks are often formed of
great granite rocks. Into the river run numerous creeks, the
beds of which are usually quite dry and sandy in summer.
The Ceratodus always stays in the deep pools, and fishers
know well that it is to these they must go if they want to
catch the animal. It is possible that on rare occasions it
might bury itself in the mud, or to speak more correctly
sand, but it b}' no means normall}'' does this, and speaking
generally, 1 think it is .safe to say that Cei'atodus always
stays in the deep pools which through the heat of summer
retain at any rate a fair suply of water. In a season of
drought these pools may become isolated, but it is a rare
season in whicli there is not a plentiful trickle from one pool
to another, and some of these pools are quite a mile long.

Whilst Protopterus makes cocoons of mud for itself during
the season of drought and is enabled to live through the
latter by the aid of its lung, its ally, Ceratodus, does no such
thing. Quite on the contrary, 1 believe that its lung is, at
all events as useful to it, if not more so, dui'ing the rainy as
during the hot season ; at the same time, it is always of use
as a subsidiary organ of respiration.

It may here be mentioned that out of the water Ceratodus
is the most helpless and passive creature imagina)>le. It is
perfectly incapable of movement, its weak limbs, which

Note on the Habits of Cercitodns for.steri. HH

serve well enough as paddles in the water, being quite
incapable of sustaining the weight of the bod}^ or of assist-
ing in movement. You may put a Ceratodus within a few
feet of the water, and there it will lie perfectly passive and
making not the least attempt to move. When left in air
without being surrounded ])y damp moss or weeds, its life is
limited to a very few hours, eight or ten at most — a length
of time exceeded by both the eels and dew tish taken from
the same water. If kept damp, however, it will live for a
considerable time, and may be carried alive for long distanoes
in this way.

It is most interesting, however, to watch the animal on
land. The gill flaps ren^ain closed, and the animal opens-
and closes its mouth at regular intervals in such a manner
as at once conveys the idea ol bi'eathing. Not onl}^ this, but
when in the water it comes at intervals to the surface and
expires and inspires air. In the evening, when seated by
the edge of a pool, one can hear what the fishermen of the
district call a " spouting," and which is due, as in the case
of the whale, only on a much smaller scale, to the expiration
of air just as the animal reaches the surface. I was not
able to actually see the Ceratodus doing this, but was assured
by several who were well acquainted with its habits that
the noise was made by the Ceratodus.

When the season is very drj- and a comparatively small
[)Ool is chosen, it is possible, by continuously stirring up the
nmd and sand, to choke the fish but at the same time,
though the latter are killed, the Ceratodus will continue
alive.

Now, if we take into consideiation the nature of the
country through which the Burnett River runs and the fact
that the Ceratodus does not require to, and practically nevei'
does, leave the water pools, we may gain some idea of what
is at all events one chief use, if not the main one, of the
lung structure.

In the rainy season the 3reeks, dry in sunmier, become
(Converted into roaring torrents ; the river rises suddenly, as
much sometimes as fifty feet in a very few days, and down
from the hills and the country round an enormous amount
of sand is swept suddenly into the water. When once the
big sand banks of the River have been seen in dry weather
it is easy to realize what a vast amount of sand mu.st l)e
swept down into the stream at flood time every year and of

84 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

what great advantage must be the possession of an
organ which will enable Ceratodus under such circumstances
to breathe air directly whilst at the same time it remains in
its ordinary element.

It is thus probably during the flood season when the
waters are muddy that the lung is of great service to the
animal. At the same time, in seasons of drought, if the
animal be left in a comparatively small pool, the waters of
which get almost stagnant and foul from the decomposition
of the fast growing weeds, the possession of the lung would
again be of the greatest 'value. On the whole, however, if
we consider the nature of the country, the sudden floods to
which yearly the river is liable, with the consequent pollution
of the water, together with the fact that the animal lives in
deep and extensive pools, we shall probably be right in
concluding that the lung is of especial advantage during the
wet, rather than during the dry season.

It may be noted in conclusion that Ceratodus seems to
live principally, if not entirely, on vegetable matter. The
a limentary canals of those which I opened in late September
and early October, being filled with the fruit of the gum
tree Eucalyptus tereticornis which overhangs the river
banks. The fruit seems to pass entire into the alimentary
canal without being crushed by the teeth in the mouth.

PROCEEDINGS

§logal Sonttj) of ^ictona.

VOL. IV (New Series).

PART 11.

Edited under the Authority of the Council.
ISSUED NOVEMBER 1892.

THE AtiTHORS OF THE SEVERAL PAPERS ABE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE SOUNDNESS OF
THE OPINIONS GIVEN AND FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOURNE :
STILLWELL AND CO., PRINTERS, 195a COLLINS STREET.

AGENTS TO THE SOCIETY:

WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LONDON,

To whom all communications for transmission to the Roj-al Society of Victoi ia,

from all parts of Europe, should be sent.

1892.

^agal Snttttj} of Dittoria,

1891.

patron.

HIS EXCELLENCY THE RIGHT HON. JOHN ADRIAN LOUIS HOPE, G.O.M.G.
SEVENTH EARL OF HOPETOUN.

PROFESSOR W. C. KERNOT, M.A.. C.E.
B. J. WHITE, F.R.A.S. | H. K. RUSDEN, F.R.G.S.

ijoit. (Jrcasuwr.

C. R. BLACKETT, F.C.S.

|)ou. ^cci'cturj).

PROFESSOR W. BALDWIN SPENCER, iM.A.

I^on. ITibrariaii.

JAMES E. NEILD, M.D.
A. DENDY, D.Sc. A. H. S. LUCAS, M.A., B.Sc.

R. L. J. ELLERY, C.M.G., F.R.S.,

F.R.A.S.
G. S. GRIFFITHS, F.R.G.S.
JAMES JAMIESON, M.D.
PROFESSOR LAURIE, LL.D.

PROF. R. T. LYLE, M.A.

PROF. ORME MASSON, M.A., D.Sc.

H. MOORS.

ALEX. SUTHERLAND, M.A.

C. A. TOPP, M.A., LL.B.

A. S. WAY, M.A.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME IV, PART II.

Art. XV. — On the Australian Land Nemertine (Geonemertes aiistrali-
ensis, n. sp.) (with Plates VII, VIII, IX, X). By Abthdr
Dbndy, D.Sc, F.L.S .. ..85

XVI. — Descriptions of some Land Planarians from Queensland

(with Plate XI). By Arthur Dendy, D.Sc, F.L.S. . . 123

XVII. — Preliminary Description of Victorian Earthworms. Part I.
— The Genera Cryptodrilus and Megascolides (with Plates
XIV, XV, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX). By W. Baldwin
Spencer, M.A. .. .. .. .. ..130

XVIII. — Catalogue of Algae collected at or near Port Phillip Heads
and Western Port. By J. Bracebridge Wilson, M.A.,
F.L.S 157

Annual Meeting, Report and Balance Sheet .. .. ..191

Report of Ordinary Meetings .. .. .. .. 200

List of Members . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

List of Institutions and Learned Societies which receive
Copies of the " Transactions and Proceedings of the
Royal Society of Victoria" .. .. .. .. 235

PROCEEDINGS.

Art. XV. — On an Australian Land Nemertlne

(Geonemertes austral iensis, u. spj

(With Plates VII, VIII, IX, X.)

By Arthur Dendy, D. Sc, F.L.S.

[Read July 9, 1891.]

CONTENTS. j._^,^^_

1. Introductoky Eemarks .. .. .. .. ..85

2. Habitat and Distribution . . . . . . . . . . 86

3. External Characters, Habits and Methods of Preparation . . 87
i. Minute Anatomy —

a. Epidermis and Sub-epidermic Tissues . . . . . . 90

b. Muscular System . . . . . . . . . . 91

c. Alimentary Canal . . . . . . . . . . 92

d. Proboscis Sheath and Proboscis . . . . . . 94

c. Circulatory and Excretory System . . . . . . 100

/. Nervous System . . . . . . . . . . 106

g. Lateral Organs . . . . . . . . . . 108

h. Eyes .. .. .. .. .. ..110

i. Connective Tissue, Glandular Structures, &c. . . . . Ill

k. Reproductive Organs .. ., .. .. .. 114

5. Summary .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 116

6. Description of Plates .. .. .. .. .. 117

1. Introductory Remarks.

In the Victorian Naturalist for December, 1889, I
recorded the discovery of three specimens of a terrestrial
Nemertine at Walhalla, Gippsland, Victoria, and gave a
brief description of the general appearance of the animal.*
Being unable, at the time, to obtain access to Professor von
Graff's paper on Geonemertes chalicophora,-\ which it was

* " Zoological Notes on a Trip to Walhalla," loc. cit. p. 132.
t " Geonemertes chalicopJicra , eine neue Landnemertine," Morphologisches
Jabrbuch, Bd. V, 1879, p. 430.

86 Proceedings of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

supposed (thougli without any conclusive evidence) migbt
be an Austi-alian form, I refrained from naming the species.
Recently, however, thanks to the kindness of Professor von
Graff, Professor Haswell, Professor Spencer and Professor
Howes, I have received several copies of the paper in
question, and as there can no longer be any doubt that the
species is perfectly distinct from any that liave been
previously described, and as I have since obtained an
abundant supply of material from various localities, I have
decided to give a detailed description of the new species in
this place, under the name Geonemertes audraliensis.

In addition to the gentlemen whose names are mentioned
above, I desire also to record my indebtedness to the
following for valuable assistance and material, viz. : —
Mr. J. J. Fletcher, M.A., for the loan of two specimens of
Geonemertes (sp. ?) from Tasmania and jSIew South Wales
respectively;* Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson, M.A., Mr. E. F. J.
Love, M.A., Rev. W. Fielder, Mr. C. C. Brittlebank, Mr.
Shephard and Mr. Fiddian for s})ecimens fi-om various parts
of Victoria ; and Mr. T. Whitelegge, of the Australian
Museum, Sydney, for most kindly photogi-aphing for me the
plate illustrative of von Kennel's paper on Geonemertes
palaensis,-f which I have been unable to obtain.

2. Habitat and Distribution.

Gconennertes australiensis is a thoroughly cryptozoic^:
animal. The tirst sjjecimen which I found was beneatii a stone,
but since then most of the numerous specimens discovered
have been found under rotting logs. As might be expected
the animal seems to like a tolerably damp situation,
apparently it does not burrow in the earth but simply
lies beneath its shelter. Since I first recorded it from
Walhalla it has been obtained fi'om the Otwa}' Forest (Mr.
Wilson and Mr. Love), Creswick (Mr. Fiddian), the Upper
Yarra district (Professor Spencer), § Narre Warren (Professor
Spencer), Myrniong (Mr. Brittlebank) and the Fern Tree
Oully district. The most remarkable discovery was that at
Fern Tree Gully, on the occasion of an expedition made by
the Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria, on March 14, 1891,

* Vide Proc. Linu. Soc. N.S.W., April 29, 1891.

t Arbeit. Zool.-Zoot. Inst., Wurzbnrg, IV., 1877 78.

\ For cxplauatiou of this term vide Victorian Naturalist, loc. cit.

§ Vide Victorian Naturalist, March-April 1891, p. 179.

0)1 an Australian Land Nemertine. 87

when we found dozens of specimens under fallen logs It is
a curious fact that on most carefully searching the same
locality only a few weeks later (May 13) 1 was unable to
find a single specimen.

Mr. Fletcher* has lately recorded the occurrence of land
Nemertines also in Tasmania and New South Wales, but
it is somewhat doubtful whether they belong to tlie same
species as the Victorian specimens, though from the examina-
tion of the external characters which I have been kindly
permitted to make I am inclined to believe that they do.

3. External Characters, Habits, and Methods of
Preparation.

As it lies at rest, with the proboscis retracted, Geonemertes
australiensls has very much the appearance of a slug or a
small Planarian worm, and is very soft and slimy. When it
begins to crawl, which it readily does on being disturbed,
the body elongates until in large specimens it measures
about 40 mm. in length by 2o mm. in greatest breadth. The
anterior extremity is then seen to be rounded and j^erhaps
slightly swollen into a head, the posterior extremity
tapering gradually to a blunt point where the anus is
situated. The ventral surface of the body, on which the
animal crawls, is somewhat flattened.

The colour of the living annual is chiefly yellow, varying
a good deal in shade, and lighter on the ventral than on the
dorsal surface. Sometimes it is a translucent, waxy j^ellow,
sometimes oiange, and sometimes more l)rownish. Figure 1
represents a specimen from near the Wood's Point Road,
painted from life. In this case the dorsal surface was
brownish yellow edged on either side by a nai-row band of
creamy white continuous with the cream}^ white ventral
surface. Usually there are no stripes but sometimes there is
a brown median dorsal band, and in a specimen from
Myrniong, which I take to belong to the same species, there
were two narrow stripes of a darker brownish tint down
each side of the mid dorsal line, the remainder of the dorsal
surface being of the usual yellow colour. Sometimes, in
large specimens, the sides of the body have a distinctly
mottled appearance, due to the large ova showing through
tlie skin. At the extreme anterior end of the body, on the

* Loc. cit.

S8 Pi'uccedlngis of f/ie Roijal Soclrfi/ of Vidorid.

head, is n single a})citiuc', the comnion ojieuing of the
j)iol)Oscis sheath and alimentary canal, or, to speak more
exactly, the opening of the rhynchodieum. A little, hehind
this ai)erture there is, on each side of the head and
somewhat more towards the dorsal than towards the ventral
suiface, an irregular group of minute black specks, the eyes.
The number of the eyes is probably not constant, ixud the
size is certainly very vaiiable ; in one specimen examined
there were about twenty in each group.

On the ventral surface of the head are situated the two
very minute ()])enings of the cephalic pits, one on either side
of the middle line, but these are only recognisable in sections,
though sometimes there appears to be a transverse groove,
visible with a pocket lens, in which they probably lie
(Fig. 3.)

The animal crawls normally with an even, gliding motion,
much like a Planarian, leaving behind it a slimy track. The
motion is probably due in part to muscular and in part to
ciliary action, the proboscis being at the time com|)letely with-
drawn into the body. If the worm is irritated, however, the
proboscis is suddenly shot but from the anterior end with
wonderful rapidity. This proboscis is relatively of enormous
size, being, even when shot out only to the normal extent, fully
as long as the body of the worm, if not longer. After remain-
ing out foran instant it is more. slowly withdrawnaud thisever-
sion and withdrawal may be repeated several times in rapid
succession. Frequently, however (Fig. 1 2), the proboscis; breaks
away fiom its attachment round the mouth of the proboscis
sheath and remains attached to the body of the worm only by
the retractor muscle, which appears as a long, narrow thread
coming out from the opening of the ihynchodceum. When
detached in this manner the proboscis is actuallj- larger than
the body of the animal. The colour of the everted proboscis
is pure wdiite and its surface is quite furry from the presence
of innumerable little glandular papilke, which secrete a
sticky fluid. Under normal conditions the proboscis may
probably be everted and withdraw^n again for an indefinite
number of times. When fully extended it adheres slightly
to the surface on which it falls and hence, as a necessary
consequence, when the proboscis is withdrawn again the
body of the animal is pulled forwards over it. In this way
the animal may progress, using the proboscis as a means of
locomotion. In the case of Tetrastemona arjricola von

On an Australian Land Nemertine. 89

Willeinoes-Sulim appears to regard* this as a normal mode
of locomotion. From my own observations I am inclined to
regard it as accidental, and I think that the proboscis is
normally used only as a weapon of offence or defence,
probably for catching insects, but this I have not observed.
As already stated, when the animal is crawling under
ordinary circumstances the proboscis is entirely withdrawn
into the body.

So much for the external characters of the living animal.
Before passing on to describe the minute anatomy it may be
as well to say a few words as to the methods of killing ami
preserving specimens. Unfortunatel}" the animal is so large
and opa(|ue that it is difficult to study the internal anatomy
satisfactorily in the living worm, and, owing to the extreme
irritability of the proboscis and the delicacy of the whole
organism, it is an unusually difficult matter to kill and
preserve the animal in a satisfactory condition, foi' the
violent movements of the proboscis are v^ry apt to cause the
body to break up.

The following are the results of a number of experiments
which I made with a view to finding the best method of
killing and preserving specimens : —

(a.) By suddenly immersing the living worm in strong
methylated spirits. This is sometimes successful, but the
proboscis is always more or less everted in the spirit and
frequently the boclj'' breaks uj).

Q).) By suddenly immersing in very dilute aqueous osmic
acid. Only one specimen was tried ; the proboscis was
everted and the body broke up badly.

(c.) By suddeidy immersing in a cold saturated alcoholic
solution of corrosive sublimate. This is fairly succes.sfnl but
the proboscis is always everted and sometimes the body
breaks.

(d) By pouring a hot aqueous solution of corrosive
sublimate on the living worm. Tliis kills the animal
nearly instantaneously, with the body generally intact but
the proboscis everted. The heat employed, however, can
scarcely fail to injure the histology of so delicate an
organism.

(6.) By lirst holding the worm in the vapour of chloroform
for about half a minrr^te. Hold the worm on a lifter or glass

* " On a Land-Nemertean found in the Bermudas," Annals and Ma/j<izine
of Natural History, Series 4, Vol. XIII, 1874, p. 409.

90 Proceedings of the Royal Societjj of Victoria.

8lip over an open jar containing a little chloroform, the
animal contracts to its normal resting condition and is
rapidly stupefied. Then quickly plunge the stupefied worm
into strong spii-it, taking care not to let the surface of the
body adhere to the lifter. The animal is thus killed and
hardened wliile under the influence of chloroform and the
proboscis is not evei-ted at all nor does the body break up,
but the worm retains when dead the normal resting position.
In making use of this method it is important to leave
the worm in the chloroform vapour for neither too short nor
too long a time ; if the former, it regains its activity in the
spirit and everts the proboscis ; if the latter, it dies and
adheres to the lifter or glass slip on which it lies.

This last I find to be by for the most satisfactory way of
killing and pi-eserving s]:»ecimens, and it is the only method
known to me by which tlie proboscis can be retained within
the body in its natural position. Of course other hardening
fluids besides alcohol may be used after stupefying with
chloroform vapour.

Frequently, however, it is very desirable to preserve
specimens with the proboscis everted, and for this purpose I
recommend methods a. and c.

My researches on the minute anatomy of Geonernertes
wei'e conducted chiefly by means of sections taken in three
planes (horizontal, sagittal and transverse), stained with
borax carmine or Kleinenberg's hpematoxylin, and cut by
the ordinary parafliu method. Both methods of staining
should l)e employed, as the results obtained are very
diflierent in the two cases ; hfematoxylin, for example, brings
out with wonderful distinctness the network of excretory
tubules, which I failed to recognise in the specimens stained
with l)orax cai'mine.

4. Minute Anatomy.

a. Epidermis and Suh-Epidei'mic Tissues.

The epidermis and subjacent tissues may be studied
very satisfactorily in sections stained with borax carmine ;
hfematoxylin I have found very unsatisfactory for this
]^urpose.

The appearance of the epidermis in sections varies a good
deal with the state of conti-action of the particular })art of
the body which it covers. Frequently it is thrown into
slight folds and sometimes it is so stretched that it becomes

On an Australian Land Nemertine. 91

veiy inncl) tliinner than in its normal condition, while the
component cells are mucli more difficult to make out.

In favourable preparations, however, the e})idermis is
seen, very cleai-h^ indeed, to consist of very slender, greatly
elongated, c>)lunniar cells, placed closely side by side.
(Fig. 9, ep) Each cell is broadest at its outer end and
tapers gradually to a fine point imbedded in the subjacent
tissue. About the centre of each is an elongated, deep-
staining nucleus. The outer surface of the epidermis is
richly ciliated.

Beneath the e])idermis is a well-developed layer of uni-
cellular glands (Fig. 9, (jl. c.) The gland-cells are pear-
shaped, with the narrow ends pointing outwards. Each
contains a small nucleus and a larger or smaller quantity of
finely granulai- material. These gland-cells are much more
numerous and contain much more of the granular contents,
on the doi'sal than (m the ventral aspect of the body. There
can, I think, be no doubt that the}^ secrete part of the
slime with which the surface of the body is covered.

Scattered between the gland-cells and amongst the tails
of the epidermic cells are numerous small, darkly staining
nuclei (Fig. 9, na), whose exact relations I have not been
able to make out. Around and beneath the gland-cells we
also see a quantity of very finel_y granular material which
scarcely stains at all with borax carmine and which extends
inwards to the circular muscle layer. This tissue (Fig. 9,
I), m.), in which a few scattered nuclei are imbedded,
evidently constitutes the basement membrane already
frequently described by writers on Nemertean anatomy.

h. Muscular System.

Within the basement membrane there are twoj well-
developed muscular sheaths completely investing the body,
viz., an outer sheath of circularl}" disponed muscle fibres and
an inner sheath of longitudinal ones. Between these two
principal sheaths there is a very thin and delicate la3-er
of diagonally disposed muscle fibres.

The outer, circular, muscle sheath (Figs. H, 7, 8, 9, 10,
V. 7)1.) is well developed and of about equal thickness all
round the bod}^ it is not, however, nearly so thick as the
longitudinal sheath.

The inner, longitudinal muscle sheath (Figs. 6, 7, 8, 9, 10,
/. m.) is more strongl}' developed on the venti-al than on the

92 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

dorsal surface of the body, doubtless in relation to the crawling
movements of the animal. In transverse sections it is very
clearly seen to be broken up into blocks by small bundles of
muscle fibres which lun inwards from the circular sheath to
the deeper parts of the body (Figs. 8, 24).

The layer of diagonal or oblivpie muscle fil)res (Fig. 10,o. m.)
is very thin and consists of two series of fibres crossing one
another obliquely, just as in Geoplana,^ oi^ly in a different
position. This diagonal layer in Geonemertes australiensis
is very clearly recognisable in tangential sections along the
sides of the body, much as is represented in Figure 10, taken
from a specimen stained with borax carmine. I should not
like to say positively that it extends completely round the
body, but it probably does, though 1 have not been able to
detect it with certainty in the mid-dorsal and mid- ventral
regions.

In the head-region tliere is a special and very important
development of muscles in relation to the proboscis sheath
{vich Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5, 6). At about the level of the centre
of the cerebral ganglia the longitudinal muscle sheath splits
into two layers, an inner and an outer. The outer layei-
(I.' ni.') passes forwards in the old position. The inner layer
(m. d), on the other hand, passes forwards and inwards to
join the proboscis sheath at the place where the proboscis
is attached to it, immediately in front of the cerebral ganglia
and behind the mouth. There is thus formed a distinct
muscular diaphragm (Figs. 2-6, m. (/.), convex anteriorly,
lying immediately in front of the cerebral ganglia and
behind the mouth. The musculature of the proboscis and
its sheath, with which this muscular diaphragm is continuous,
will be desciibed in dealing with those organs.

I have already mentioned that numerous small bundles of
muscle fibres run inwards from the region of the circular
muscle sheath through the longitudinal sheath to the dee[)er
parts of the body. Many of these small bands unite together
to form a series of strong dorso ventral muscular bands
which run in a, vertical direction between the lateral
diverticula of the alimentaiy canal.

c. Alimentary Caiud.
The alimentary canal agrees very closely indeed with that
of Geonemertes chalicophora, as described and figured by

* Vide Dendy " Anatomy af an Australian Land Plauarian," Trans. Eoyal
Soc. Victoria, 1889.

On an Ausimlian Land Nemertine. 93

Professor von Gratf.* The month, us ahead}' observed, is
situate just in front of the cerebral ganglia, within the
rhynchodcieum (Fig. 6, m.) The alimentary canal, as
observed by von Graff, is divisible into two sections, the
oesophagns and the gnt proper, which differ essentially in
the character of their lining epithelium. The oesophagus
(Fig. G, «s.) is at first a very narrow and short tube,
with thin walls (pes. ]), which pa.sses obliquely backwards
and downwards beneath the ventral commissure of the
cerebral ganglia. Behind the ganglia it suddenly dilates
into a large saccular structure with thick and folded walls
{oes. 2), lying beneath the most anterior portion of the
proboscis sheath ; then it contracts again to form a straight,
short, thin-walled tube {oes. 3) springing from the posterior
dorsal region of the saccular portion. At its posterior
extremity the straight, thin-walled tube joins the gut
proper. The relations of the different regions of the
oesophagus to one another and to the other organs of the
body will be best understood by reference to Figure 6,
representing a median longitudinal section through the
anterior extremity of the body.

The wall of the oesophagus is made up of more or lesf;
elongated, darkly staining, nucleated and richly ciliated
columnar cells, and the transition from this epithelium to
that of the gut proper is a very sudden one (Fig. 6). Von
Graff considers the thick walls of the saccular portion of the
oesophagus to be of a glandulai- natm-e ; this may also be the
case in our species, but the columnar cells composing them
are certainly very richly ciliated.

The gut proper, or intestine, runs straight from the
oesophagus to tlie anus, which is situated at the posterior
extremity of the body (Fig. 12, ((.) The median portion
of the gut lies exactly beneath the proboscis sheath, but
it gives rise on either side to a large number of irregular,
often branched, .saccular or lobate diverticula, which pass
outwards and upwards on either side of the proboscis sheath,
closely embracing it (Fig. 8).

Just where it joins the oesophagus the gut gives off, as
usual, a characteristic diverticulum (Fig. G, d. (jut), which
runs forward beneath the last portion of the oesophagus and
ends blindly.

* Lcc. cit.

94) Frcceedivgs of the Roycd Society of Victoria.

The digestive epithelium has been admirably described by
Professor von Graff in the case of Geoiiemertes chalicho-
phova, and aptly compared to that of the Planarians. His
i-emarks apply equally well to our species. Only in a
condition of rest or hunger are the digestive cells clearly
recognisable, when they have the form of elongated,
columnar cells, apparently not ciliated. When digestion
takes place these cells elongate, ])ut out amoeboid processes,
seize Jiold of the food particles and run together into
a protoplasmic network which may finally completely
obliterate the lumen of the alimentary canal, which then
appears to be filled with a granular vacuolated mass of proto-
plasm (syncytium). The digested food material is then,
api)arently, passed out to the surrounding tissues, after
which the digestive cells regain their normal condition, or,
as seems to me possible, are replaced by new ones.*

Digestion seems to go on chiefi^^ in the lateral diverticula,
which gener-alh' appear in sections to be more or less filled
with a granular syncytium as shown in Fig. 8. In crushed
preparations of the living animal this gi-anular matei'ial is
very obvious in the lateral diverticula and can be easily
squeezed out into the central portion of the gut and thence
through the anus.

d. The Proboscis Sheath and Frohoscis.

The prul)oscis and its sheath have essentially the same
structuie as in other Hoplonemertines and a brief desciiption
of these parts will therefore sufiice. The sheath (Figs. G, 7, 8,
j). s.) is a hollow tube running along in the dorsal region of
the body above the alimentar}- canal, and extending from its
opening at the anterior extremity to its blind end very near
the jjosterior extrenjity. It has well-develo])ed muscular
walls lined internally by a layer of ei)ithelium. 'J'he
thickness of the nmscular part of the wall, as also that of
the epithelial layer, varies much according to the state of
distention of the sheath. When the proboscis is completely
retracted the walls of the sheath are necessarily much
distended and appear relatively thin, while when the
|)roboscis is everted the lumen of the sheath becomes much
narrower and its walls much thicker. Tlie muscular portion

* Compare my account of the digestive epithelium in Geoplana spenceri
(loc. cit.) which was written before I had seen von Graft's remarks on the
ul jet.

On an Australinn Land Nemertine. 95

of the wall of the proboscis slieath consists of longitudinally
and circulai-]y disposed fibies irregularly mixed together,
and not arranged in definite layers as seems to be the case
in otlier Hoplonemertines* Just in front of the anterior
attacliment of the proboscis, and just behind the mouth, the
wall of the rhynchod?eum-f- forms a kind of muscular sphincter,
which, when the proboscis is con)pletely withdrawn, closes
the entrance. This is not seen in any of the sections figured,
but it is ver^^ distinctly visible in horizontal sections of a
specimen killed with the proboscis retracted.

The cavity of the proboscis sheath, or rhynchocoelom, is
filled with a liquid in which float numerous elongatedly
spindle-shape<l corpuscles, each about 009 mm. in length
and about 00030 ram. in greatest transverse diameter. The
two ends of the spindle are very gradually and shar))ly
pointed; the substance of which it is composed stains fairly
well with hiematoxylin, and is scarcely at all granular except
in the middle of the cell, where there seems to me to be a
nucleus. Von Graff describes similar but smaller bodies in
Geonemertes chalicophoiu, but states that they have no
nucleus. I can offer no suggestion as to the possible use of
these remarkable bodies.

On slitting open the proboscis sheath in an animal which
has been killed with the proboscis retracted the latter organ
is seen packed aw; y in the sheath in a much bent and
crnmpled condition. 'J'he folding of the proboscis witldn
the sheath appears to be very irregular, and is neces.sitated
by its great length, which far exceeds that of the sheath
which has to contain it. If we now gently pull the
proboscis away from the sheath (Fig. 13) we shall find that
it is attached to tlie latter at two points, (1) at the anterior
extremity, where the muscular walls of the sheath and
proboscis become continuous all lound (Fig. 6, "in. p., Fig. 13,
rt. rt., Figs. 12 and 14, a.'tt'), and (2) at the posterior
extremity of the proboscis, which narrows out to form a
long retractor muscle (Figs. 13, 14, r. m) whose end is
attached to the inner surface of the wall of the sheath
a little in front of the blind end of the latter (Fig. 13, ^?. «.)

The proboscis consists of three main divisions — (1) most
anterio]-ly, the eversible portion (Figs. 14, 15, e. r) which is

* Vide vou Graff, loc. cit.

t The rhyuchodaBum is the cavity into which the proboscis sheath and
alimeutary canal both open.

96 Proceedings of the Roi/al Society of Victoria.

much the largest, (2) the stylet-region (Figs. 14, J5, *^. r.)
and (3) posteriorly, the non-eversible portion (Figs, li, 15,
n. e. r.)

The eversible portion is a long, cylindrical tube, attached
all round at its anterior end to the proboscis sheath and
composed, from without inwards, of the following laj'ers
(Fig. 1(5) : — (1) a delicate epithelium, (2) a very thin layer
of circular muscles (e. c. 'm.), (3) a very thick layer of longi-
tudinal muscles (e. I. m. aiid i. I. m.), (4) a thickish layer of
circular muscles (I. c. on.), (5) a sub-epidermic layer (" base-
ment membrane") of hyaline, faintl}^ staining material
containing small, scattered nuclei, (6) a layer of glandular
ejntlielium {ijl. p.) elevated into numerous elongated papilla*
which project into the lumen of the I'etracted proboscis,
and into each of which the basement membrane is continued
as a more or less distinct core. The longitudinal muscle
layer makes up by far the greater part of the thickness of
the proboscis wall and is divided into two portions, an outer
thinner (e. I. m) and an inner thicker (i. I. m.), by the remark-
able nerve sheath of the proboscis {p. n. s.), which may be
conveniently described in tiiis place.

The appearance of the proboscidean nerve sheath in trans-
verse section is shown in Figure 10 (p.v.s.) It is composed
of a finely granular, faintly staining material (? v.dth a few
scattered nuclei) and appears to form a continuous layer.
This layer is thickened at frec^uent and fairly regular
intervals to form a circle of stout longitudinal nerves,
continued outwards as thin, radiating, vertical plates to the
outer circular muscle layer. On their inner aspect the longi-
tudinal nerves are rounded off but occasionally give off small
branches towards the inner circular muscle layer. Similar
small branches are given off from the portions of the sheath
between the longitudinal nerves.

This complicated |.)roboscidean nervous .sj^stem thus agrees
p"etty closely with what von Graff has described and figured
for Geonennertes cludicopJioru. Hubrec'ht* has traced tliis
nervous system into connection with the cerebral ganglia, but
I have not succeeded in doing this, though 1 have no doubt
that such a connection exists.

The stylet-region of the proboscis is recognisable externally
as a distinct swelling at the junction lietween the eversible
and non-eversible portions (Fig. 14, st. r.) This swelling is

* Vide Encijclopcedia Britunnica, Ai'ticle " Nemcrtiues."

On an Australian Land Nemertine. 97

divided by a sligl.t transverse constriction into two portions
(Fig. 15), an anterior, whicli seems, as pointed out by von
Graff, to belong more properly to the eversible portion of.tlie
proboscis, and a posterior, wliicli seems to belong to tlie non-
eversible portion. For the sake of convenience, however, I
follow von Graff in considerirg these two portions together
as a separate region of the proboscis, the stylet-region. In
longitudinal sections, however (Fig. 15), the two poi-tions of
the stylet-region are seen to be even more sharply marked
off from one anothei- than appears from the outside.

The structure of the anterior half of the stylet-region is
vei'y complicated. If we take a transverse section across it
(Fig. 16) we shall see that it is nearly solid. In the centre
is a deeply staining, homogeneous mass (Fig. 16, h), circular
in outline; this is the so-called "handle" of the stylet, which
appears to be of the nature of a secretion. This handle is
surrounded by a rather thin layer of radiating muscle (?)
fibres, attached to the " handle " at their inner extremities.
Outside this layer of radiating fibres comes a rather thin
laN'er of circular fibres, interrupted at one side of the handle
by the •'poison-duct" [[). d.), which contains a granular
material. The boundary between the layer of radial muscles
and the circular layer is very sharp and distinct and gives
one rMther the impression of being the wall of a cavity across
which the radial fibres run to their insertion in the handle
of the stylet. The layer of circular fibres is not very regular,
and is seen in longitudinal section (Fig. 15) to be more or
less interrupted by i-adial bands, it is thicker behind the
handle of the stylet than around it. Outside this circular
la3^er is a very thick layer of longitudinal fibres interrupted
by occasional radial bands. The proboscidean nerve sheath
appears to die out in this region of the proboscis, but if I am
not mistaken it ma}' be traced as fai' back as the level of the
handle of the stylet (Fig. 16). Outside the thick la3^er of
longitudinal muscles is a layer of large, irregular, highly
granular and deeply staining cells (Figs. 15, 16, gl. z).
These evidently correspond to the layer of pigment granules
desci'ibed and figured by von Graff' in the case ot
Geonemevtes chalicopJtora, but I do not think that in our
species they are actually pigmented although their highly
granular character gives them a dark appearance under the
microscope even in unstained preparations. Lines of
granular material radiate inwards from these cells towards
the handle of the stylet, and altogether they appear to be of

98 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

a glandular nature. Possibly, as Biirger suggests,* tbey
secrete the material which forms the handle of the stylet.
This layer of glandular, deeply staining cells is interrupted
by the sacs which contain the "reserve" or "accessory" stylets.
These sacs (Fig. 16, s. r. s.) have the apj^earance of iiregular,
clear, rounded spaces ; they are not definitely two in number,
as appears to be the case in G. chalicopltora, but their number
varies : I have counted as many as live in a single specimen.
Nor do they appear to be constant in position, although in
the section represented in Fig. 10 two .sacs happen to be cut
through in a po.sition which seems to have a dehnite relation
to that of the poison canal. Each sac contains about four
accessory stylets, whose structure will be considered later
on.

Outside the layer of glandular cells is a very thin,
uninterrupted layer of longitudinal muscle fibres, followed
immediately by a delicate external epithelium, which is
extremely difhcult to recognise. I could find no trace of
an external circular layer of muscles in the stylet-region of
the proboscis.

Certain structures in the anterior half of the stylet-region
require further notice. These are the stylets, the stylet-
handle and the poison canal. All these parts may best be
studied in a longitudinal section of the proboscis taken in
the plane of the central stylet and poison canal. Sucli a
section is represented in Fig. 1 5. It will be seen that the
stylet-handle is a somewhat pear-shaped structure whose
broader end is posterior, while into the narrower end is
inserted the base of a stylet, whose apex pi'ojects forwards
into the lumen of the eversible portion of the proboscis. At
one side of the stylet-handle a narrow "poison canal" Qx d.)
leads up from the " poison reservoir" (jx r.) in the posterioi'
half of the stylet-region. This poison canal leads up to the
base of the central stylet Tlie stylets themselves are sharp-
pointed, perfectly transparent needles, about O"! 2 mm. long
arid of the shape shown in Fig. 17. Each resembles a nail,
with a slightly enlarged head separated from the remainder
by a slight constriction. The inner portion appears to be
softer than the outer, from which it is pretty sharply marked
off, and near the base, or head, is (at any rate in the reserve
stylets) a small space, quadrangular in lateral view, which is

* " Untersnchiingen iiber die Anatomic iind Histdlogie der Nemertinci),
<S:c," Zeitsch. fiir wiss. Zoologie, Vol. 50, p. 1, 18'JO.

On an Australian Land Nemertine. 99

frequently of a black appearance, owing doubtless to the
presence of air within it. Sometimes one meets with
abnormalities in the development of the stylets. One of
these is represented in Fig. 17 {a. '^it.), where several points
are attached to one head. Very often small shining globules
appear to be attached to the outer surface of the stylet just
in the constriction which marks off the head (Fig. 17a.)

There can, I think, be little doubt that these calcareous
stylets originate, like sponge-spicules, in special mother cells.
Occasionally small granular cells (Fig. 17c.) may be detected
in the sacs containing the reserve stylets, and these
sometimes seem to bear already the beginning of a stylet
(Fig. 17, St. m. c.)

I have not succeeded in finding any communication
between the reserve sacs and the lumen of the eversible
part of the proboscis, but probably theie is some communi-
cation as in other species. The structure of the central
stylet and the accessory ones appears to be identical, and
there can be rio doubt that the latter are destined to replace
the former when it is broken off or worn away, but the
manner in which they come to be inserted into the top of
the handle is to me a perfect mystery.

When the proboscis is completely everted the central
stylet, of course, must project freely at its free end, and
doubtless it forms, with tlie poison, an efficient weapon of
offence or defence.

The posterior half of the stylet-region is less complicated
in structure. It is a swollen, bulbous organ, with very
thick muscular walls, in which the muscle fibres do not
appear to be arranged in definite layers, but circular,
longitudinal and oblique or diagonal fibres occur more or
less mixed up together in a dense mass. Outside is the
usual low epithelium, very difficult to make out, and inside
is a large cavity (Fig. 1^, p. v.), the poison i-eservoir, which
is also lined "^ by a low and apparently non-glandular
epithelium, and communicates anteriorly, by means of the
poison canal, with the lumen of the eversible portion of the
proboscis, and posteriorly, by a short constricted canal,
with the lumen of the non-eversible portion. The latter
penetrates, with its own muscular coat, for a short distance
into the posterior part of the stylet region, as shown in
Figure 15.

The non-eversible portion of the proboscis (Figs. 14, 15,
n. e. r.) is relatively thin-walled, and the muscular elements

100 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

are not nearly so strongl}^ developed. I have only been able
to detect two thin muscular la\^ers, an outei' circular and
an inner longitudinal. On the outer surface there appears to
be as usual a low epithelium, but I have not succeeded in
making it out at all clearly. Internally this portion of the
proboscis is lined by a highly glandular, ver}' darkly
staining epithelium, which I have not been able to clearly
differentiate from the darkly staining secretion which fills
tilt! lumen. At its posterior extremity the proboscis becomes
very narrow and ends blindly. To the blind end is attached
a strong bundle of long muscle fibres, the retractor muscle
(Figs. 13, 14, v. 'in.), which has its origin on the inner surface
of the dorsal wall of the proboscis sheath, a little in front
of the blind ending of the latter. When the proboscis is
retracted the retractor muscle is short and broad but it is
obviously capable of great elongation.

It is, perhaps, hardly necessary to explain the mode of
action of the proboscis any further than has been already
done. Figure 14, taken from an actual dissection, represents
the entire proboscis, with its retractor muscle, separated
fi'om the body and in a partially everted condition. It is
hoped that reference to this figure will render further des-
cription unnecessary. The general view that the protrusion
of the proboscis is eflf'ected by the powerful contraction of
the muscles of the proboscis sheath, acting through the fluid
which surrounds the proboscis, while withdrawal is effected
by means of the retractor muscle, is doubtless correct. Pro-
bably the withdrawal is assisted by the contraction of the
muscular diaphragm (Figs. 2-6, m. d.), already described,
in connection with the anterior attachment of the proboscis
to its sheath.

e. Circulatory and Excretory System.
The vascular system is very difficult to make out
thoroughly, as, owing to the size and opacity of the body,
it must be studied by means of serial sections. There are, as
in Geonemertes clialicopkora, three main longitudinal vessels,
one (dorsal or median) lying between the proboscis sheath
and alimentary canal, and one (lateral) on either side of the
body in the neighbourhood of and venti'al to the lateral
nerve cord.s. 1 have not succeeded in demonstrating any
connection between these vessels, unless the network of
excretory tubules, to be described presently, be considered
as such.

0)1 an Australian Land Nemerline. 101

We will first describe the median or dorsal vessel. In the
first place it does not keep by any means in the middle line,
but is generally found to one side or the other and also
curves about considerabl}'. Generally, at any rate in the
anterior portion of the body, it appears to keep constantly
on one side of the middle line (Figs. 7, 8, m. v.)

The diameter of the vessel is by no means uniform. For
perhaps the greater part of its length it is a nan-ow cylindrical
tube, but occasionally, and more esj)ecially towards the
anterior end, it swells out somewhat sudden!}' into a wide,
irregular, lacunar cavity (Fig. 21). The structure of the
wall of the vessel is decidedly complex. On the inside, in
transverse sections, we see irregularly disposed, deepl}'
staining nuclei (Fig. 22, nu. v.), usually projecting more or
less into the lumen of the tube. From considerations to be
adduced hereafter I doubt whether these are the nuclei of a
properly defined epithelium. Outside this nucleated layer
there comes a thin layer of very delicate fibres, doubtles<i
muscular, arranged in a circular direction around the vessel
(Figs. 22, 23, c. m. v.) Outside the muscular layer comes a
single layer of large, vesicular-looking, irregularly ovoid,
faintly staining cells with small nuclei and slightly granular
contents (Figs. 22, 23, ves. c.) The wall of the vessel then,
in its narrow portions, is made up of three distinct layers.
In the swollen, lacunar portions of the vessel (Fig. 21, 1, m. v.)
only the two inner layers can be made out, the outer layer
seems to be entirely wanting.

At its extreme anterior end the median vessel becomes
narrow again, after swelling out into a series of irregular
lacunse as above described, and passes forward between the
oesophagus and proboscis sheath to the level of the ventral
comn)issure (Figs. 6, 18). Here it terminates in a very
remarkable manner. A transverse section taken through
the region of the ventral commissure will, if taken at exactly
the right level, show two curious bodies imbedded in the
proboscis sheath, one on each side of the mid-ventral line.
The.se bodies have the form of cellular plugs, containing small,,
very deeply staining nuclei and frequently projecting very
markedly into the cavity of the proboscis sheath. The exact
form and position of one of these curious structures will be
best understood by reference to Figure 18, representing a
small portion of a longitudinal vertical section taken at one
side of the median line. It will be seen that in its deeper
part, as it passes through the muscular proboscis sheath, the

102 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

plug (c. pi.) forms a relatively narrow stalk, which seems to
have a sliglitlj^ tibrous structui-e. On i-eachiiig the cavity of
the proboscis sheath it swells out into a rounded mass of
cells, covered, I believe, with a flattened epithelium continu-
ous with the epithelium which lines the proboscis sheath,
and projecting into the rhynchocoelom.

The median vessel seems, according to my observations, to
be connected with both of these cellular plugs. It appeal's to
be directly continuous with the stalk of the one (Fig. 18)
and to send off a branch to the other. Whether there is any
constant distinction between the right and the left in this
respect I am not able to say.

These cellular plugs appear to me to be probably vestigial
structures, and to indicate two things — (I) a formei- more
intimate connection of the median vessel with the proboscis
sheath and the rhynchocoelom, such as at the present day
exists in many marine Nemer tines, "■ and (2) the former
existence of a pair of vessels one on each side of the middle
line beneath the proboscis sheath, instead of a single one as
at present. Such a pair of vessels exists at the present day
in what Oudemans-|- calls the " Palseo-type." I have been
unable to determine whether the right or the left vessel
constantly persists in Geonemertes or whether it is some-
times one and sometimes the other. Not expecting to meet
with an}^ distinction between right and left sides I did not
take sufHcient care in orientating my section series to justify
me in forming a definite conclusion on the point in question.
In other words, although the proper sequence of the sections
has been rigidly maintained I am not absolutely certain
that all the series have been mounted with the same side
u])j)ermost. It is some time since many of the sections
were cut and I do not like to trust to my memory on such
a point.

At its posterior extremity the median 'vessel is continued
into a vessel of smaller diameter, which in histological
structure presents a veiy interesting transition between the
main median vessel and the network of excretory tubules
to be presently described. A portion of this part of the
median vessel is shown in Figure 20. It will be seen that
the outer layer of large vesicular cells is absent and that

* vide Oudemans : — " The Circulatory and Nephridial Ap])aratus of the
Nemcrtea," Quarterly Journal of Microscopical Science, Vol. XXV., Suppl.
t Log. cit.

0)1 an Austndkui Land Nemertine. 103

the whole vessel closel}'' resembles one of the excretoiy
tubules with the additioii of a thin layer — a])i)areiit]y
discontiuuo\is — of circular fibi-es around the outside.

The position of the two lateral vessels is shown in Fig. <S
(J. v) They are not so distinct and easily recognisable as the
median vessel and never seem to attain to such complexity of
histological structure. I have not been able to recognise
either the circular muscles or the outer coat of vesicular cells
in their walls and they seem even more like a specialised
portion of the network of tubules to be described ])resently.
Nuclei can be distinguished in their walls and occasionally
the vessel dilates into irregular lacunae (Fig. 23, I. I. c.)
What happens to the lateral vessels at the anterior and pos-
terior extremities I cannot say, but in the head region there
are a number of wide, irregular lacunas into which they
probably open.

In sections which have been stained with Kieinenberg's
hoematoxylin a system of tine, apparently intra-celluJar
tubules (Figs. 7, 8, ex. t ) is very distinctly visible, ramify-
ing through all parts of the body between the muscle layers
and the in-oboscis sheath. I'he.se tubules run in all directions
and blanch freely, but they are especially developed in the
region of the bod}^ above the proboscis sheath and they
generally, though hy no means alwa3^s, run in a direction at
right angles to the long axis of the body, forming a series of
irregular loops curving over the proboscis sheath from side
to side. They are also to be found running transversely
beneath the alimentary canal. As already stated the}^
branch freely and some of the branches run in the direction
of the long axis of the body. These tubules open into
the lateral vessels (Fig. 23) and probably also into the median
one. I have not been able to demonstrate any opening of
the tubules into the latter but they can be traced very
close to it and the transitional condition of the median
vessel at its posterior end in regard to histological structure is
indicative of a close connection between it and the network
of tubules. The histological structure of t.he tubules (Fig.
19) points to an intra-cellular nature. Tlie3^are very narrow
and at iairly regular intervals present very distinct swellings.
Each of the swellings is caused by the presence of a nucleus
which curves [)a-rtially round the tubule and which stains
very darkly with ha3matoxylin, thus rendering the tubules
very conspicuous in sections. Sometimes the tubules appear
to be empty and sometimes they appear to be filled with a

I 2

104 Proceeding.^ of the Royal Society of Victoria.

granular substance. Tlie wall of the tubule between the
nuclei is visible as a fine, highly retractive outline.

Although they are such obvious and definite structures in
properly stained preparations it is by no means easy to
decide upon the true nature of these intra-cellular tubules.
The position of the main branches and the connection
with the lateral vessels suggests that the former are the
homologues of the transverse vessels of other Nemertines.
Their histological structure and much biunched character
suggests that they are excretory in function. The excretory
system is so intimately connected with the vascular 'system
in other Nemeitines that I am inclined to believe that both
these suggestions may be correct.

So far as I am aware no excretory system has yet
been described in land Nemertines, and it seems not
impossible that in Geonemertes the same system of vessels
is both excretory and circulator3\ Apparently the longi-
tudinal vessels are mei-ely specialised portions of the network
of tubules, being similar tubes with the addition in some
places of fine circular fibres and an external layer of vesicular
cells. Hence I believe the lumen of the longitudinal vessels
to be probably intra-cellular.

The great objection to considering the network of tubules
as excretory is the apparent absence of any opening
whatever to the exterior. In other Nemertines such as
Polla the excretory pores are easily visible, and in the genus
mentioned I have had no difficulty in finding them in
transverse sections. Did such distinct openings to the
exterior exist in Geoner)iertes I hardly think that I could
have overlooked them. It is, however, very possible that
sjnaller openings exist which I have either overlooked
entii'ely or failed to distinguisli from the numerous genital
apertures to be described ))resently.

For a long time, also, I could detect nothing of the nature
of flame-cells in Geonemertes, which one would certainly
expect to find in connection with such a system of excretory
tubules as I have described. Had I relied solel}^ on my
sections I should probably never have found flame-cells at
all, but in examining a crushed preparation of the living
worm I was fortunate enough to find a beautiful flame-cell
in full activity. This is represented in Figure 26, as it
appeared in optical section while alive. It will be seen that
at one end of the cell there is a triangular projection of
denser and clearer looking protoplasm ; the swollen middle

Oa an Aiistralkui Land Nemertine 105

portion of the cell is highly granular, and at the other end is
a deep pit or excavation, in the bottom of which the daiiie-
like undulating structure {ji.) is inserted.

I was able to observe the moveuieuts of the "flame" for a
considerable time, until they gradually slackened and then
ceased. They were extremely beaiitiful and characteristic,
consisting of a series of undulations passing from base to
apex in i-apid succession and causing the "flame" to exhibit
alternate light and dark ban.ds whicli travelled rapidly along
it and at first sight conveyed the impression of successive
bubbles ot gas escaping from the end of a tube under water.

Probably the flame is made up of a bundle of long cilia,
but I could not satisfy myself on this i)oint, although faint
indications of longitudinal striations were visible in it.

This cell, I have no doubt, formed the terminatioti of a
branch of the system of intra-cellular tubules described above,
but 1 could not ti'ace this system in the living animal owing
to the thickness of the specimen and the opacity of the
tissues, and it was only by good luck that I found a flame-
cell at all in a cruslied p)ej)aration. As far as I am aware
flame-cells have never hitherto been observed in Nemertines
except perhaps in the American fresh water species, Tetras-
temma aqiiarum dulcmm, described by Silliman.* As far
as I can gather from that author's description, flame-cells
appear to be present, at any rate there are structures whicli
he calls " Flimmer-lappchen " at the ends of narrow branches
of the excretory system, but the description of the excietory
sj^stem is very meagre and unaccompanied by illustrations.
As the excretory system of this species appears to agree
more closely with that of our Gecmemevtes than that of any
other known Nemertine, I may perhajis be allowed to
quote it in this place foi" the sake of comparison : — " Das
Was serge fasssystem dieser Art ist sehr leicht zu veifolgen.

Es scheinen in der Kegel zwei selbstandige

Langsstannne vorhanden zu sein, die sich unter der Leibes-
wand reichlich verzweigen, besonrlers iin Kopftheile und
auf dem Riissel. Die Ausmiindungsporen liegen auf der
ventralen Flache gegen die Mitte der Korperlange. Die
Bewegung der Fliissigkeit wird von den Klimmerlap|)chen,
die in dem ervveiterten Ende der kapillaren Zweige sich
finden, ei-halten." It seems to me very piobable that the
" Langsstamme" here mentioned maybe homologous with

• Zeitschrit't far wissenscbaftliche Zoologie, Vol. 41, 1885, p. 70.

106 Froceediiujs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

the lateral vessels of Geonemertes, although 1 have been
able to tiiicl no external openings in the latter.

There are so many points connected with the circulatory
and excretory system of Nemertines still involved in
ob8curitA\ that I may well l)e excused from attempting to
give a complete explanation of the structures described
above. I would merely suggest as a possible working
hyj)otliesis that in Geonemertes the excretory and circulatory
systems are even more closely related than usual, being in
fact represented by one and the same system of vessels, and
that jXKs.-iihly there are no external excretory openings.

Figures 19 'to 23 illustrate the histological structure of
various parts of the va.scular and excretory systems as seen
in sections, and will, it is hoped, suliiciently justify the
statements made above as to the form and structure ot these
parts. For the convenience of com])arison all these figures
are drawn to the same scale. Figure 2(j, as already observed,
was drawn from life.

It is obvious that the excretory system of Geoneniertes
differs vt^ry strikingly from that of marine forms, and it is
especially remarkable that it ditfei's even raoi-e from that of
its marine allies in the grouji Enopla than from that found
in the J ;k)/>/(f, foi", accoixling to Biirgei-,* the blood-vessels in
the marine Kiiopla, foi-m no dilatations nor capillaries, and
he could hud no connection between the blood-vessels and
the excretory organs.

/. Nervous System

The nervous system does not, so far as I have been able to
make out, present any striking peculiarities, and a brief
descri[)tion of it will therefore suffice. At the anterior end
of the body, immediately behind the mu.scular diaphragm
already noticed, is situated the l)rain, or cerebral ganglionic
mass (Figs. 2, 3, +, 5, 7). This consists of the usual ibur
l(^be.> iound in Nemertines, two on each side ot" ihe extreme
anterioi' end of the ])roboscis sheath. One of the two lobes
of either side is larger than the other and is also more doi'sal
and more anterior in position ; we ma}' call it the dorsal lobe
of the ganglion (Figs. 3, 4, 5, 7, (/-. <j) The other, smaller
lobe of eacli side is more posterior and ventral and may be
called the ventral lobe of the ganglion (Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, v. g)
The right and left ventral lobes are connected together by a

* Loc. cit.

0)1 an Australian Land Nemertinc. 107

stout commissure which runs beneath the proboscis sheath
and above the oesopliagus and which we may call the ventral
commissure (Fig. 6, v. c.) The right and left dorsal lobes
are similarly connected by a slenderer commissure — the dorsal
commissure (Fig. G, d. c.) — which runs above the proboscis
sheath. In this way a complete ring is formed around the
proboscis sheath. The two ventral ganglia are continued
posteriorly into the lateral nerve cords (Figs. 2, 8, 24-, 25, n. c.)
These lie one on each side of the ventral aspect of the body,
within the layer of longitudinal muscles (Fig. 8) ; they run
straight to the posterior end of the body, where they unite
together above the intestine just in front of the anus.

Various nerves are, of course, given off from the central
nervous system thus constituted, but these I have not
attempted to work out in detail and, indeed, to do so would,
owing to the minute size of the animal, be a very difficult
matter. The most conspicuous of these nerves are those
which come off from the antero-ventral aspects of the dorsal
lobes of the cerebral ganglia (Figs. 4, 5, n.) It will be seen
from Figure 4 that a specially large trunk leaves the brain
just above the ganglion of the lateral organ, and divides into
a number of branches, some of which run antero-dorsally
and probably sujjply the eyes, while another runs straight to
the sac on the lateral organ and yet another runs backwards
and somewhat ventralwards and divides into two short
branches, whereof one runs ' to the posterior end of the
ganglion of the lateral organ and the other to the curious
(esophageal organ marked x. in the figures.

The histological structure of the central nervous system
bears a marked resemblance to that of the same organs
in Geo pi ana,*' hut the small nerve-cells are more abundantly
develo[)ed and more definitely arranged. In the brain
they occur abundantly in the outer portion of each
lobe, leaving the interior free from their presence. In the
lateral nerve cords the nei've cells are arranged in a very
characteri.>stic manner, as already described by von Graff in
the case of Geonemertes chalicophora. They are aggregated
in two bands, one on the ventral aspect of the nerve cord
and one on the dorsal aspect, but above the dorsal band of
nerve cells there is a narrow band of fibrous tissue. This
characteristic arrangement of the nerve cells in the lateral
cords is best shown in Figs. 2 and 25, (ii. c.)

* Cf. Dendy, " Anatomy of an Australian Laud Planariau," Traus. Eoyal
Soc, Victoria, 1889.

108 Proceedimjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

(J. The Lateral Orr/ans.

By way of preface to tliis ]iortion of our subject, I will
take the liberty of quoting part of Pi'ofessor Hubrecht's
concise and excellent account of the lateral organs given
in his ai'ticle on Nemertines in the latest edition of the
Encyclo-pcedia Brito.nnica : —

"This apparatus is usually known under the name of the
" lateral organs. To it belong [a) superficial grooves or
" deeper slits situated on the integument near the tip of the
" head, {b) nerve lobes in immediate connection wdth the
"nervous tissue of the brain, and (c) ciliated ducts penetrat-
"ing into the latter and communicating with the former.
" Embryology shews that originally tliese different parts are
"separately started, and only ultimately become united into
"one. Two lateral outgrowths of the foremost portion of
" the oesophagus, afterwards becoming constricted off, as
" well as two ingrowths from the epiblast, contribute
"towards its formation, at least as far as l>oth Hoplo- and
" Schizonemertines are concerned. . . These posterior

"brain-lobes, which in all Schizonemertines are in direct
" continuity of tissue with the up|)ei' pair of ])rincipal lobes,
" cease to have this intimate connexion in the Hoploiuinertea ;
" and, although still constituted of (1) a ciliated duct, opening
"out externally, (2) nervous tissue surrounding it, and
" (3) histological elements derived from the oesophageal
" outgrowths, they are nevertheless here no longer constantly
" .situated behind the upper brain lobes and directly
"connected with them, but are found sometimes behind,
" .sometimes beside, and sometimes before the biuin-lobes.
" Furthermore, they are here severed from the principal
"lobes and connected with them by one or more rather thick
"strings of nerve-fibres. In some cases, esi)ecially when the
"lobes lie before the brain, their distance from it, as well as
" the length of these nervous connexions, has considerably
" increased. . . . With the significance of these parts we
" are still insufficiently acquainted. . . . Wliether in the
" Hoplonemertines, whei'e the blood fluid is often provided
" with hfemoglobiniferous disks, the chief functions of the
" side organs may not rathei be a sensory one must be
" further investigated."

This I take to be a fair summary of our knowledge of the
lateral organs- up to the present time, and 1 will now

* For further details as to the marine forms the reader is referred to Biirgca-'s
fcxcellent memoir already referred to.

On (in Australian Land Nemevtine. 109

proceed to describe the condition of the parts concerned in
Geouemertes austral iensis.

In the first place the hiteral organ of each side lies almost
entirely below the brain, as will readily be seen by reference
to Fio-ure 4.

On the ventral surface of the head there is a sHght
transverse groove (Figs. 5, 6, 12, (jr.) in wliich He, one on
either side of the mid-ventral line, the openings of two
narrow and deep pits — the ciliated ducts* or cephalic pits.
Following one of the ducts (Fig. 4, c. jx) inwards from the
external opening we find that it passes obliquel^y upwards
and backwards and, at the same time, towards the side of
the body, so that in Figure o it appears cut transversely.
When it reaches the level of the anterior surface of the
brain the duct runs into the substance of a dense mass of
small-celled tissae (Fig. 4, I. g.) This is evidently the
epiblastic portion of what Hubrecht calls the posterior
brain-lobe, but here no longer posterior and also widely
separated from the rest of the brain. Fi-om its position and
relations I propose to call this part the '-ganglion of the
lateral organ."

The ganglion of the lateral organ is an elongated mass of
densely packed, small cells, lying longitudinally beneath the
anterior and dorsal lobe of the brain. It is somewhat bent
U})on itself and narrows posteriorly. Near its hinder end it
receives the nerve from the brain already mentioned, which
joins it on its dorsal aspect just as it passes through the mus-
cular diaphragm. At its posterior extremity the ganglion
of the lateral organ becomes continuous with the curious
body marked x. in Figs. 3, 4, 5, 7. This body I take to be
the oesophageal portion of the lateral organ mentioned by
Hubrecht, and as it is clearly distinguishable from the
remainder of the lateral organ, I propo.se to call it the " oeso-
phageal organ." The oesophageal organ is very different in
histological structure from the ganglion of the lateral organ.
It is composed of much larger, nucleated, granular, very
darkly staining cells, closely packed together into a dense
mass which luns beneath and behind the ventral lobe of the
brain (Fig. 4j. Its appearance suggests that it may possibly
be glandular, but foi- the present 1 fear it must be regarded
as an organ of unknown function. Figure 4 shows that it

* I have not been able to detect the cilia iu my sections except just by the
external opening.

110 Froceedinrjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

lies in close proximity to the oesophagiis in the adult animal,
and this position, taken together with its histological struc-
ture, leaves little doubt in my mind as to its homology with
the portion of the latei-al organ derived from the oesophagus
in other Nemertines. It receives at its anterior end, as
already stated and as sliown in Fig. 4*, a special nerve from
the dorsal lobe of the brain, or, to speak more accurately, a
branch of the «ame nerve which supplies the ganglion of the
lateral organ.

We must return nmv to the consideiation of the ciliated
duct, or cephalic pit, which we left just as it was entering
the ganglion of the lateral organ. At this point it divides
into two branches (Fig. 4). One of these branches penetrates
through the middle of the ganglion of the lateral organ and
thence enters the substance of the oesophageal organ, where
it disappears ; its course is represented by the dotted red line
in Fig. -!<.

The other branch of the duct turns outwards and, passing
in front of the ganglion of the lateral organ, dilates into a
relatively large, hollow, laterally compressed vesicle (Figs.
2, 3, 4, .s'ac). The wall of this sac or vesicle is composed of
a single hiyer of large, columnar, nucleated cells, chiefly
remai-kable for their bright yellow colour. The inner end
of each cell, towards the cavity of the sac, shows indications
of being cuticularized and forms a slight, obtuse projection.
Such a saccular diverticulum of the ciliated duct appears,
according to Burger, to be very characteristic also of the
marine Enopla. Possibly, as Burger suggests, it is sensoiy
in function.

h. The Eyes.

Geonemert(s axis' valiensis diflers from all previously
described land jNemevtines in the possession of a large
and indefinite number of eyes, all the previously described
species having either four oi- six. These eyes, of which
there may be as many as thirty or forty in our
species, are arranged in two gronj^ (Fig. 1 2, e. (/.), one on
either side of the opening of the rliynchodnsum at the
anterior extremity of the body. Each group, containing
about twenty eyes of various sizes, may show indications or
a division into an anterior and a posterior ])ortion, the eyes
in the anterior portion being on the average larger than
those in the ])Osterior. Whether this is a constant airange-
ment or not 1 cannot sa}', but it suggests that the numerous

0)1 an. Austral i(Ln Land Nemevtine. Ill

eyes of G. auxtraliensis nmy liave been derived by sub-
division of four eyes, two huger anterior ?aid two smaller
posteiior, such as we find in G. chalicoplova. Sometimes
the eyes in our species app^'ar more or less elongated and
sometimes even dumb-bell shaped, which seems to indicate
that they multi})ly by division.

In its minute structui'e each e3^e agrees in the main with
the eye of Dre/'amrphorus rubrodiiatus as figured by
Biirger,* but I have not been able to make out so much
histological detail as that observer. Each eye (Figs. 1 1, Ikt)
has the form of a deep cup wdiose opening is turned towards
the surface of the body. The wall of the cup is made up of
a layer of elongated columnar rods, the inner ends of which,
next to the cavity of the cup, are perfectly clear and
transi)arent, while theii- outer ends are tilled with pigment
granules. In Dreijanophorus, on the other hand, the
pigment is statcicl to lie not in the rods themselves but in
pigment cells situated behind them. There is also a layer of
nucleated celk behind (outside of) the pigmented ends of the
rods in Gei»i emeries (Fig. 11) but this appears merely to
form a kind of ca])sule whose cells are perhaps also more or
less pigmenttMl. The cavity of the optic cup is filled with a
non-staining material which in transverse sections at)pears
finely and regnlarly i^ranular (Fig. 11a). In front of
the opening of tiie cup lies the oj)tic ganglion {¥\g.\\,op.g.),
from whicli exti-emely delicate fibrils run down into the
cavit\' of the cup, doubtless to become connected with the
inner ends of the rods, as in Drepanopliorus. The nuclei of
the ganglion cells are very easy to make out but not so their
protoplasmic bodies. I have not succeeded in tracing the
optic ganglion into connection with the nerves given off from
the dorsallobes of the cerebral ganglion (Fig. 4, n.) but doubt-
less such a connection exists as in other Nemertines.

The colour of the eye-])igment is black in the living worm
and on the addition of dikite hydrochloric acid it turns to a
rich reddish l»rown colour and |)artially dissolves.

i. Connective Tissue, Glandidar Structures, c(:c.

The connective tissue, which fills all the interspaces
between the various internal organs, agrees very closely
with what has been described in other Nemertines. It
consists of an almost perfectly hyaline, transparent, non-

* Loc. cit. Plate VI. Fig. III.

112 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

staining ground substance, resembling closely the ground
substance of the mesoderm in Coelenterata, in which various
kinds of cells are imbedded. The most characteristic of the
imbedded cells are small, irregularly shaped, finely granular,
nucleated masses of protoplasm (Fig. 24, gr. c.) which either
occur singly or in irregular groups resen:ibling syncytia.
These cells are very abundant above and at the sides of the
proboscis sheath and also below the alimentary canal, their
appearance suggests that they may be amoeboid l;>ut this of
course requires proof.

We also find numei'ous cells greatly elongated so as to
form delicate fibres, but with the nucleus still clearly visible
in the middle. These ar'e readily distinguishable in the
region between the proboscis sheath and alimentary canal,
where the gelatinous-looking ground substance is very
strongly developed and contains compai-atively few cells.
Frequently these cells branch, and I believe they form
networks like the stellate mesodermal cells of sponges,
which they closely resemble.

Occasionally the gelatin(jus-looking ground substance
appear-s to be replaced by a close netvvoi-k of very delicate,
non-nucleated, transpa.reirt fibrils, but this I am inclined to
regard as a post-mortem condition due to the method of
prepai'ation.

We may mention in this place certain structures wdiich
occur imbedded in the ground-substance and which we have
not yet had occasion to refer to.

(I) The Cephalic Gland (i^'ig. 7, c. gl). — This consists of a
curious mass situated in the head region dorsally and laterally,
overlying the proboscis sheath and doi'sal lobes of the ganglia,
inside the layer of longitudinal muscles. It consists of a number
of large, irregular, granular masses, closely packed together.
Each mass appears to be -made up of a large number of small
cells, for each contains numerous small 'luclei and sometimes
cell divisions can be clearly distinguished. The cephalic gland
stains deeply with hsematoxylin but onlj- slightly (except
the small rruclei) with borax carmine and aci<l alcohol. 1
have not been able to make out any definite ducts leadiirg
to the exterior, but the appearance of my .sections leads
me to believe that the secretiorr is passed out through
extemporised channels ovci the back and sides of the head.

Gulliver describes* and figuies a " cephalic glandular

* Philosophical Transactious of the Koyal Society of Loudon, Vol. 168,
1879, p. 557, et scq, Plate LV.

On an Australian Land NcTnertine. ILS

mass" ill Tet rademma ivdeiicaiiuni, which apparently
closely resembles that of Geonemertes au>itralien-si^, while
a similar gland appears, according to Biirger, to be frequently
met with in marine Nemertines.

(2) Dorsal Glands (Fig. 6, d. <jl.) — These consist of very
numerous small cells arranged typically in peai'-shaped
clusters beneath the layer ot longitudinal muscles on the
dorsal surface, the narrow end ot each cluster or bunch of
cells pointing outwards. These cells are most abundantly
developed in the anterior portion of the body, just behind
the head, and are met with only occasionally and in small
groups towards the posterior end. The individual cells are
characterised by staining very deeply with borax carmine.
Each has the form of a somewhat egg-shaped sac with the
narrow end pointing outwards. In my preparations the
granular cell-contents appear frequently to have shrunk
down into the bottom or broad end of the sac, where also
the nucleus is situated. In hsematoxylin preparations the
sacs often appear ahno.st em))ty save for a darkly staining
mass lying in the bottom and looking like a local thickening
of the sac wall.

(3 ) Calcareous Bodies. — These are clearly visible under the
microscope in crushed preparations of the living worm but,
curiously enough, I have altogether failed to identify them in
my stained sections. They lie beneath the integument and
between the lobes of the alimentary canal. They are oval,
often irregular, colourless bodies, about ()-028 mm. in diameter
and somewhat resembling starch grains in appearance. They
do not, however, stain bine with iodine. Under the action
of caustic potash they do not swell perceptibly but become
very distinct and exhibit a differentiation into an outer
wall and a more or less granular contents. Osmic acid doe»
not stain them and alcohol does not dissolve them, at any
rate in a short time. They appeared to be unaffected by
weak hydrochloric acid so long as I had them under
continued observation, but a preparation after prolonged
treatment with pretty strong hydrochloric acid (perhaps
15 minutes) no longer shewed them.

From these results I conclude that the bodies in question
probably consist of an organic basis more or less impregnated
with carbonate of lime.

Von Graff describes somewhat similar bodies in Geone-
mertes chalicophora. They appear to be of about the

114 Proceedimjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

same size but are flat, and occiif in tlie skin, where they
seem to take the place of the rod-like bodies of other forms.
Voii Graft' states that they are mainly composed of carbonate
of lime.

I have found no rt)d-like bodies in Gconemerfes
australiensis.

k Reproductive Organs.

Burger* commits himself to the generalisation that terres-
trial Nemertines are herma})hrodite, which is somewhat
remarkable inasnmch as of the four hitherto described forms
two, viz. Tetrastemma agricola and T. rodericanuin, are
distinctly stated to have the sexes distinct. In Geonemertes
australiensis also we find distinct males and females.

Females would appear to be much commoner than males,
for I have oul}' founcl one of the latter amongst the consider-
able number wdjich I have examined n)icroscopically. The
single male observed, although sexually mature, was consider-
ably below the average size ; but females of equally small size
also occur, so that it is impossible to found any generalisation
as to diftierence in size of the sexes upon this fact. I have
detected no other dift'erence between the two sexes except in
the reproductive organs themselves.

In the female (Fig. 24) we find ova in various stages of
development irregularly and thickly scattered along the
sides of the body, above the lateral nerve cords and beneath
the muscular layers of the body wall. Their arrangement
appears to bear no definite relation to that of the diverticula
of the alimentary canal, which is also irregular.

The ova, from a very earl}^ stage in their development, aie
enclosed separately in special ca])sules (Fig. 24, c. ov.), which
open to the exteiior along the sides of the body by means ot
narrow ducts (Fig. 24, sp. d.) which pierce the difierent
layers of the body wall. The wall of the duct is merely a
continuation of the capsule, and around its point of union
with the latter there is a large, placenta-like thickening, as
shown in the figure. This thickened portion of the capsule
is com})osed of a mass of small, granular, nucleated cells,
whose boundaries are extremely difiicult to recogni.se.
Probably the cells of the capsule, and especially those of the
thickened portion, aid in the nutrition of the growing ovum,

* Op. cit., p. 260.

On an Audndian Land Nemertine. 115

which attfiins a very hirge size before i-eachitig maturity. Tlie
most remarkable tact about the capsule is that in life, as
seen on examining crushed prejmrations. it has a very distinct
green colour, strongly suggestive of the pi-esence of chloro-
phyll. Tiie ovum itsel+" is colourless, but is seen to be
sunounded by a capsule composed of numerous small,
yellowish-green, granular masses. This I carefully observed
in two living specimens from different localities. Whether
or not chlorophyll is really present I am unable at present
to say, but judging from the analogy of Gonvoluta it seems
not altogether impos.sible. A very tempting field for
speculation is thus opened, but until we know whether the
green colouring matter is really chlorophyll or some other
substance it is perhaps best to keep silence.

The ova, as already stated, grow to a very large size,
measuring up to about 06 mm. in diameter. It seems to me
almost impossible that they should be discharged through
the narrow, preformed genital ducts. I believe that they
escape by rupture of the body wall and that the ducts merely
serve to conve}^ spermatozoa to them. That these ducts do
so convey the spermatozoa I conclude from the fact that I
have found spermatozoa in them. Probably the ]3rocess of
fertilization is effected by the male crawling over the female
and passing out the sperm as he crawls.

The reproductive organs of the male (Fig. 25) are found
in the same position as those of the female, nameh^ along
the sides of tlie body above the lateral nerve cords. They
also bear, at any rate when mature, a striking i-esemblance
to those of the female in structure. In the earlier stages of
their development, however, I have only been able to find
irregular masses of sperm-mother-cells in various stages of
division (Fig. 25, sp. vi. c), without, so far as I could see,
any distinct capsule or genital duct. Later on, however, we
find densely packed, rounded masses of sjiermatozoa (Fig. 25,
te.) each enclosed in a very delicate capsule, wliicli opeiis to
the exterior through a slender duct (Fig 25, v. d.) exactly as
in the female. After the spermatozoa have been discharged
the capsule is still recognisable as a shrunken bag (Fig. 25, te.
ca.) in who.se thin wail nuclei are distinctly visible, and this
bag appears simply as a large dilatation on the inner end of
the genital duct. The testes are, like the ovaries, extremely
numerous, and occur thickly scattered along the sides of. the
bod3^ As to the origin of the ova and spermatozoa I have

116 Froceedinf/t; of the Royal Society of Victoria.

no definite observations to record, and can only suggest that
they are developed from the granular raesoderinal cells (Fig.
24, gv. c.) which are very abundant in the neighbourhood of
the reproductive organs.

5. Summary.

On comparing the foregoing account of the minute
anatomy of Geonemertes australiensis with Biirger's already
often quoted researches on the marine Nemertea, and
especially the marine Euoijla, it will be seen that the
marine and terrestrial forms agree very closely in structure.
The most striking and important difference concerns the
excretory system, which, in Geoncmertes, consists of a
system of intra-cellular tubules terminating in flame-cells.
The circulatory system, moreover, appears to be merely a
specialised portion of the excretory S3^stem.

Only four species of land Nemertines have hitherto been
described, viz.: — Gemieinertes jialaensis, Semper; G. ckali-
co'pkora, von Graff; Teirat^temma agricola, von Willemoes-
Suhm, and T. roderi camion, Gulliver. From all these
Geonemertes australiensis differs widely, the most strikirjg
difference being, perhaps, the large and indefinite number of
eyes.

The principal characteristic features of Geonemertes aus-
traiiensis are as follows : —

Animal about 40 mm. long and 25 nnn. broad when
crawling. Colour chiefly yellow, sometimes with a darker
median dorsal band of brown. Eyes numerous, about forty,
arranged in two main groups one on each side of the head.
Lateral organs well developed, opening on the ventral
surface of the head in front of the brain by small round
apertures sometimes (? always) placed in a transverse groove.
No rod-like bodies in the skin, but irregularly oval, cal-
careous bodies in the deeper tissues. Mouth opening into
the rhynchodseum. Sexes distinct. Cephalic gland well
deveIo])cd, but with no conspicuous external opening.
Excretory system consisting of branching intra-cellular
tubules, provided with flame-cells and connected with the
circulatory system. The remainder of the anatomy closely
resembles that of the marine Enopla. Found under logs
and stones in Australia.

0)1 an Australian Land jSemertine. M7

C. Desciuftion of Plates.

Geonemertes austraHensis.

Plate VII.

Fig. 1. — Living specimen with the probo.scis everted.
Doi-.sal surface. Painted i'roni life. X 2!.

Figs. 2-7). — Selected from a series of vertical longitudinal
sections through the anterior end (stained with
borax carmine.) All from (me and the same
side of the middle line, Fig. 2 being neaiest to
the outside and Fig. 5 nearest to middle line, to
show the brain, lateral (irgans, eyes, &c. In
Fig. 4, which passes througli about the middle
of one-half of the brain., that portion of the
cephalic pit which is not actually visible in the
section is re))resented by a red dotted line. The
muscular diaphragm is shown in all the figures
and sufficient of the longitudinal muscle sheath
to show its connection with the latter. All
drawn under Zeiss A, oc. 2, camera outline.
al. c. Alimentary canal.

c. p Cephalic pit.

d. g. Dorsal lobe of cerebral ganglion.

e. Eye.

ep. Epidermis.

cjr. Groove in which openings of cephalic pits lie.

I. g. Ganglion of lateral organ.

L. m. Layer of longitudinal muscles.

1/ m.' Forward continuation of longitudinal muscle

layer in front of the muscular diaphragm.

(P(H-tion only shown).

vi. d. Muscular diaphragm,

m. V. Median vessel.

7L. Nerves coming off from cerebral ganglion,

u. c. Lateral nerve cord.

p. s. Proboscis sheath.

sac. Sac of lateral organ.

V. g. Ventral lobe of cerebi'al ganglion.

X. Glsophageal organ.

118 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Plate VIII.

Fig. 6. — Median longitudinal vertical section through the
anterior end, from the same series and drawn
to the same scale as Figures 2-5.

h. m. Basement membrane.

c. gl. Cephalic gland.

c. m. layer of circular muscles.

e. 0. Common opening of mouth and proboscis

sheatli (= opening of rhynchod?eum).
cl. c. Dorsal commissure o± brain.

d. gl. Dorsal glandular organs.

d. gut. Forward diverticulum of the gut, passing

beneath the oesophagus.
ep.'p.s. Epithelium lining proboscis sheath.
gut. Gut ]M'oper.
m. Mouth.

m. jj. Ruptured muscular attachment of the proboscis
to the anterior end of the proboscis sheath.
oes. 1. First, narrow portion of oesophagus.
oes. 2. Median, dilated poition ot oesophagus.
oes. 3. Last, narrow portion ot oesophagus.
V. c. Ventral commissure of brain.
(Other lettering as before).
Fig. 7.— Transverse section of a specimen stained with
hteraatoxylin, taken just behind the cerebral
commissures, to show especially the cephalic
gland. Drawn under Zeiss A, oe. 3, camera
outline. The proboscis being everted the non-
eversible portion is seen in section inside the
proboscis sheath.
ex. t. Excretory tubules.
p. Proboscis.

(Other lettering as before).

Fig. 8. — Transverse section near the middle of the body.
From the same series as Fig. 7. The inequality
in thickness of the proboscis sheath is due to
irregular contraction. The ovaries happen to be
very small in this section. Drawn under
Zeiss A, oc. 2, camera outline.
I. V. Lateral vessel.
ov. Ovary.

(Other lettering as before).

On an Australian Land Xemertine. 119

Fig. 9. — Small j)ortion of a longitudinal vertical section

through the skin and muscle-layers in the

ventral region of the body (borax carmine).

Drawn under Zeiss F, oc. 2.

gl. c. Sub-epidermic gland-cells.

nu. Nuclei scattered about between the inner ends

of the epidermic cells.
0. m. Layer of oblique or diagonal muscle fibres.
(Other lettering as before).
Fig. ]0. — Small portion of a tangential longitudinal section
passing on the left through the layer of longitu-
dinal muscles, in the middle th^-ough the layer
of oblique (diagonal) muscles, and on the right
througli the layer of circular muscles. Drawn
under Zeiss D, oc. 2.

(Lettering as before).

Fig. 11. — Longitudinal section of an eye and optic ganglion.

From a specimen stained with borax carmine.

Drawn under Zeiss F, oc. 2.
o]). g. Optic ganglion.
Fig. 11a. — Transverse section of an eye, from a specimen

stained with borax carmine. Drawn under Zeiss

F, oc. 2.

Plate IX.
Fig. 1 2. — Ventral view of a specimen from Walhalla preserved
in spirit, with the proboscis everted and torn
away from its anterior attachment. X 3.
a. Anus.

a.' a.' Line along which the proboscis has been torn

away from its anterior attachment.
e. g. Group of eyes.

(Other lettering as before).

Fig. 13. — Specimen with the proboscis retracted, dissected

from the dorsal surface by slitting open the

proboscis sheath longitudinally and pulling the

contained proboscis to one side, x 3|.

a. a. Anterior attachment of proboscis to proboscis

sheath (compare Fig. 6, ni. y.)
p. a. Posterior attachment of proboscis (by its

retractor muscle), to the proboscis sheath,
r. m. Retractor muscle of ])roboscis.

K 2

120 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Fig. 14. — A semi-everted proboscis detached from the pro-
boscis sheath and with the everted portion slit
open to sliow tlie non-everted portion lying
within.

e. r. Eversible region of" the proboscis.

st. r. Stylet-region.

n. e. r. Non-eversible region.

(Other letteiing as before).

Fig. 15. — Longitudinal section through the stylet-region of
the proboscis. Drawn under Zeiss A, oc. 3.
c. st. Central stylet.

gl. p. Glandular ])apilhe of the eversible region.
gL z. Zone of glandular cells.

h. " Handle " in which the central stylet is fixed.

p. d. Poison duct, leading up to tlie base of the

central stylet.
p. r. Poison reservoir in the posterior half of the

stylet-region.

(Other lettering as before).

Fig. 1G.— Transverse section through a partially everted
proboscis. The section passes through the
"handle" of the stylet, which is seen in the
middle, and the outer portion of the section
shows the eversible portion of the proboscis
turned inside out and surrounding the stylet-
region. Drawn under Zeiss A, oc. 3, camera
outline.

e. c. Til. External circular muscles of the everted portion
of the proboscis.

e. I. m. External longitudinal muscles of the same.

i. c. tn. Intei'nal circular muscles of same.

i. I. m. Internal longitudinal mu.scles of same.

p.n.s. Proboscidean nerve sheath.

s. r. s. Sac containing reserve stylets.

(Other lettering as before).

Fig. 17. — A sac containing reserve stylets, from an unstained
preparation. Drawn under Zeiss D, oc. 2,
camera outline.

a. st. Abnormal stylet.

sf. m. c. Stylet mother cell with commencing stylet.

On an Australian Land Nemertine. 121

Fkj. 17a. — A single stylet, drawn under the same conditions.

Fig. 176. — Head of a stylet, seen end on, drawn under the
same conditions.

Fig. 1 7c. — Probable mother cell of a stylet, from one of the
reserve sacs, drawn under the same conditions.

Fig. 18. — Small j^ortion of a section from the same series as
Figs. 2-6, taken a little to one side of the middle
line, between the sections represented in Figs.
5 and 6 ; to shew the cui'ious cellular plug in
connection with the median vessel and projecting
into the cavity of the proboscis sheath. Drawn
under Zeiss D, oc. 2, camera outline.
c. pi. Cellular plug.

(Other lettering as before).

Plate X.
Fig. 19. — Portion of the system of excretory tubules, from
above the proboscis sheath in a transverse
section stained with haematoxylin. Drawn
under Zeiss F, oc. 2.

Fig. 20.^ — Posterior portion of median vessel, as seen in
longitudinal section stained with hsematoxylin.
Zeiss F, oc. 2.
cr. Concretion (?) within the ves.sel.

Fig. 21. — Portion of median vessel seen in a transverse
section stained with hrematoxylin, shewing one
of the lacunar dilatations. Zeiss F, oc. 2.

c.m.v. Circular muscle fibres around the vessel.

l.m.v. Lacunar dilatation of the vessel.

nil. V. Nuclei of the inner wall of the vessel.

ves. c. Vesicular cells outside the vessel.

Fig. 22. — Transverse section of the median vessel. Zeiss F,
oc. 2.

(Lettering as before).

Fig. 23. — A lacuna on the lateral vessel with an excretory
tubule opening into it. From a transverse
section stained "with h?eraatoxylin. Zeiss F, oc. 2.
I. I. V. Lacuna on the lateral vessel.
fOther lettering as before).

ov.

g.o.

\ c.

71.

ov.

ep.

«/

K d.

122 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Fig. 24. — Portion of a transverse section of a female
specimen, stained with borax carmine, to sliew
the reproductive organs. Zeiss D, oc. 2, camera
outline.

Capsule of ovum.

Female genital opening.

Granular nucleated cells lyiug in the gelatinous

ground substance.
Nucleus of ovum.
Sub-epidermic glandular layer.
Duct through which the spermatozoa i-each the
ovum.

(0th ei" lettering as before).

Fig. 'Io — Portion of a transverse section of a male specimen,
stained with borax carmine, to show the repro-
ductive organs. Zeiss D, oc. 2, camera,
m. g. 0. Male genital opening,
sp.m.c. Mass of developing sperm-mother-cells.
te. Testis full of spermatozoa.

te. ca. Shrunken caj)sule of a testis from which the

spermatozoa have apparently escaped.
V. d. Vas deferens.

(Other lettering as before).

Fig. 26. — Flame cell. Drawn from crushed preparation of
living specimen under Zeiss F, oc. 2.
fi. The Hame-like, vibratile buncli of cilia, with

alternate light and dark bands caused by its
undulatory movement.

Proc. R.S.Victoria 1891 Plate

ep 'l'llft"TTTTni|„|||||||)j||,f,y^^

GEONliMEHTHS AUS'l-RALinNSIS.

Proc.ltS.\K-Lori;i 1891. Pinto 8.

1| :'ur Dendy del.

h Werner sWrnter, Frankfort °/K.

Ghunemertks australiensis.

Proc.R.S. Victoria 1891. Plate 9.

X^r

aur Dendy del.

I Sx li

l>.

-J i@)

-"^1

t«

,,ir

,jl.

,. .' 1 - •- ' ■ .

.T-^**.-

' " ^i

f---f^^ ,

■.•.--iS

^' ; . ::§'•/''

■ - ■■■ «

r •

.•'•T^ - o**

' ' - <*rU-'

■>-:J.: ■

'/Vp, -**-.

'•■,'.■'' .'V^'i*.

X ,,./;/>.5.

^ ^IJ:^^,'

"^^

..V, 'f .

''' 'i -'»*.,

OCV 2.

^^v.^. k.

l.iih.Werner i Winter, Frankfort °/K

CnONEMERTES AUSTRALIENSLs

Proc. R.S Aktoria 1891. Plate 10

In,, ■'"'P

Arthur Dendy del.

Lith Werner iWintei, Frankfor;

Geonemertes AUSTRALIENSIS.

Art, XVI. — JJei^cri2)tioni of some Land Planar tans
from Queensland.

(Plate XI.)

By Arthur Dendy, D.Sc.

[Read Novembe: 12, 1891.]

The specimens described in tlie present conimunication
were collected by Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A., on
his recent expedition to Sontherii Queensland in September
and October 1891, and kindly placed in my hands in a
living condition for purposes of description. There were six
species represented in the collection, and these belonged to
no less than three geno'a, viz., Geoplana (four species) ;
Rhyiichodemus (one species) ; and BipaU'iim (one species,
probably introduced). Only two of the species are new to
science, but one of these, Geoplana rer/ina, is a remarkably
handsome worm. The other species are already known
from the adjoining colony of New South Wales. As miglit
be expected, tlie species altogether show a much closer
relationship to those of New South Wales than to those of
Victoria. Professor Spencer infoims me, however, that the
Planarian fauna was not nearly so rich in the localities
visited by him as it is in many parts of Victoria.

1. Geoplana caerulea, Moseley.*

This well-known species, the first ever described from
Austi-alia, was met with in abundance, some of the si)ecimen8
measuring as much as 110 mm. in length by 25 mm. in
greatest bi-eadth when crawling. The shape of the body
varied considerably in the living animal, the dor.sal surface
being sometimes flattened, sometimes siiupl_y convex, and
sometimes strongly ridged, as in the closely allied Victorian

* " Notes on the Structure of several Forms of Land Planariaiis, &c."
Quarterly Jourual of Microscopical Science, Vol. XVII, N.S., p. 285.

124 Proceedings of the Roijal Society of Victoria.

species G. dendyi, Spencer. The peripharyngeal aperture (in
spirit) is in about the middle of the ventral surface, some-
times a little anterior, and the genital aperture is situate at
about one-third of the distance from it to the posterior
extremity. The e3'es are arranged in a densely crowded
iriegular patch on each side of the head and continued in
single series all i-ound the horse-shoe-shaped anterior margin.
The ground colour ol the dorsal surface (in life) ranged from
pale indigo-blue to dark grey, blue-brown or almost black.
The mid-dorsal yellow stripe was sometimes so pale as to be
almost white, and frequently there was visible on each side
an ill-defined doi so-lateral band of a ligliter tint of the ground
colour, dividing each half of the dark dorsal surface into a
broader (more dorsal) and a narrower (more ventral) band.
The anterior extremity was pinkish, althouph sometimes the
pink colour was seaiceiy recognisable. The ventral surface
was bright blue, lighter in the middle line than elsewhere.

Locfi.lities. — Gympie (iMar}^ River); Burnett River;
Cooran.

2. Geoplaiia variegata, Fletcher and Hamilton.*

(Plate XI, Fig. 2.)

This very handsome species was obtained by Professor
S[)encer in large numbers and would seem to be the common-
est species in the district visited by him. The body is long
and narrow, even when lying still and coiled into a knot ;
tapering a good deal more gradually in front than behind.
The shape of the dorsal surface vai-ies from more or less
flattened to strongly ridged, according to the position of the
animal ; it may be said to be cliaracteristically ridged, as
shown in the tigure. The worm reaches a very large size.
The largest specimen, aftei' pi'eservation in spirit, measured
1 15 mm. in length by G nnn. in greatest breadth; 1 could not
get it to crawl about actively so as to measure it when crawl-
ing. A smaller specimen, however, in which also a portion
of the posterior extremity was broken oft, measured about
1G8 nnn. in length b}' 5 mm. in breadth when crawling.
The peripharyngeal aperture (in s[)irit) is in about the
middle of the v^entral surface and the genital aperture about

* " Notes on Australian Laud PLmaiians, with Descriptious of some New
Species, Part I." Pioceecliiigs of the LiiiiiLan yocietj^ of New South Wales,
Vol. II (Series 2), 1887, p. 36i.

Some Land Flanarians from Queensland. 125

half-way between the peripharyngeal and the posterior
extremity. The eyes are not very numei'ous, in two
patches one on each side of the anterior end of the body and
continued in close-set single series all round the anterior
margin. The predominant tint of the dorsal surftice varies
from green or violet to lich reddish-brown or brownish-red.
Running down the mid-doisal line is a very narrow strij)e of
briuht yellow. On each side of this is a slightly broader
stripe of dark brown, whose outer edge is ill-defined. Then
a still slightly broader stripe of bright yellow with a few
very minute Hecks of brown. Then a very broad, dark band
of the predominant tint, most commonly dark greenish-brown
or grey, almost black, gradually foding outwards into a
narrow b;nid of pale greyish or greenish-blue. Then a
narrow stri|)e of a very dai-k brownish colour only slightly
wider than the narrow blue band, and, lastly, another
narrow blue band but wider than the fiist and extending to
the majgin of the ventral surfa3e. The anterior extremity
is pinkish. In the mid-ventral line there is a rather narrow,
almost white band gradually merging on each side into a
pale purplish-grey band which, in turn, gradually merges
into the pale gieenish-blue band at the maigin of the dorsal
surface.

All things considered, I have little hesitation in identify-
ing this species with Messrs. Fletcher and Hamilton's G.
V(irip(jatu, especially as the latter appears to vary somewhat
in tint. As this very handsome species has not before been
figured of the natural colours, I have thought it desiral)le to
do so now.

Localities. — Gympie (Mary Rivei); Burnett River; Cooran.

3. G(opl(tna minor, n. sp.

Body at rest much flattened ; when crawling very long
and narrow, nearly cylindrical, ta])ering very gradually in
front and more suddenly behind, and measuring only about
18 mm. ill length by 1 nnn. in greatest breadth. The pwi-
pharyngeal iiperture (in spirit) is situate in about the middle
of the ventral surface and the genital aperture about half
way between it and the posterior end. The eyes are not
very numerous, arranged in a single row at the sides of the
head-end and all round the anteiior margin, and also very
sparingly down the sides of the body to the posterior

126 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

extremity. The colour of the living animal is milk-white
all over, sometimes with a j-ellowish tinge.

This very small Planarian was met with in abundance
both at Cooranancl on the Burnett River. I at first thought
it might be the young of Geojjlava alba but mici'oscopical
examination showed it to be sexually mature and, moreover,
no large specimens were met with. It may possibly be a
dwarf variety of G. alba, but careful anatomical investigation
will be required to decide this point. Meanwhile it appears
advisable to give it a distinct name.

Localities. — Burnett River ; Cooran.

4. Geoplana regiiia, n. sp.

(Plate XI, Figs. 1, 1«, lb.)

The body is remarkably broad and, when at rest, very
much flattened on both surfaces. When the animal is
crawling, however, the dorsal surface is strongly arched and
the body tapers very gradually in front and behind. When
crawling the animal measures about 66 mm. in length and
5"o mm. in greatest breadth. In spirit the body is flat or
even concave on the ventral surface, but pretty strongly
arched on the dorsal, and the posterior half of the body is,
on an average, a good deal broader than the anterior half.
The peripharyngeal aperture is decidedly behind the middle
of the ventral surface but in front of the junction of the
middle and posterior thirds. The genital aperture is about
half way between the peripharyngeal aperture and the
posteiior extremity. The eyes are arranged as usual in the
genus.

The ground colour of the dorsal surface is rich gamboge-
yellow, almost orange, interrupted by eleven longitudinal
stripes of varj'ing shades of brown, as follows (Fig. \a) : —
In the mid-dorsal line there is a very broad stripe of very
dark, rich brown ; on either side of this median stripe is a
band of ground colour of only about half the width ; then
comes a still narrower and somewhat faint stripe of light
brown ; then another band of ground colour similar to the
last ; then another brown stripe a good deal darker than the
last ; then another band of groun<l colour as befoi'e ; then
another still darker stri[)e of brown ; then another band of
ground colour as before ; then another brown stripe, this
tune iio-ht-coloured ; then another band of o-round colour as

Some Land Planarian.s from Queensland. 127

before and then, on the extreme hxteral margin, a moderately
dark brown stripe. Hence we have, on each side of the
broad median stripe, five bands of ground colour alternating
with five narrow brown stripes of varying intensity, the
middle one of the five being the darkest and broadest. The
inner margins of the narrow brown stripes are less well
defined than the outer and tend to shade off into the ground
colour. The horse-shoe-shaped anteiior extremity is dark
brown. The ventral surface has also a characteristic pattern
(Fig. \h). The ground colour is white. In the middle line
there is a moderatel}' broad band of ground colour with no
markings, slightly broader around the external apertures
(which lie in it) than elsewhere. On either side of this
median band, and extending almost to the margin of the
ventral surface, is a very broad band of ground colour spotted
all over with small flecks of light brown. The brown flecks
are pretty evenly distributed except at the outer maigin of
the spotted band, where they are closer and run together
into an irregular, very narrow stripe. Outside this stripe a
narrow band of white, with no flecks, extends to the outer
margin of the outermost of the narrow brown dorsal
stripes.

Only two specimens of this very handsome species were
obtained.

Locality. — Gyrapie (Mary River).

5. Rhynchodemus ohscurus, Fletcher and Hamilton.*

I have some little hesitation in making this identification.
The characters of the species are not at all striking and there
w^ere only a few specimens in the collection. When the
animal is crawling the body is very long and narrow,
strongly convex on the dorsal surface and flattened on the
ventral. It scarcely tapers at all to the anterior extremity
but tapers gradually posteriorly. One specimen measured
60 mm. in length by 17 mm. in gi-eatest breadth when
crawling. In spirit "the peripharyngeal aperture is situated
in about the middle of the ventral surface and the_ genital
aperture about half way between it and the posterior end.
The eyes are arranged as usual in the genus, viz., a single
pair placed a short way behind the anterior extremity. The

* " Notes on Australian Land Planariaus, Ac." Proc. Linn. Soc, N.S.W..
Vol. II (Series 2), p. ■iT2.

128 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

doi'sal surface in life was of a uniformly black colour, the
anterior extremity rather lighter and the ventral surface
brownish-grey.

Localities. — Gympie (Mary Rivei) ; Cooran.

6. Bipaliitm keiuense, Moseley.*"

Two specimens of this remarkable Planarian were obtained.
When alive the body was very long and narrow, especially
when crawling. The head was, as usual, crescentic or
"cheese-cutter-shaped." After preservation in spirit the
periphar3'ngeal aperture was situate in about the middle of
the ventral surface; the genital aperture I could not
distinguish. The ground colour on the dorsal surface of
the living animal was olive-brown, interrupted by five
dark stiipes arranged as follows : — In the middle line a
narrow black stripe ; on each side of this two dark olive-
grey stripes, the outer one being narrower and less well-
defined than the innei-. The outer and inner paired stripes
of each side unite together anteriorly just behind the head.
All the stripes stop at the neck and the chee.se-cutter-shaped
head has a dark purplish-grey colour in front of a lighter
transverse band which marks the junction of head and body.
The venti-al sui-face was pale grey in the middle line with a
darker grey stripe on eacli side and then, outside this, a pale
olive-brown band extending to the outer dark dorsal stripe.

The specimens agi-eed closely with the figures given by
Beil-f- excejit for the presence of the outer dark stripes on the
dorsal svnface, which are not shown in Bell's figures but are
described by Moseley in his original paper. 1 take the
present opportunity of stating that I do not at all agree with
Professor Bell's remarks as to the nselessness of the head as
a generic character. The head, of coui'se, like all other parts
of the body of a Planarian, is capable of great changes of
shape in the living animal. No one would deny this for a
moment, but, at the same time, the head is always there and
always has a certain normal shape to which it constantly
returns and which is eminently characteristic. Nothing
could be more stiiking than the ditference between Geoplana

* " Descrii^tion of a New Species of Land-Plaunrian from the Hothouses at
Kew Gardens." Aunals and Magazine of Natural History, S. 5, Vol. I, p. 237.

t " Note on Bipalium kewense, and the generic characters of Land-
Planarians." Proceedings of the Zoological Societj' of London, 1886, p. 166,
Plate XV HI.

Proc.R.S.Vicloria 1891 . Plate 1 1

:,it.h.Werrler&Wnt^-r

Australian Land Planarian.

Some Land Flanarians from Qiieensland. 129

or Rhi/nchodemus and Bipalium witli regard to the form of
the aiiterioi- extremity, and, having carefully examined
specimens of these three genera both alive and in s])irits, I
have no hesitation in saying that the remarkable develop-
ment of the head in Bipalium is a most marked and
important character and of great value for purposes of
classification.

Professor Spencer thinks that Bipalium keivense was
probabl}' introduced by the agency of man to the locality
where he found it, as has now been the case in so many
places. Possibly the original home of this remarkable worm
will ever remain a mystery. Within recent years it has
made its appearance in large numbers in the neighbourhood
of Sydney, as described in a very interesting pa])er" by Mi'.
Fletcher, who has also recorded tlie si)ecies from Victoria and
Samoa. I am not aware that it has hitherto been recorded
from Queensland.

LocaUiy. — Gympie (Mary River).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XI.

Fig. 1. — Geoplana vegina, n. sp. The animal lying at rest
with the head in the centre of the coil x 2.

Fig. la. — Geoplana reglna, n. sp. Portion of the dorsal
surface, showing the colour and arrangement of
the markings x 4.

Fig. 16. — Geoplana regina, n. sp. Portion of the ventral
surface, showing the colour and arrangement of
the markings x 4.

Fig. 2. — Geoplana variegafa, Fletcher and Hamilton.
Specimen from South Queensland x 3.
(All the figures are drawn from living animals.)

* "Eemarks on au mtroduced Species of Land Planarian, apparently
Bipuliuin kfweme, Moseley." Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New-
South Wales, Vol. II (Series 2), p. 244.

AiiT. XVII. — PreUmiiiiirij Det^criptioii of Victorian Earth-
worms. Part I. — The Genera Cryptodrilas and
Megascolides.

By W. Baldwin Spencek, M.A.

Professor of Biology in the University of Melbourne.

(With Plates XIV, XV, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX.)

[Eead December 10, 1891.]

For the past four year.s I have been gradually collecting
earth-worms as opportunities offered and the present paper
merely contains brief descriptions of forms of the genera
Cryptodrilus and Megascolides which have been met with
in Victoria.

Mr. J. J. Fletcher, to whom we owe almost entirely our
knowledge of Australian earth-worms described up to the
present time, has already published brief accounts of,
principally, New South Wales forms. I am much indebted
to him both for specimens of those which he has described
and for valuable advice and information, and it may perhaps
be as well to state here that we are at present engaged to-
gether upon a somewhat extensive monograph dealing with
Australian earth-worms. The completion of this joint work
will of necessity occupy considerable time, though we hope to
publish very shortly the first part, which will deal with the
systematic arrangement of the forms.

Our collection is very extensive, and necessitates a revision
of the genera, but meanwhile we have thought it advisable
to adhere to existing genera and to give names which will
serve at present for identification.

In the preliminary notices of Victorian forms, I have
purposely refrained from dealing with any but macroscopic

Dei^crvption of Victorian Earthivorms. 131

characters, and have not even entered into details with
regard to these, other than such as will serve for identiti-
cation.

A full description, especially as regards the nephridia,
genital oi-gans and setse, which will serve as the basis of a
revised classification, is not attempted to be given in this
preliminary account. This notice, therefore, contains merely
brief descriptions of eleven new species of Cryptodrilus, and
of ten new species of Megascolides. In addition to these,
two more species have been previously described, viz., M.
australis (McCoy), and M. tuherculatus (Fletcher).

It will be seen that the latter genus is much more
strongly represented proportionately in Victoria than in
New South Wales. It is one of those series of forms which
are more or less characteristic of the south eastern corner of
Australia, spreading thence to a slight extent up the eastern
coastal district, but dying out to the north. Doubtless it
will be found to be strongly developed in Tasmania, since in
their faunas, Victoria, south of the Main Dividing Range,
and Tasmania are closely allied.

The annual camping out expeditions of the Victorian
Field Naturalists' Club iiave enabled me to collect in very
inaccessible parts of the colony, especially in Croajingolong
and the mountain ranges around the source of the Yai-ra,
and I am mucli indebted for valuable assistance, both on
these and other occasions, to Messrs. C. French, C. Frost,
A. H. S. Lucas, T. Steel, J. Hulme, D. le Souef, W. Mann,
J. Shephard, Hugh Copeland, C. Brittlebank, H. R. Hogg,
the Rev. W. Fielder, and Dr. Dendy.

As stated above, the present classification can only be
regarded as a temporary one with regard to the two genera
now dealt with, but the collection which Mr. Fletcher and
myself now possess will, we trust, enable us to satisfactorily
deal with this question in a short time.

In the descriptions, I have used the terms employed by
Dr. Benham in his valuable paper, " An Attempt to Classify
Earth-worms "* and ma}^ here express the indebtedness of
workers in this group of forms to the recent researches of
Dr. Benham and Mr. Beddard.-f"

* Q.J.M.S., Vol. XXXI, Part 2, p. 201.

t Published principally during the past few years in the Quarterly
Journal of Microscopical Science.

132 P roceedliuis of the R'>yal Society oj Victoria.

(a) Oryptodrilus (Fletcher).

(1) G. gippdandicus, sp. n. (Figs. 1, 2, 3, G3). Spirit speci-
mens o inches long, one-third inch broad.

Prostomium completely dovetailed into the peristomium.

Peristominm, with grooves, giving it a ribbed appearance.

Clitellani fairly well developed ; red-brown colour dorsall_y
and laterally (in spirit), extending over segments 14-16,
together with the posterior p.irt of 13, and tlie anterior of 17.

Seta3, regularly arranged in couples along the anterior
half of the body. Then the two outer rows become irregu-
lar, and along the posterior third of the body all the rows
are very irregular, giving to this part of the body, at first
glance, much the appearance of a perichcete.

Male pores on papilliB on segment 18, at the level of the
interval of the two inner set?e of each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14 ventral of, and slightly
interior to, the innermost setse on each side.

Spermathecal pores five in number ; intersegmental ; at
the level of the first seta. The first between segments 4 and 5.

Dorsal pores present. The first between segments 3 and 4.

Nephridiopores difficult to distinguish ; at the level of
and in front of the third seta of each side, commencing on
the third segment.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. Vascular
swellings on the oesophagus in segments (S-i3.

Calciferous glands in segments 14 and 15. Large intestine
<;ommencing in segment 17.

Blood vascular .system. Dorsal blood-vessel double from
the sixth segment to within about twenty of the posterior
end. That is, there is a very distinct double loop in each
segment, the two halves uniting where they pass through the
septa. Hearts in .segments (i-12, the two first small. A
supra-intestinal vessel in the segments containing the hearts.

Excretory .system. Meganephric, with a coiled portion
ventrally on each side, from which a duct luiis upwards
to the third seta.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs attached to the
interior walls of segments 10 and 11. Ciliated I'osettes in
the same segments.

Prostates, coiled, tubular, and in segments 18 and 19.

Sperm sacs finger-shaped, attached to the posterior walls
of segments 9 and 10.

De<tcription. of Victorian Eartkivorms. 1JJ3

Ovjiries attached to anterior wall of" sogineiit 13 ; oviducts
open into tiic same segment.

Sjiermathecre in segments 5-9. Each consists of a long
sac, with a simple diverticulum about one-([uarter the length
of the sac.

Habitat. Ci'oajingolong (East Gippsland). Collected
during an expedition of tiie Field Naturalists' Club of
Victoria.

(2) C. internudiiis, sp. n. (Figs. 4, 5, G, 64). Spirit specimens
7 inches long, one-quartev inch broad.

Prostomium very slightly dovetailed into the peristomium.

Peristomium, with grooves, giving it a riljbed appearance.

Clitellum well developed, extending over segments 14-17
and may include dorsally when fully developed the anterior
part of 18.

The ventral parts of segments 17, 18 and 19, marked by
transverse swollen bands.

Setre in couples, regularly arranged, except at the very
posterior end of the body, where the two outer rows are
irregular. The outer couple placed laterally and slightly
further apart from one another than the inner.

Male pore, on segment IS, at the level of the first seta of
each side, on a slight papilla.

Oviduct pores on segment 14 slight ventral of, and antericu'
to, the first setas.

Spermathecal pores two in number; intersegmental; at
the level of the first setse, between segments 7 and 8, 8 and
9.

Dorsal poi'es present. The first betv^^een segments 5 and (i.

JVephridiopoi-es at the level of, and anterior to, the third
seta on each side.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment o. Vascular
swellings on the oesophagus in segments 10-17. Tho.se in
segments 15-17 large. jNo ti'ue calciferous glands. Large
intestine commencing in segment 19.

Blood vascular system. Single dorsal vessel. Hearts in
segments 6-13. Lateral vessel in segments 5-8, sending
branches on to the walls of the pharynx. A supra-intestinal
vessel in the segments containing the hearts.

Excretory system. Meganephric. One pair of nephridia
in each segment.

Reproductive system. Testes, one pair in segment 11.
One pair of ciliated rosettes in the .same segment. Pi-ostates,

134 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

coiled, tubular, and in segment 18. Sperm sacs, large, grape-
like, attached to the anterior wall in segment 12, with
smaller ones on the anterior wall in segment 14.

Ovaries attached to the anterior wall of segment 13;
oviducts open into the same segment.

SpcrmatheCcB in segments 8 and 9. Each consists of a
long sac with a small rosette-like diverticulum close to the
base.

Habitat. S. Warragul, Gippslaud. Collected by Mr. W.
Mann.

(3) G. tanjilensi.s, sp. n. (Figs. 7, 8, 9, 65). Spirit specimens
-3 1 inches long, h inch broad.

Prostomium conjpletely dovetailed into the peristomium,
with a dorsal longitudinal groove continuous along the body.
Venti'ally, a median groove only at the very posterior end.

Clitellum strongly developed, complete, occupying seg-
ments 14-10, together with the posterior part of 13 and
anterior of 17.

Seta3 regularly arranged along the whole length of the
body. The outer couple wider apart than the inner, and the
fourth row placed dorso-laterally.

Male pores on papillne on segment 18, at the level of the
interval between the two innermost sette of each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14 ventral of, and slightly
antei-ior to, the innermost aetJB of each side.

Spermathecal poi'es five in number ; intersegmental ; at
the level of the first seta3; the tirst between segments 4 and
5.

Accessory copulatory structures present at the level of the
first setai between segments 18 and 19, and 19 and 20.

Nephridiopores at the level of, and in front of the third
seta of each side. Very pi-ominent on the last few segments

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. Vascular
swellings on the oesophagus in segments 7-1 5 ; large in
segment 15. No true calciferous glands. Large intestine
commencing in segment 18.

Blood vascular system. Single dcrsal vessel. Hearts in
segments 7-12. Supra-intestinal vessel in segments contain-
ing the hearts and extending back into segment 13.

Excretory system. Meganephric, with a coiled portion
ventrally, and a long sac-Idce part dorsally, which is larger
ill and before the clitellum than in the segments posterior to
this.

Description of Vicforici) Edrthwormff. 185

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs attached to the
anterior walls of seti;ments 10 and 11. Ciliated rosette.s in
the same .segments, which are full in mature specimens of
sperm.

Prostates, coiled, tubular, and in segment 18.

Sperm sacs attached to the anterior wall of segment 12,
saccular in form.

Ovaries attached to the anterior wall of segment 18;
oviducts open into the same segment.

Spermatliecse in segments 5-U» Each consists of a long
sac, with a simple diverticulum, about one-quarter the lengtl»
of the sac.

Habitat. Tanjil Track, near the source of the Yai-ia
River. Collected during an expedition of the Field Natui-a-
lists' Club of Victoria to the Yarra Falls, near the source of
the River Yarra.

(4) G. frenchi, sp. n. (Figs. U), 11, 12, 6G). Spirit specimen.s
3 inches long, | inch broad.

Prostomium dovetailed into the peristomium to the
extent of -^ or f .

Clitellum occup3'ing segments i-t-16 ; not very distinctly
marked ventrally.

Setne in four couples, regularly arranged, except at the
posterior end of the body. Prominent. The inner couple
nearer together than the outer, the fourth row being dorso-
lateral. For the posterior one-.sixth of the body the two
outer rows are irregular and on the last few segments all are
except the innermost on each side.

Male pores on papillae on segment 18, at the level of the
interval between the inner couple of setre on each side.

Oviduct pores on segment 14, close to the anterior margin
and slightly ventral of the inner setse.

Spermathecal pores, five in number, just on the very
anterior boundaries of segments 5-9, at the level of the
interval between the inner couple of setse.

Accessory copulatory structures as follows :— Small oval
patches anteriorly on segments 10 and 11 at the level of tlie
spermathecal ducts. Patches on each side of the body at
the level of the interval between the inner couple of aetve
from segments 16-21. Each patch is composed of a small
part of ^wo contiguous segments and the pairs are united
across the mid-ventral line by glandular ridges.

L 2

136 Froceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Dorsal pores present. The tirst between segments 4 and 5.

Nephridiopores at the level of the third seta in each
segment, commencing on the third.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard small and iu segment 6.
Vascular swellings on the oesophagus in segments 9-15, but
no true calciferous glands.

Blood vascular system. Dorsal blood-vessel single.
Hearts in segments 7-12, the first two small. Supra-
intestinal vessel in segments 8-12, and continued back into
the anterior part of segment 1 3.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs attached to the
anterior walls of segments 10 and 11. Ciliated rosettes in
the same segments. Sperm sacs attached to the anterior
wall of segment 12 and the posterior of segment 9, the latter
iinger-shaped.

Prostates long, tubular, and coiled, occupying segments
18-2].

Ovaries attached to the anterior wall of segment 13;
oviducts open into the same segment.

Spermathec?e in segments 5-9. Each with a long sac and
short diverticiilum abont one-third the length of the main sac.

Habitat. Croajingolong (E. Gippsland). Collected during
an expedition of the Field Natui-alists' Club of Victoria.

(5) C. cluhius, sp. n. (Figs. 13, 1-1, 15, 67). Spirit specimens
3v- inches long, less than one-quarter inch broad.

Prostomium completely dcn^etailed into the ]:)eristomium,
which is ribbed.

Clitellum distinct and complete, occupying segments
14-17.

Setse in four couples, reguhirly arranged; interval between
the inner and outer couples, and between the two rows of
the outer couple double that between the two rows of the
inner couple. The fourth row, dorsally placed.

Male pores on distinct papillae in segment IS, slightly
vential of the level of the second row of seta3.

Oviduct pores on segment 14, slightly anterior to, and
ventral of, the innermost setiG.

Spermathecal pores, two in number, on the very anteiior
margin of segments 8 and 9, at the level of the inuermo.st
setjB.

Description of Vic'orian Earthworms. 137

Accessory copulatory structures. Two small glan<l\ilar
patches on segment 17, at the level of the intervals between
the inner rows of set?e, and a median ventral patch on the
anterior margin of segment 18.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments -5 and (5.
Nephridiopores conspicuous, commencing on the second
segment, and placed on each side anteriorly to, and at the
level of, sette 1 , 3 and 4.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. Vascular
swellings on the oesophagus in segments 12, 13 and 14.
True calciferous glands well developed in segments 15 and
16. Large intestine commencing in segment 18.

Excietory system. Meganephric (?) with three coiled
tubes on each side in each segment, corresponding to the
nephi-idiopores. (The nephridia of this form are very
interesting and probaljlj^ indicate an aggregation of plecto-
nephric tubules into three groups).

Reproductive system. Testes doubtful. One pair present,
liut small, in segment 10, attached to the anterior wall ;
probably a pair in segment 11. Ciliated rosettes distinct
in segments 10 and 11.

Prostates double. A smaller anterior coiled tubular mass
in segments 17 and 18 ; a posterior' larger mass in segments
18-21. Separate duct from each, the two uniting together
and having a single opening in segment 18.

Sperm sacs in segments 11 and 12. Each has the form of
a saccular dilatation attached to the anterior wall of the
segment. The anterior one probably encloses a testis.

Ovaries in segment 13. Oviducts opening into the same
segment.

Spermathecse, two pairs. Each consists of a long sac, with
two short club-shaped diverticula arising from the duct.

Habitat. Victoria. This j)robably comes from Croajingo-
long but the distinct locality other than Victoria is not noted.
It is evidently closely allied to C. fastigatus, Fl., but is
distinct from this (1) in the possession of well developed
calciferous glands in segments 15 and 16, and (2) in the
sperm sacs not being racemose. The curious double nature
of the prostates, and the identical arrangement of the neph-
ridia shows the two forms to be closely allied, but at present,
pending the publication of our full report, they are placed as
distinct species in the genus Cryptodrilus.

138 Frocecdings of the Uoijal Societj/ of Victoria.

(6) C. macedonensis, sp. i\. (Figs. 16, 17, 18, G8). Spirit
specimen 8 inches long, one-eighth inch bioad.

Prostomium not dovetailed into the peiistomiuin, which is
ribbed.

Clitellum distinct, complete and brown coloured in spirit
specimens, the rest of the body being bleached.

. Setae, four couples, regular along the wdjole length. The
intervals between the two couples of each side, and between
tlie two rows of the outer couple very nearly equal and each
more than twice as great as that between the rows of the
inner couple. The fourth seta nearly dorsally placed.

Male pores on papillae on segment 18, at the level of tiie
interval between the two inner rows of setas.

Oviduct pores on segment 14 slightly anterior to and
venti-al of, the innermost seta^.

Spermathecal pores, four in number, on the anterior
margins of segments 6-9, slightly ventral to the level of
the innermost setae, each on a distinct little papilla.

Accessory copulator}' structures very well marked. A
large tumid patch occupying the median ventral part of
segment ] 1, the anterior edge of segment 12 and the
posterior of segment 11 ; or this may be divided into two
parts, one occupying the anterior ventral part of seg-
ment 11 and the posterior juxrt of segment 10 : the othei-,
the corresponding parts of segments IJ and 12.

Beliind the clitellum, tumid ridges are present, the lirst
of which occupies the posterior ventral part of segment 17,
and anterior of segment 18, and others occupying correspond-
ing positions on segments 18 and 19, 19 and 20, 20 and 21,
21 and 22. Each has a median linnear groove, corresponding
in position to tiie intersegmental groove.

Dorsal j)ores present, the tir.st between segments 4 and 5.
Nephiidial poies not easily seen, l)ut are })laced at the level
of the third seta on each side.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5, but not occupy-
ing the whole of the segment. Vascular swellings on the
oesophaous, but no true calciferous glands. Laig-e ititestine
connnencing in segment 18.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, two jmirs in segments 10
and 11. Ciliated rosettes in the same segments.

Prostates in segment 18, coiled, tubulai-, with distinct
coiled duct.

Description of Victorian Earthworms. 139

Sperm sacs small, and slightly racemose, in segment 12.

Ovaries in segment 18, and oviducts opening into the
same segment.

Spermatheca?, four paii's in segments G-9, each one markedlj^
large in comparison to the size of the hody and consisting
of a distinct stalk, with swollen sac, and at the base of the
stalk, a small diverticulum.

Habitat. Mt. Macedon, Victoria. Collected by ]\Ir. H.
R. Hogg and myself

(7) C. victories, sp. n. (Figs. 19, 20, 21, G9). Spirit specimen
4 inches long, three-eighths inch broad.

The prostomium completely dovetailed into the peris-
tomium. There is a very distinct median, dorsal and ventral
groove running the whole length of the bod}' (in spirit
specimen).

Clitellum fciirly distinct and complete, occupying segments
14-16.

Setse prominent, and in four couples i-egularly arranged,
except at the posterior end of the body, where the last few
segments are distinct from and smaller than the others.
Male pores on papilla? on segment 18, each slightly dorsal
to the level of the innermost setpe.

Oviduct pores on segment 14, slightly anterior to, and
ventral of, the position of the innermost setR3.

Spermathecal pores, live in number ; intersegmental ; the
first between segments 4 and 5.

Accessory copulatory structures feebly developed. A
median, ventral, glandular patcli on the anterior halves of
segments 9 and 10, together with faintly marked interseg-
mental patches immediately in fi-ont of and behind the male
openings.

Dorsal pores present, the first jirobably between segmei.ts
2 and 3, one certainly present between segments 3 and 4.

Nephridiopoi-es at the level of the third set?e, commencing
at the second segment.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment o. No true
calciferous glands, but vascular swellings present in
segments 9-15. Large intestine commencing in segment 17.

Circulatory system. Single dorsal vessel with the last
pair of hearts in segment 12.

Excretory .system. Meganephric, with a coiled tube in
each segment ventralW, from which a long duct leads uj) to
the level of the third seta3.

140 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Reproductive system. Two pairs testes, in segments
10 and 11, with funnels opening into the same segments
which are filled with sperm.

Piostates, long coiled tubes, extending through segments
18-2().-

Sperm sacs. Saccular structures, attached to the anterior
wall of segment 1 2 and the posterior of segment 9.

Ovaries, one pair in segment J 3, with oviducts opening
into the same.

Spermathecie. Five pairs in segments 5-9. Each consists
of a large sac with a tubular diverticulum arising from the
stalk, and about one-third the length of the sac.

Habitat. Collected at Warburton, Yarra Valley, by Dr.
Dendy.

( Va;]\ a) Length of spirit specimen 2|- inches, one-quarter
inch broad.

The geneial anatomy closely similar to the typical form,
from which it differs (1) in the irregularity of the setsa
extending slightly furtlier along the body ; (2) in the
presence of a curious elongate white smooth surface,
extending ventrally from segment 17 to segment 23 ; (3) in
tJie openings of the spermathecae being sliglitly doi'sal of the
level of the innermost setse, and (4) in the diverticulum of
the sperinathecse being relatively longer than in the typical
foi'm.

Habitat. Thompson Valley. Tanjil Track.

[Var. b) Length of spirit specimen 3 inches, one-quarter
inch broad. The body more robust and lighter colour than
in var. a.

The ii-regularity of the setse extends further forwards
along the body than in var. a,. A white smooth surflice of
skin extends ventrally in the region of the male pores, as in
var. a, and there is present in addition a similar surface
ventrally on segments 4-9.

No testes can be seen, though the rosettes are well
developed in segments 10 and 11. Prostates long and coiled,
exactly as in the typical form. The spermathecfe have very
small kno!:-like diverticula.

Haliitat. Victoria (exact locality not known).

(8) Cryptodrihis tvillsien.sis, sp. n. (Figs. 22, 23, 24, 70).
Spiiit specimen 71 inches long, half inch broad.

Prostomium very slightly dovetailed into the peristomium,
which is ribbed. Median ventral furrow on prostomium.

Description of Victorian Earthiuorms. 141

Clitelluiii not strongly glandular, but clearly indicated by
its reddish colour in spirit, extending over segments 14-17.

Sette prominent. Four couples of which, the outer on
each side, is dorso-lateral in position. As far back as the
clitcllum they are regularly arranged, the rows of the outer
couple being nearly three times as far away from one
another as those of the inner couple. The fourth row is
slightly irregular in the clitellar i-egion but is fairly regular
for about two-thirds the length of the body, then it becomes
exceedingly irregular. The third row is noticeably regular
till quite the posterior end of the body, when it becorae.s
slightly irregular. The second and first rows are regular
till within '20 segments of the posterior extremity, when
they become irregular. At the posterior end there may be
•) setae present on each side of the body.

Male pores placed on papillse, in segment 18, at a level
corresponding to the interval between the two rows of the
inner couple of seta?.

0\'iduct pores on segment 14.

Spermathecal pores intersegmental in position, between
segments 4 and 5, .5 and G, G and 7, 7 and 8, 8 and 9.

Accessory eopulacory structures scarcely indicated.

Nephridi( (pores on the anterior margin of each segment at
the level of the third seta.

Alimentar}^ canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true
calciferous glands, but vascular swellings. Large intestine
counnencing in segment 18.

Circulatory system. Doisal vessel double in each segment,
as far forward as the fifth segment. In the latter, the two
halves unite on the top of the gizzard and run forward as a
single vessel. Hearts in .segments 5-12.

Excretor}^ system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes in segments iO and 11,
into which also the losettes open.

Prostates coiled, tubular, in segment 1 8.

Sperm sacs. Saccular in nature and attached to the
anterior wall of segment 1 2, and the posterior of segment 9.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which the oviducts open.

Spermathecae, •") pairs in segments .5-1). Each consists of
a sac, with a double diverticulum.

Habitat. Mt. Wills. Collected by Mr. T. Lidgty.

1+2 Proceedings of the lioyal Societij of Victoria.

(9) Crijptodrilus narrensis, sp. ii. (Figs. 25, 2(5, 27, 71).
Length in spirit If inches long, one-eighth inch broad.

Prostomiuni incompletely clovetailed into the peristomium
(about one-half).

Clitelhnn well marked, occup^'iiig segments J-i-17, whilst
the posterior part of 13, and the anterior of 18, may be
modified dorsally. The posterior half of segment 1 7 ventral]}',
may be sharpU' marked off', and not glandular in apjjearaiice.

SetiB regulaily arranged in four rows. At the anteiior
end, the outer couple is lateral in position, the rows of setre
being slightly further apart than those of the inner couple.
Posteiiorly, the rows gradually .se})arate from one anothei-,
until the fourth becomes dorsal in jiosltion.

Male pores on papillre in segment 18, at the level of the
inteival between the rows of the inner couples of setae.

Oviduct pores on segment 14, on a slight glandular space
in front of, and ventral of the level of the innermost setae.

Spermathec.il [)ores intersegmental in position, between
segments 7 and 8, and 8 and [). Slightly dorsal to the level
of the innermost setse.

Accessory copulatory structui-e.s. Two ciicular patches,
one immediately in front of and one immediateh' behind the
male ojienings ; each small and in the mid-ventral space,
between the innermost rows of setfe of each side.

Nephridiopores at the level of the third setie (?)

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment '>. No ti'ue
calciferous glands, but vascular swellings in segments 15 and
10. Large intestine commences in segment 20.

Circulatory .system. Single dorsal blood-vessel. Last
heart in segment 12.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs in segments 10
and 1 1, into which the rosettes also open.

Prostates, coiled, tubular, and in segments 18 and 19.

Sperm sacs, grape-like, attached to the anterior walls of
segments 14 and 12, and the ])OSterior wail of .segment 9.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which ihe oviducts open.

Spermathecpe, two pairs in segments 8 and !). Each
consists of a long saccular part, Avith a diverticulum about
one-third its length.

Habitat. Nari-e Warren, Gij)psland. Collected by Mr. C.
French and my. self. Very abundant under logs in wet
weather.

Description of Victorian Earthivorms. 143

(10) Cryptodrilus lucasi, sp. n. (Figs. 28, 29, 30, 72).
Length in spirit 4| inches, slightly more than one-
eighth inch broad.

P]-ostomium only slightly dovetailed into peristomium
(aVjout \).

Clitellum well marked, occupying segments 14-17,
together with the anterior part of segment 18, and posterior
of segment 13. Tlie middle of segment 17 is not included
ventrally, but together with the same part of segments 18
and 19, is winte and swollen in spirit specimens.

Seta) in four couples, all of which, for the greater part of
the length of the body, are placed close to the ventral
surface. For the posterior third of the body, the two outer
rows are iiregulai-.

Male pores on small papilhu on segment 18, slightly dorsal
of the level of the innei'most row.

Oviduct pores on segment 1 1-, slightly anterior to, and
ventral of the level of the innermost setse.

Spennathecal pores, two ))airs, intersegmental, between
segments 7 and 8, 8 and 9, and at the level of the innermost
setjB.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 4 and 5.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true
calciferous glands, but the (jeso[)hagus is markedly swollen
and vascular in segments 9-13. Large intestine commences
in segment 15.

Circulatory system. Single doi-sal vessel, hearts in
segments G-12, those in segments 9-12 large.

Excretory system. Megan ephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs in segments 10
and 1 1, rosettes opening in the same segments.

Prostates, tubular and coiled, in segments 1 G-1 8.

Sperm sacs, grape-like, in the anterior wall of segment 12,
and posterior of segment 9.

Ovaries in segment 13, the oviducts opening into the same
segment. An extra pair of ovaries may be present in
segment 14.

Spermatheca3. Two pairs in segments 8 and 9. Each
consists of a large sac with a diverticulum, having the form
of a rosette.

Habitat. Tallarook, Goulburn River. Collected by Mr.
A. H. S. Lucas, M.A.

14-i Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

(11) Cryptodrilus minor, sp. n. (Figs. 31, 32, 33, 73).
Length in spirit 2-5 inches. Very narrow.

Setae, for the greater part of the length of tlie body,
arranged in four couples, of which the two rows in each are
close together, tlie outer cou])]e being dorso-lateral in position.
The ventral row is straight throughout, the second row
becomes irregular at the very posterior end, and about x% of
the way down the body, the two upper rows suddenly
become very irregular.

Prostomium very slightly dovetailed into the pei'istomium.

Clitelluni well developed, occupying segments 14-17 very
slightly, the anterior part of 18 dorsally.

Male pores on segment 18, at the level of the interval
between the two innermost setee of each side.

Oviduct pores in a linnear depression on segment 14,
anterior to, and ventral of, the innermost seta?.

Acces.sory copulatory structures. Two depressed elliptical
patches, one on segment 17 ventrall}^ and another on
segment 1 0.

Dorsal pores not visible in front of the ciitellum.

Nephridiopores at the level of the third sette (<)

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true
calciferous glands, but large swollen portions of the oesophagus
in segments 13-18. Laige intestine commencing in segment
20.

Circulatory system. Single dorsal vessel, with the last
heart in segment 1 2.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, one })air in segment Jl,
into which open the rosettes.

Prostates, small, tubular, and coiled, in segment 18.

Sperm sacs, grape-like, in segment 12 on the anterior wall.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which open the oviducts.

Spermatheccie, two pairs in segments 8 and 9, each one
consisting of a large sac with a triple diverticulum.

Habitat. South Warragul, Gippsland. Collected by Mr.
W. Mann.

(6) Megascolides, McCoy (= Notoscolex, Fletcher).

(1) il/. cameroni, sp. n. (Figs. 34, 35, 30, 74). Length of
spirit specimen 8i inches, half incli broad.
Prostomium incompletely dovetailed into the peristomium
(about i). Peristomium ribbed.

Description of Victorian Earthworms. 145

Clitellum well marked, but incomplete veiitrally, especially
at the anterior end.

Setse somewhat difficult to see. In four couples, the outer
couple being placed laterally, and having its two rows
slightly farther apart than those of the inner couple. The setae
become irregular in the ui>per two rows in the clitellar region,
the innermost row of each side being i-egular along the whole
length.

Male pores on two papillse on segment 18, at the level of
the innermost .set?e.

Oviduct pores on segment 14.

Sperinathecal pores, five in number ; intersegmental ; the
first between segments 4 and 5.

Dorsal pores ])resent, the first between segments 3 and 4.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard occupying half of segments
5 and 6. No true calciferous glands, but vascular swellings
present in segments 8-14. Large intestine commences in
segment 19.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel double in each segment
as far forward as the fifth segment. The last heart is in
segment 1 3, and a lateral vessel is present on each side in
segments 5-11, and a supra-intestinal in segments 8-14.

Excretory system. Plectonephric. The little nephridial
tufts are very minute, but for the ]30sterior third of the body,
large paired nephridia are present ventrally, with internal
funnels.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs in segments 10
and 11, with rosettes opening into the same segments.

Prostates flattened with the surface mammillated in
segment 18. Sj)erm sacs, a pair of grape-like structures on
the anterior wall of segment 1 4, and of sac-like structures
on the posterior wall of segment 9.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which the oviducts also
open.

SpermathectE. Five pairs in segments 5-9. Each con-
sisting of a sac with a diverticulum about half the length of
the sac. The spermathecse are small in relation to the size
of the body.

Habitat. Croajingolong. Collected during an expedition
of the Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria.

146 Proceedincjs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

(2) Megascolides insign is, sp. n. (Figs. 37, 38, 39, 75). Length
of spirit specimen 0 inclies, slightly more than one-
quarter inch broad.

Prostomium feebly developed, and not at all dovetailed
into the peristomiiim.

Clitellum distinct and light cohuii-ed in spirit specimens,
extending over segments 13-18. Well and sharply marked
dorsally ; saddle shaped with ridges on the mid-v-entral
surface, though it tends to extend over the ventral surface
and include the ridges.

Setae in four couples, the outer couple being lateral in
position and having its two rows twice as far apart as those
of the inner couple. Posteriorly, the intervals between the
rows composing each couple increases considerably.

Male pores on slight papillae, in a depression on segment
18, at the level of the interval between the two rows of the
irmer couples of setse.

Oviduct pores on segment 14, slightly ventral of, and
anterior to the innermost setaj.

Spermathecal pores intersegmental, between segments
7 and 8, 8 and 9 ; at the level of the interval between the
rows of the inner couples of setae.

Accessory copulatory structures very strongly developed,
white swollen ridges ventrally on segments 15-21, the setae
of the inner couples being placed on the ridges.

Dorsal pores present, the most anterior one being between
segments 9 and 10.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 6. Vascular
swellings on the oesophagus in segments 10 and 11, small
white diverticula (calciferous glands ?) in segments 12, 13,
14, and large prominent calciferous glands in segments 15,
16, 17. Large intestine commences in segment 19.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single ; hearts in
segments 7-13, those in segments 6-9 small.

Excretory system. Plectonephric, with larger paired
ncphridia at the posterioi- end of the body, with internal
openings.

Reproductive system. Testes, a single pair in segment 11,
with rosettes opening into the same. Prostates somewhat
small and flattened. Sperm sacs grape-like on the anterior
wall of segment 12. A small pair on the anterior wall of
segment 14.

Description of Victorian Earthworms. 147

Ovaries in segment l;>, with oviducts opening into the
same.

Spenuatheca^, 2 pairs in segments 8 and 9, each consisting
of a Jong sac, with very sliort bluiit diverticulum.

Habitat. Dandenong Ranges. Collected by Mr. J. Hulme.

(3) Mc(jascolides Ituhnei sp. n. (Figs. 40, 41, 42, 7(j).

Of several specimens, none are perfect, some wanting
the anterior, others the posterior end. These worms are
remarkably long and attenuated. One specimen, which
is incomplete posteriorly, measures 3 ft. 5 in. in length.
Another measures the same length, but lacks the anterior
end. A perfect spirit specimen will prc^bably measure
4 feet ; width ^-^ inch.

Prostomium feebly developed and not at all dovetailed
into the peristomium.

Clitellum remarkably developed, extending over segments
13-20,. and measuiing 2 inches in length. Complete and
very sharply marked off at either end. The indications of
the segments are completely obliterated.

Setpe, in four couples, regularly arranged ; the rows of the
outer couples which are lateral in position, being slightly
further apart than those of the inner couple.

Male pores on segment 18 inconspicuous. Difficult to
determine their position with regard to the setre, but they
are probably at the level of the innermost setfe.

Oviduct pores on segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, two pairs between segments 7 and 8,
8 and 9.

Accessory copulatory structures. A circular ])atch in fiont
of the oviduct pores, partly on segments 13 and 14. Two
circular patches, one on (^ach of the segments 16 and 17.
Three elliptical patches, the first half on segment 19, and
half on 20 ; the second and thiixl with the same relationshi])
to segments 20 and 21, 21 and 22.-

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 8 and 9.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true
calciferous glands. Large intestine commencing in segment

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single. Hearts in
segments 6-13. Supra-inte.stinal in segments 8-13.

Excretory system. Plectonephric." No large paired
nephridia.

1-18 Proceediufjs of the Royal Socidij of Victoria.

Re)3roductive system. Single pair of testes in segment 1 1 ;
two pairs of rosettes, one in each of segments 10 and 11.

Prostates, flatted bodies with mammillated surface in
segment 18.

Sperm sacs, grape-like, attached to the anterior wall of
segment 1 2.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which the oviducts open.

SpermathecsB, two pairs in segments 8 and 9. Each
consists of a moderately long sac, with a small blunt
diverticulum.

Habitat. Dandenong Ranges. Collected by Mr. Joseph
Hulme.

I have much pleasure in associating the name of Mr.
Joseph Hulme with this interesting form. I am indebted
to that gentleman for a valuable collection of earth-worms,
including no fewer than four new species of the genus
Megascolides, as at present described. This form ranks next
in length to the giant Gippsland earth-worm.

{4) Megascolides obscurus, sp. n. (Figs. 43, -1-t, 45, 77).
Length of spirit specimens IG inches, one-half inch
broad. One incomplete specimen measures 17 inches,
so that probably the above is a minimum length,
though the specimen is mature.

Prostomium feebly developed, and not at all dovetailed
into the peristomium.

Clitellum ])urple in spirit specimens. Lines of the
segments not obliterated, and the position of the seta?
marked by minute papillfe. Extends over segments ] 4-1 8,
and includes also the posterior part of segment 13, and the
anterior of segment 1 9.

Setffi in four couples, difficult to see, except the inner two
pairs. Regularly arranged (?)

Male pores on papilhie on segment 18, at the level of the
interval between the rows of the inner couj)les.

Oviduct pores on segment 14.

Spermathecal pores, two pairs between segments 7 and 8,
8 and 9, at the level of the innermost setiie.

Accessory copulatory structures in the form of })rominent
ridges, the first half on segments 13 and 14, the second in
segment 18, and the third and foui'th half on segments
19 and 20, 20 and 21.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 5 and U.

Desci-lplio)i of Victorldii E<irthv:orm>t. 1 !"!>

Alimentarv canal. Gizzanl in sei^inent 0. No trut;
oalcit'ei-ous olaiids. Vascular s\vellino\s on tlie cpsopliaj^us in
segments 13, \\, and 15. Large intestine commences in
segment 18.

Circulatory system. Dorsal blood-vessel single. Hearts
in segments (3-13. Supra-intestinal vessel in segments 9-1 '>.

Excretory system. Plectonephric. No large jtaired
iiephridia.

Reproductive system. Testes ni segment 11. Rosettes
in segments 10 and 11, those in the former small.

Prostates comparatively small, flattened, with mammi Hated
surface, in segment 18.

Sperm sacs lai'ge in segment 12; a small pair on the
anterior wall of segment 14.

Ovaries in segment 13, with oviducts oi)ening into the
same segment.

Spermatheca3, two pairs in sHgnK-nts 8 and i). Each
•consists of a sac, with two small rounded diverticula at tlie
l)ase.

Habitat. Dandenong Ranges. Collected I)}- Mr. J. Hulme.

;(5) Me(j<(.scol/<h;s luaniu, s|). n. (Figs. 40, 47, 48, 78). Length
of spirit specimen 10 inches, one-quarter inch broad.

Prostomium not com])letely dovetailed into the peris-
tomium (about half), which is ribbed.

Clitellum well marked, and slightly darker than the i-est
of the body in spirit specimens. Extending over segments
14-18. Complete,

Set;e in fom- couples, regularly arranged, the distance
between the i-ows of the outer cou])le, which are laterally
placed, being slightly greater than that l)et\veen the ini^'r
■couple.

Male pores on segment 18, slightly veiiti-al of the level of
the iiniermost sette.

Oviduct pores on segment 11% on a small whiti.sh elliptical
patch on the anteiior ])art of segment 14, the pores ventral
of the level of the innermost seta?.

Spermathecal pores, two pairs between segments 7 and 8,
8 and 9, ventral of the level of the innermost setpe.

Accessory copulatory stj'uctnres. Two club-shaped tuinid
patches, the tiist half on each of segments 17 and 18, the
second half on each of segments 1 8 and 19; a de])re.ssion in

M ■

150 PfoccediiKjti of the Royal Socirti/ of Vicfori'i.

each halt' of the patches at the level of the interval between
the rows of the inner couple of seta^.

Dorsal pores present, but not visible in front of the
clitelluni.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard occu[)ying half of segment 5
and the whole of segment G. No true calciferou.s glands-
present, but vascular swellings in segments 15 and 10.
Large intestine commencing in segment 18.

Circulatory s\'stem. Dorsal vessel single. Hearts in
segments (i-12. Supra-intestinal vessel in segments 9-13,
Strong development of blood-vessels on the walls of the-
gizzard.

Excretor}' system. Meganephric. Remarkable [)aired tufts
of ne[)hridi£e tubules in segments 5, 6, and 7.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs in segments K»
and II, into whicli open the rosettes. Prostates coiled in
segment IN. Sperm .sacs grape-like, attached to the anterior
walls of segments 11, 12, and 14.

Ovaries in segment IS, into which open the oviducts.

SpermathecfiB, two pairs, one in segment 7, the other in
segment {). Each consist of a large sac and small rounded
diverticulum.

Habitat. South Wari'agul, Gippsland. Collected by my
assistant, Mr. W. Mann, to whoni I am indebted for many
interesting s])ecimens of Victorian earth-worms.

Mef/ascoIiJeK! uuunii var. V(ii'i<ihilis.

This form, collected by Mr. Mann, in the same locality, is
exidently veiy closely allied to the above form. It may
be clearly distinguished from it, howevei-, by the fact that
the accessory copulatory structures, instead of being club-
si laped, are circidar in form, each one having a single
median depression. The internal anatoni}' is closely similar
to that of the ty])ical form. In one specimen there is a pair
of spermathecjfi in segment 7, a single one on the left side in
segment 8, and .-i single one on the right side in segment D.
A)iother specimen dis.sected, had two pairs as in the tv'pical
form, one in segment 7, and another in segment !». This
jnobabl}- indicates that one pair present in .segineist 8 has in
some way become sup))ressed.

Habitat. South Warragul, Gipi)sland. Collected by Mr.
W. Mann.

Descriptioii of Victorian EdrthvjovDt,:^. 151

(li) Mcijascolides victoriansis (Figs. -tO, oO, 51, 79). Length
of spirit specimen 3 feet, one-([uaiter t<> onc-lisilf incli
broad.

Prostomium not dovetailed into the peristomiuni.

CHtelliini well niai-ked, and coloured purple in spirit
specimens, with small white ])apillcC indicating the position
(•f the setJB.

Setae, four couples, the rows of the outer ones being four
times as far apart as tho.se of the inner ones. Sette irregular
at the posterior end of the body, where they are very diffi-
cult to see.

Male pores on papillae on segment 18, at the level of the
intervals between the .seta^ of the inner couple.

Oviduct pores on .segment 14.

Spermathecal pores intersegmental, between segments 7
and 8, 8 and 9.

Accessory copulatory structures. White elliptical patches,
the lii'st half on segment 13, and half on segment 14. The
second, thiid and fourth occupying the same relative positions
on segments 19 and 20, 20 and 21, 21 and 22.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 1 1 and 1 2.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in .segment 5. No true
calciferous glands. Large intestine commences in segment
17.

Circulatory system. Dor.sal ve.s.sel single, the last heart
in segment 13.

Excretory system. Plectonephric. No large paired neph-
ridia.

Rep'oductive S3^stem. Two pairs of testes in segments
10 and 1], into which open the rosettes.

Prostates flattened, with mammillated surfaces in segment
18.

.Sperm sac^, grape-like, on the anterior wall of segment 12,
with a small pair on the anterior wall of segment 14.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which open the oviducts.

Spermathecae, two pairs in segments 8 and 9. Each
consisting of a large sac, with a pair of small rosette-like
diverticula.

Habitat. Victoria (exact locality unkncnvn).

(7) M. iiicertus, sp. n. (Figs. 52, 53, 54, 80). Length of
spirit specimens 10 inches, one-quarter inch broad.
Prostomium completely dovetailed into the peristomiuni.

M 2

152 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Clitellum, when fully matui-e, includes segments 13-18,
but when not fully developed, •)nly includes the posterior-
part of 13, and the anterior of 18.

Setse arranged regularly in four couples, the rows of the
outer couple, which is lateral in ])osition, being about twice
as far from one another as those of the inner couple.

Male pores on papillae on segment 18, at the level of
the interval between the setse of the inner couples.

Oviduct pores on small papilla3 on segment 14, anterior to,
and ventral of, the level of the innermost setae.

Spermathecal pores, two pairs on slight papillge in the
anterior part of segments 8 and ,9, at the level of the interval
between the set?e of the inner couples.

Accessory copulatory structures. A round tumid patch
between the male pores. Elliptical elevations, with
median depressions, situated at the level of the intervals
between the set?e of the inner couples, and placed half on
each of the segments 16 and 17, 19 and 20, 20 and 21,
21 and 22, 22 and 23.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment Ci. No true
calciferous glands and no well marked vascular swellings.
Lurge intestine commences in segment 18.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single. Hearts in
segments 6-12, those in segments 6-8 small.

Excretory system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs in segments
10 and II, rosettes opening into the same segments.
Prostates, coiled, tubular, and in segment 18. Sperm sacs,
grape-like, attached to the anterior wall of segment 12, and
the posterior wall of segment 9.

Ovaries in segment 13, the oviducts opening into the
same segment.

Spermatheccie, two pairs in segments 8 and 9, each
consisting of a lai'ge sac with a vei-y small diverticulum
scarcely noticeable.

Habitat. Victoria (exact locality unknown).

(8) Megascolides sinaosus, sp. n. (Figb. 55, oQ, 57). Length
of spirit specimen 20 inches, slightly more than one-
quarter inch broad.
Prostoniiura not at all dovetailed into the peristomiuni.
Clitellum only indicated by a slight colouration (in spirit)
in the region about the genital openings, where also ridges
are pi-esent.

Description of Victorian Eartlcwovms. 153

SetPB, ill four cou[)]es, the rows of" the inner couple being
dose together, those of the outer far apart ; the third row is
lateral, and the fourth dorsal iu position. Tiie two outer
rows are sinuously arranged in the middle and )K)sterior
[)arts of the body.

Male pores on slight elevations on segment LS.

Oviduct pores on segment 14, ventral of, and anterior to,
the innermost setse.

Spermathecal pores, two pairs between segments 7 and 8,
S and 9.

Accessory copulatory structures. Two ridges, one half on
segments 19 and 20, the other half on segments 20 and 21
ventrall3^

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true
calciferous glands, but sliglitly vascular swellings in seg-
ments 13-17. Large intestine commences in segment 18.

Circulatory systeu). Dorsal blood-vessel single. Hearts
in segments 7-13. Supra-intestinal and lateral blood-vessel
in the region ol the hearts.

Excretory system. Plectonephric. No large paired
nephiidia present.

Reproductive system. Testes, two pairs in segments 10
and li, with rosettes in the same segments.

Prostates, coiled, tubular, in segment IS.

Sperm sacs, grape-like, attached to the anterior walls of
segments 12 and 14>, the former large.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which open the oviducts.

Spermathecae, two pairs in segments 8 and 9, each
consisting of a long sac, with a short diverticulum at the
base.

Habitat. Dandenong Ranges. Collected by Mr. J. Hulmo.

This is evidently very closely allied to M. ohscuvus., from
which, however, it differs amongst other points, in the fact
that the sperniatheca has only one small diverticuluip,
whilst two are present in M. ohscuTUs.

(0) M. rossus, sp. n. (Figs. 58, 59, 60, 81). Length of spirit
specimen 7 inches (length when alive 10-12 inches),
one-quarter inch broad.

Prostomium completely dovetailed into the peristomium.
The latter ribbed.

Clitelluni strongly mai'ked, including segments 13-18,
only the posterior dorsal part of the former, and the anterior

154 Proceedings of the Roijal Society of Victoria.

two aiiiuili of the latter. Complete in segments 14, 15, and
the posterior part of J 3, and anteiior of 1 G ; saddle-
shaped in segment 17, and the posterior part of 10, and
anterior of 18. Bright pink colour when alive, the body
being flesh-coloured.

Setse, four couples, regularly arranged. The rows of setse
of each couples in the anterioi- median part of the body
being very close together, and the outei- ones latero-ventral
in position. The rows gradually become wider apart
posteriorly.

Male pores on papillae on segment 18, at the level of the
interval between the rows of setre of the inner couples.

Oviduct pores on segment 14, ventral of, and anterior to,
the level of the innermost sette.

Spermathecal pores, two pairs, between segments 7 and 8,
8 and 9.

Accessory copulatory structures. Swollen, round, tumid
patch between the male pores. In fiont of these, on segment
17, are two round elevations, each at the level of the inter-
val between the rows of the inner couples of seta3. Ellipti-
cal elevatiors, with median depressions, placed half on each
of the segments 19 and 20, 20 and 21,21 and 22, 22 and 28.

Dorsal pores present, but not visible in front of the clitel-
lum, and may be obliterated in this.

Nephridiopores at the level of the third row of setse.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. Two large
pairs of calciferous glands m segments 15 and l(i. The
large intestine commences in segment 18.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single. The last heart
in segment 12 A supra-intestinal vessel present in the
region of the hearts.

Excretory .system. Meganephric.

Reproductive system. Two pairs of testes in segments
10 and 11, with r(>settes in the same segments. Prostates,
coiled, tubular, and in segments 17, 18, and 19. White
elevated patches are seen in segments 18, 19, 20, 21, and 22,
corresponding in position to the accessory copulatory
structures seen externally. Sperm sacs, grape-like, attached
to the anterior wall of segment 12.

Ovaries in segment 13, into which also open the oviducts.

Spermathecfe, two pairs in segments 8 and 9, each with a
large sac and small rosette-like diverticulum.

Habitat. Wai-raoul, about one foot under oiovmd.

De.scyipfloii of Victorian Eartlivjorms. 155

(10) M. aftemuifus, sp. ii. (Figs. Gl, 62, 82). Length of
spirit sj)ccimen 0-8 inches. Only one-eighth inch
liroad at most, and often im\y half of this. Veiy
thin and attenuate ; moie than one foot long when
alive. Dull greyish colour when alive.

Pro.storaiuin not at all dovetailed into the peristomium.

Clitellum purple in spirit specimens, and well marked,
occupying segments 13-18, but not complete on the ventral
surface of the latter.

Setiv in foui- couples, the interval between the rows of the
outer couple, which are lateral in position, being sliglitlv
g-reater than that between the rows of the inner couph;.
The fourth row slightly irregular in the last ten segments,
and coming to lie dorsal ly.

Male ])()res, inconspicuous, on segment 18.

Oviduct pores on segment 14, ventral of, and anterior to,
the level of the innermost seta3.

Spermathecal pores, two pairs, between segments 7 and 8,
8 and 9.

Dorsal pores present, the first between segments 5 and 0 ;
obliterated in the clitellar region.

Alimentary canal. Gizzard in segment 5. No true cal-
ciferous glands.

Circulatory system. Dorsal vessel single, the last heart in
segment 12.

Excretory system. Megan ephric.

Testes difficult to determine exactly, but ^dmost certainly
two pains in segments 10 and 11, into whicli open two di:,-
tinct pairs of rosettes.

Prostates, coiled, tubular, in segment 18. Aiound each
prostatic duct lies a curious structure, consisting of minute
gra| le-like piocesses.

Si)erm sacs, grape-like, attached to the anterior wall or
segment 12, and the posterioi- of segment 9.

Ovaiies in segment 13, with oviducts o[)ening into the
same segment.

Spermathecfie, two pairs, in segments 8 and 9, each with a
long sac and small divei-ticulnm.

Habitat. Warragul, Oippsland. Obtained by digging in
gullies, and found along with Mer/d-scolides au.sfrali.s,
tuherciiiatiis, rtianni, roseus, cC'c. Always some distance
under mound.

15() Proceedings of the Royal Sociefi/ of Vkioria.

(11) M. australi,^ (McCoy).

The first description of this was piil;)lislied by Professor
Sir F. McCoy in the Prodronius of the Zooloiry of Victoria.*
It was subsequently re-described by Mr. Fletcherf under
the name of Kotoscolex (/ip/j^laiuiicus, and its anatomy
described by myself in the Transactions of the Royal Society
of Victoria.'':

(12) M. fifhercidafus (Fhtchev).

This has been described by Mr. Fletcheriij, who obtained
ih from Warraguh I have since obtained it from Camper-
down, Victoria.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19.

The Phites contain diaoranimatic drawings representing
the ai-rangement of the various organs and |)arts mentioned
in the foregoing account in each different species. In the case
of each s])ecies one di-awing represents the external anatomy,
a second the alimentary canal, circulatory system and the
disposition of the nephridia, and a third the reproductive
organs. On Plate 19, the spermathpc;i? are drawn in outline
i^undcn- the camei-a Incida, x -1).

REFEL{E^X'K LETTERS.

Ace.

Accessory copulatory

(h'd.

Oviduct.

structures.

Pr.

Prostate gland.

Calr.

( alcifcrous glands.

Sperm rosette.

>'lf

Clitellum.

S2>t/i.

SpermatheccT.

D.Br

Dorsal blood-vessel.

Testis.

Gz.

Gizzard.

Vcisc

VascuJai- swellings

Hts.

Hearts.

on oesophagus.

Intestine.

V.S.

Sperm sacs.

Or.

Ovary.

* Decade I.

t ^\)tes on Aust. Earth-worms. Proc. Linn. Soc. X.S.W., Vol. II (Series
2iid), 1887, p. 603.

t Trans. E. S. Victoria, Part I. 1888.
§ Loc. cit., p. 611.

\ 1

1 ^^

t —

—

-! —

^N'

ni/

•»

-- l»

a^.

'J-

vase

> /

. rt^ /

\ r-\y/

CzU:

L.-

n; [j V

O.8.V.

-H-f^

^ 0

^«

r^i

/-^

r-x.

--^

^ ^5

Sct/L.--

^' il

~^^

. ^

~^§—

:^^

% '^

J:^

V.S/

.^\

^^^

R.-^

•»

'-^--W

//<■

-<•■

f.;

r.;

■*■

Pr^t. RSVLcUrca. PL. 14. Up.

^fxscZ.

^-^

~~-\-

^i^T-;

-msSif^

^c:_

m^im

mtmr-

'■'■:?

CSrPTODRILUS aiPPSLANDICUS.

rPTODRILUS INTERMEOIUS

/ \

i \

y<h

^>\

C \

.. ^

c \

/■ )

\ ^

'^ /

O /

"■

Vasc.l

V^r-

■v^ I

\\^

t„

Figs

zsr

~~^

■^

SpiK

X c^'

/. r^

«.-

VS23

v.s.

/^fl

Ou."

-/-

Oud:

Pr.—

<Jga^

^/^«3

«5

f^■

^/'iA,.<

Ace..-=i

— — '

^ '

— ^

<?--

, -

->'0

va.

5,<a/

va>

\C^

K.5-^^

Vfe^

-""^

^-=^

»: —

—Mt

-*.t. 1

.-f)-x'

•^

Splk.'

., .

"--

'=■

" — -

"■

'■'-

at )

, '■

, J

,(,

k-;« (

IfM

rc-

r^ii

«-

^^:X'

PrffC. n. S Victoria. PI /S /Ip

i^^i

7ZL

CRYPTODRIUUS DUBIU3.

CRYPTODRILUS MACEDOrVENSlS.

..rr

—

'!?'

/-^^

~~~X'

"b^

t) >^.-

"b /

cT 1

:y-T.

2=-/*

^^t^

^^-yj.

-!T-0^.

/J-

^rr^

-Q^^'^-

FCs

It.

li"

.<^

s,>.r ^^

\d^

''=h.

^r~^

^r.

'■■M ^

d^/^

^.ii-

V_:'

JZIII

•7

tS'^i^^i^'-'-

I*.

CRYPTODRILUS VICTORIA.

CRYPTODRILUS WILLSIEIM3IS .

-X>^

"re.

;

^^•^

< —

'.-TZ^t

-TT

—

/:r

,,^

2) <•

>\-^^

■-

3.1

fCg. 2

ts-

Proc. R. S. Victoria. Pi. l6. /»9/.

^-\'

3/>i/i,

--— C^

l;^

^^^

i^^

«)

B ^

ttr.

^ .i

/*-

/»

^W~

-*-

£<7

'•'■?

«.

CRYPTODRILUS LUCASI

^^i-
i_i.

^^<A.

^r*'

^X--"

~~-\^'

(

■»■

"•i^

\o^

'«i=>

3z:r

«l,.

^^''■

v.5.^^^^

^^^^

'J "■

-VrO^

IS-

''p.

T«^'

f.-y

...

tir.

HEGASCOLIOES. CAMERON)

^gr

'^"

:l. f^

J-

;

'^^:z=-

rj-^

„

, — ^-

^.-^^

l-.g'tO

If-

-^-TTn;

/?-<?r. /? J. |//f/or/a /V. // /i)*/.

4^Xi/(

r^\'

\ '

Vf/..-

^^^

«.-

~~ — ^

^.5_ ':mm~ %mm

Oi/.-

— z^ir

O^dT

'^-^s^^

''^

MEOASCOLIOES INSIGNIS.

HECASCOLIDES HULME

^fe

:^?<*-^ ,

±' r

- \j^

:^^"

^^^

Pr.--;^m

"^^

^^!>

.--flK

•>

V-,-

— c:*^

,>iSt-^

v.s'.- J^Kf^

%s^

Ji.

\ %

^w"

"t^

"■

IS-

•7

«-.-«^

«^

'■'

«<.

■^'J?

4*.

IS-

MEaASCOLIDES OBSCURUS.

MECASCOLIOES MANNI

1 >

J-

:^_

—

If.

«<■

>»^

t--

/"/Wf. R, 5. V.'ctoria. PI. IS. /Sf,

MP'

^■

^^►i

T"'-

4v.

y'>

A \

/ o

>J«.

Vcac:

iU ^

\ o

H /

•/

\ ,u^

/«

)

<(.

l^'

(

^ (

-J )

) ir

"^ c

AJ I

)lr

(

)

(

^,>«

■~^'

aptn.-^.(^

'"rzj

' =

''■"

..s^^^wm

o„.-

a^AT

^'•--^^

r.-g

S¥.

MEGASCOLIDES UICTORI. JSIS.

MECASCOLIDES INCERfUS.

zdbx

i^-.L

~~^

..^-^^

-~<J

.^)

T-

— -^

v.s-

"Ws^

/J '

,*""

-"/;—

=S^

-#-

«i

'■'>

«<».

IS-

MECASCOLIOES SItVUOSUS.

MEGASCOLIDES ROSEUS.

^. /

y^ —

<■

"<iry^

^c^

/ \

:«-r.

^^^

^-«

.g^^^

^mi&>

"""m^

"■

jmM

^^^%,

■}

-<}

<■'

■■t

^'i

6!..

"■

Ave /! SVichria PL 19 /i^'.

ECflSCOLIDES ATTENUATUS.

fl^.76.

Kg. St.

Art. XVlU.—CafaliHji'c of Algcv collected at or near Fort
PhllHl> Heads and Western, Fort.

By J. BuACKBiUDGE WiLSON, M.A., F.L.S.

LIST OF ABJ3KEVIATI0NS USED.

Kiitz., Sp. Alg. . , . , Species Algarum, by F. T. Kiitzing.

J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg. .. Species, Genera, et ordines Algarum, by J.

G. Agardh.
Harv.. Phyc. Aus. . . . . riiycologia Australica, by W. H. Harvey.
J. Ag., Alg. Syst. . , . . Till Algernes Systematik, by J. G. Agardh.

J. Ag., Sp. Sarg. . . . . Species Sargassorum, by J. G. Agardh.

J. Ag., Flor. Morph. . . Florideernes Morphologi, by J. G. Agardh.

* An Asterisk prefixed, indicates that the genus or species wa*
previously unknown.

MELANOSPERME^ (FUCOIDE^.)
Ordo I. PUCACEiE.

SARGASSUM.

S. biforme, Soiid. Kutz., Sp. Alg., 625.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 301.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., Part I, 07.

J. Ag., Sp. Sarg., To.
S. cristatuui, J. Ag. J. Ag., Sp. Sarg., 84.
S. fallax, Solid. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., ;301.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 297.

J. Ag., Sp. Sarg., 68.

Proceedin</8 of tJie Royal Society of Victoria.

S. gunnianuin, J. Ag. J. Ag., Sp. Sarg., 71.
S. Isevigatum, J. Ag. J. Ag., S\\ Sarg., 67.
S. sonderi, J. Ag. J. Ag., §p. Sarg., 44.

Harv., Pli3^c. Aus., V, p]. 243. Sub nomine
Cystophora Sonderi.
S. teretifolium, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 331.

J. Ag., Sp. Sarg., 101.
S. verruculosum, J. Ag. J. Ag., Sp. Sarg, 53,

SEIROCOCCUS.

S. axillaris, Grev. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 593.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 260. Harv., Phyc.
Aus., I, pi. 4.

PHYLLOSPORA.

P. comosa, J. Ag. Klitz., So. Alg., 592.

J. Ag., S. G. et O.'Alg., 1, 253. Harv., Phyc.
Au.s., Ill, pi. 153.

SCABERIA.

S. agardbii, Grev. Kiitz., Sj). Alg., 636. Sub nomine
Oastraltia sal iconic )ide.s. J. Ag., S. G.
et 0. Alg., 252.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 164.

CYSTOPHORA.

C. cephalornithos, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg. 1, 246.

Harv., Phyc. Au.s., II, pi. 116.
C. paniculata, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 248.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 247.
C. platylobiura, J. Ag. J. Ag.. S. G. et O. Alg., I, 245.
C. .sonderi, J. Ag. J. Ag., S.G. et O. Alg., I, 247.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 243.
C. spartioides, J. Ag. J. Ag.. S. G. et O. Alg., 1, 241.

Harv., Piiyc. Au,s., II, pi. 76.
C. subfarcinata, Mert. Kiitz., S)\ Alg., 62(S. Sub
nomine Blossevillea subtkrcinata. J. Ag.,
S. G. et O. Alg., I, 240.
C. torulosa, Br. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 628. Sub nomine
Blo.s.sevillea.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 243.

Catalogue of Algcv. 159

CYSTOPHYLLUM.

C. muricatum, J. An;. Kutz., Sp. Ali^. Sub nomine
Sirophysalis niuricata. J. Ag., S. G. et O.
Alir.. I, 231.
Harv., Pl.yc. Aus., Ill, pi. 139.

CAULOCYSTIS.

C. uvif'era, Areschong. Kutz., Sp. Alg. Sub nomine
Blcssevillea uvifeia. J. Ag., S. G. et
O. Alg., I, 246. Sub nomine Cvstophora.
Harv., Phyc. Au.s., Ill, p]. 175.

PUCODIUM.

F. chondrophyllum, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O., Alg., 1,
■ 208.

H011M08IRA.

H. banksii, Decaisne. Klitz., Sp. Alg., o8(). J. Ag., S.
G. et O. Alg., I, 1 98.
Harv., Phyc. Au.s., Ill, pi. 135.

CAEPOGLOSSUM.

C. contluens, J. Ag. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 591.
J. Ag., S. G. etO. Alg., I, 195.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 159.

MYEIODESMA.

* M. calophyllum, J. Ag. Ms., spec, nov., 1887.
M. integrifolium, Harv. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. G.
M, pinnatitidum, J. Ag. Hodie forma M. integritblii
potius videtur laciniis in rachide costata
magi's conspicue in foliun) pinnatitidum
eonjunctis.
M. queicifolium, J. Ag. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 588.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 192. J. Ag., Alg.
Syst., VI, p. 7.

SARCOPHYCUS.

S. potatorum, Labill. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 588.
J. Ag., S. G. etO. Alg., I, 190.
Hai-v., Phyc. Aus. Sub nomine d'Urvillea
potatorum, V, pi. 300.

1(J0 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

SPLACHNIDIUM.

S. rugosiim, Grev. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 585.
J. kg., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 186.
Harv., Phye. Aus., I, pi. 14.

NOTHEIA.
N. anomala, Harv. Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 213.

Ordo II. SPOROCHNOIDE^.

CARPOMITEA.
C. cabrerce, Kiitz. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 569.
J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 177.

BKLLOTIA.
B. eriopbonmi, Harv. Harv., Phye. Aus., II, pi. G9.

PElllTHALIA.

p. inermis, J. Ag. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 570.

J. A- ,\S. G. et O. Alg., I, 178. Harv., Phyc.
Aus., IV, pi. 238.

NEREIA.

N. australis, Harv. Harv., Flor. Tasm., II, pi. 188.
N. filiforrais, Zaii. Kiitz., Sp. Alg. Sub nomine

Clatotbele tilitbrmis. J. Ag., S. G. et O.

Alg., I, 175. Sub nom. Sporochnus.

* N. lopbocladia, J. Ag. Ms., .spec, nov., 1889.

SPOROCHNUS.

S. apodus, Harv. Floi-. Tasm., II, pi. 287.

S. comosus, Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 174.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 104.
S. moorei, Har\-. Harv., PJiyc. Aus., 1, \>\. 19.
S. peduuculatus, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 174.
S. radicifornds, Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, J 7").

Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 225.

DKSMARESTIA.

* D. obtusa, J. Ag. Ms., sp. nov., 1885 (Western Port).

Cafa/orjue of Ahjw. 101

Ordo III. LAMINARIE^.

MACKOCYSTIS.
M. i)yrifera, Av^. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 582.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 1.50. Harv., Pliyc.
Alls., IV, pi. 202.

ECKLONIA.
E. radiata, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 140.

CHORDA.
C. lonientaria, Lyngb. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 548.

J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., I, 120. Sub. nomine
Scy to-siphon lomentari uni.

Ordo IV. DICTYOTE^.

HALYSEKIS.
H. acrostichoides, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., II, p. 133.
H. muelleri, Send. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., II, p. 132.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi 180.

PADINA.
P. commer.soni, J. Ag. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 505.

J. Ag., S. G. etc. Alg., I, 113,
P. pavonia, Gaillon. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 505.

J. Ag., S. G. etc. Alg., I, 113.

Z ON ARIA.
Z. creoata, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., I, }). 48.
Z. flava, Harv. Kiitz., Sj*. Alg., 503. Sub nomine

Stypopodium tlavum.
J. Ag, S. G. et O. Alg., I, 110. J. Ag, Alg.

Syst., I, p. 49.
Z. microphylla, Harv. J. Ag, Alg. Syst., I, p. 40.

Harv., Phyc. Aus.,"lV., pi. 195.
Z. nigrescens, Sond. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 501. J. Ag., S.

G. et O. Alg., I, 108. J. Ag., Alg. Syst.,

I, p. 40.
Z. stuposa, J. Ag. Kiitz., Sp. Al«>-., 504. J. Ag., S. G.

ot O. Alg., I, 110. ^ J. Ag., Alg. Syst., I,

p. 50.
Z. turneriana, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., I, p. 48.

]G2 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

LOBOSPIRA.
L. bicuspidata, Arescb. Haw., Pliyo. Aus., I, \)]. 84.

CUTLERIA.

C. multifida, Giev. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 558.
J. Ao-., S. G. et 0. Alg-., I, .104.

TAONIA.

oenere

T. atoiuaria, J. Ag. Kiltz., Sp. Alg., 568. Sub

Stypc^podiuiii. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg.,
I, "lOl.

SPATOGLOSSUM.

S. australasicum, J. Ag. J. Ag.. Alg. Syst., II, p. 118.

* S. cuneatuin, J. Ag. Ms., Species nova, 1 88(5.

DILOPHUS.

D. fastigiatus, Klitz. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., II, p. 107.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 82.
D. foliosus, J. Ag. Ms.

D. gurinianus, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., II, p. 10().
D. opacus, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., II, p. 107.
D. toner, J. Ag. Ms., nondum descripta.

* D. wilsoni, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1884.

DICTYOTA.

D. abyssiiiica, Klitz. Tab. Phyc, Vol. IX, tab. 21.

D. apiculata, J. Ag. Ms., nondum descripta.

D. dicbotoma, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 92.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst.^TI, ]). 92.
D. diemensis, Sond. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., II, p. 97.
D. foliolosa, J. Ag. Ms., nondum descripta.
D. furcellata, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 90.

J. Ag., Alg. Svst.; II, p. 102.

Harv., Pliyc. Aus., I, pi. 88.
D. nigricans, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Svst., II, p. 94.
D. i^aiiiculata, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg. 91.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., II, p. 105.
D. pellucida, J. Ag. Ms., nondum descripta.
D. pinnatifida, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., II, p. 100.
D. radicans, Harv. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., II, p. 92.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 119.

CafdJogne of Ah/ce. 163

STILOPHORA.

S. lyngbvei, J. A^-. KiU/., Sp. Alo-., 549. Sub lunnino
Spt'iinatoeluuis paradoxus.
J. Ao., S. G. ct O. Alg., I, 84.

ASPEROCOCCUS.
A. sinuosus, Bory. Klitz., S[). Alg., 552. Sub nomine

Encreliuni sinuosuni. J. Ag., S. G. et

O. Alg., I, p. 75.
A. turneii, Har\'. Kutz., Sp. Alg., 552. J. Ag., S. G. et

O. Alg., I, 77. Sub nomine A. bullosus.

Ordo V. CHORD ARIE^.

POLYCEREA.
P. vamulosa, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., II, p. 4<S.

BACTROPHORA.

B. nigreseens, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., II, p. 2G.

Ordo VI. SPHACELARIE^.

CLADOSTEPHUS.

C. spongiosus, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., I, 4:i.
C. verticillatus, Ag. Kiltz., Sp. Alg., 4G9.

J. Ag., S^ G. et O. Alg., I, 43.

SPHACELARIA.
S. i)aniculata. Lb. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 4G7.
J. Ao., S. G. etO. Alo- 1, 3G.

Ordo VII. ECTOCARPE^.

ECTOCARPUS.
E. ftisciculatus, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 452.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., 1, 22.
E. giraudipe, J. Ag. Ms.

E. siliculosus, Harv. Kiitz., Sj). Alg., 453. Sub nomine
E. gracillimus. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg.,
I, 22.
E. sordidus, Harv. Flor. Tasm, II, p. 294.

104 Proceedliu/s of the Roi/al ISocletij of Victoria.
RHODOSPERMEy?^: (FLORID E.E.)

Ordo I. RHODOMELE^.
CLAUDEA.

C. elegans, Laniour. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., ScS8.
J. Ag, S. G. et O. Alg., II, 1275.
J. Ag., Flor. Movpl)., XXXII, 30-33.
Harv., Phyc. Aiis., I, \)\. 1.

SARCOMENIA.

S. dasyoides. Haw. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 1203.
S. dolesseiioides, Sond. Kiitz., 8)). Alg., 880.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 1206.

Harv., Piiyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 121.
S. tenera, J. Ag. Harv. Pliyc. Ans., V, pi. 257.
8. victorias, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. il. et (3. Alg., II, 1262.

HANOVIA.

H. araclmoidea, Harv. J. Ag., S. (i. et O. Alg., II. 1254..

Harv., Pliye. Aus., I, pi. 37. Sub noui.
Halodictyou.
H. robusta, Harv. J. Ag., S. (I et O. Alg., II, 1254.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, p). 37.

TKIGENEA.
T. umbellata, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, 116.

DiCTYUIiUS.

1). (|uercifolius, Decaisne. Kiitz., S}). Alg., 673. Sub
noni. Tburetia. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg.,
II, 1245. Harv., Pliyc. Aus., I, ])1. 40. ^

I), teres, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et (). Alg., II, 1214.
Harv.,'^Pbyc. Aus., IV, pi. IJJl.

PA.SYA.

*I). atactica, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, j). 107.
Species novn, 1886.
1). ceramioides, J. Ag. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 801. Sub num.
Tricbotiianniiou ceramioides. J. Ag., S.
G. et O. Alg., IT, 1 1 87. J. Ag.. Alg. Syst.,
VI, p. 106.

Cdtalogue of Algw. 1()5

* J), dictyiiroides, J. Ag. Species nova, 188G. Oliin

dict\'iinis (>-viniio[)US.
J. A-, Alg. Syst., VI, p. 111.
D. gunniana, Harv. Kiifcz., Sp. Alg., 798. Sub nomine
Eupogonimn guniiianum.
J. Ag., Alg. Svst., VI, p. 85. J. Ag., S. G. et
O. Alg., il, 1 200.
D. gimniana v. laurenciana, Harv. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 832.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II. 1201.
D. haffiaj, Harv. J. Acr., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 1237.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 97. Harv., Phyc. Aus.,
Ill, pi. 143.
D. hapalatbrix, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., 1211.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 96. Harv., Phyc.
Aus., II, pi 88.

* 1). microcladioides, J. Ag. Species ad D. pellucidam

olim relata. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI. p. 82.
D. muelleri, Sond. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II. 1196.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 84. Harv., Phyc.
Aus., i, pi. 31.
D. naccarioides, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 1217.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 100.
D. villcsa, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 1215.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 103.
D. villosa V. macronra, Harv. Sub D. villosa species
duo eonfusas potius crederem.

* D. wilsonis, J. Ag. Species nova, 1885.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 88.
D. wrangelioides, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., 1192.
J. Ag., Alg. Syst., Vl, p. 86. Harv., Phyc.
Aus., Ill, pi. 174.

LOPHOTHALIA.

L. australis, J. Ag. Olim Polysiphonia australis, aut P.
cladostephus. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., II,
1044. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 59.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 154.
L. bolbochfete, J. Ag. Olim Dasya bolbochsete.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 1233. J. Ag., Alg.
Syst., VI, p. 03.
L. feredaytB, J. Ag. Olim dasya. f. J. Ag., S. G. et O.
Alg. II, 1 235. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 62.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 173.

166 Froceedings of the Romd Society of Victoria.

L. hormoclados, J. Ag. = Dasva. h. J. Ag., S. G. et O.

Alg., II, 1 1 8cS. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 59.
L. verticillata, J. Ag. = Dasya. v. J. Ag.. S. G. et O.

Alg., II, 1 234. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 61 .

POLYZONIA.

P. llaccida, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 1165.

J. Ag., Flor. Moiph., XXXII, -24-. Harv., Phyc.
Aus., I, pi. 42.
P. incisa, J. Ag. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 882.

J. Ag., S. G. etc. Alg., II, 1165.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 42.

CLIFTONxEA.

C. pectinata, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., II, 1160.
J. Ag., Flor. Moiph., XXXII, 22.
Harv. Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 100.

POLYPHACUM.

P. smitliiae, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 878. Sub nomine
Epigiossuni sinithii.
J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 1 1 ;J2.

LENORMANDIA.

L. chauvinii, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 1104.
L. marginata, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., II, 1107.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 235.
L. muelleri, Harv. " J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 1105.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 45.
L. prolifera, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., II, 1103.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 246.

RYTIPHL^A.

R, australasica, Kutz., Sp. Alg., 841. Sub uomine
Halopithvs a. J.^ Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., II,
1192.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 27.
R. elata, Sond. J. Ag., S. G. et O Alg., II, 1088.
J. Ag., Alg. Syst., IV, p. 106.
Harv., Phyc. Au.s., IV, pi. 236.
R. umbellata, J. Ag. Ms., hanc speciem nusquara
invenio descriptani.

Catalogue of A I gee. 107

dictymp:nia.

I), harveyana, So rid. J. A-,^, S. G. et 0. Alg., II, 1079.

J. A,^., Alg. Sy St.; IV, p. lO-t.
D. tiidens, Kiitz., Sp. "Alg., Siy. J. Ag., S. G. et O.
Alg., II, 1081.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., IV, p. 105.

POLYSIPHONIA.

P. blandi, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., II, 976.

Haiv., Phyc. Ans., IV, pi. 184.
P. cancellata, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 815.

J. Ag., S. G. er, O. Alg., 1049. J. Ag., Floi.
iiiorph., XXXIII, 7-8.
P. frutex, Harv. Kiiiz., Sp. Alg., 815.
J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., 1047.
P. hookeri, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 832. J. Ag., S. G.

O. Alg., 11, 1019.
P. hystrix, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 832. J. Ag., S. G.

et O. Alg., II, 1017.
P. laxa, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 827. J. Ag.. S. G. et

O. Alg., II, 1071.
P. lyallii, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 837. J. Ag., S. G. et

O. Alg., II, 1021.
P. mallard ia3, Harv." Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 834. J. Ag., S.

G. et 0. Alg., II. 1020.
P. mollis Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 823. J. Ag., S. G. et

O. Alg., II, 968.
P. pectiiiella, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 918.
P. pennata, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 803.
J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 928.
P. rosti-ata, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 809.
J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg.,ll, 926.
P. rufolanosa Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 939.
P. sphacelarioides, J. Ag. Species nova, 1887.

J. Ag., Alg. Sy.st., IV, p. 100.
P. spinosissiraa, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., II, 1045.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 155.
P. .succulenta, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 824. Sub nomine
P. sul)tilis. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., 11,
968.
P. versicolor, Hook, et Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 805.
J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., II, 922.

N 2

168 Proceedings of the Royd Society of Victoria.

EHODOMELA.
R. periclada, Sond. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 878.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 28.

ALSIDIUM.
A. coniosum, Harv. Harv., Phvc. Aus., V, pi. 270.
J. Ag., Alg. Syst., Vl/p. 52.

JEANNERETTIA.
J. lobata, Hook, et Harv. Kiitz., S]x Alg., 881. Sub
nomine Botryoglossum lobatum.
J. Ag., S. G. et O". Alg., II, 837. J. Ag., Flor.
Morpb., XXXIII, 20-23. Harv., Phyc.
Aus., I, pi. 33.

MELANOSERIS.

M. crispata, Zanard. Phycese australic?e novse, Z.

POLLEXFENIA.

* P. crenata, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1891.

* P. nana, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1891.
P. pedicellata, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 875.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 834.

MARTENSIA.
M. australis, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 827.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 8.
M. elegans. Harv. "Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 888.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 828.

ACANTHOPHORA.
A. arborea, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 822.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 132.

CHONDKIOPSIS.

* C. arborescens, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1891.
C. debilis, J. Ag. = Chondiia debilis, Harv.

Harv.', Syn. Cat., 20(i.

* 0. foliit'era, J. Ag. Species nova, 1882.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., IV, |). 90.
C. fusifolia, J. Ag. = Chondria fusifolia, Harv^

Harv., Syn. Cat., 207.
C. harveyana, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., 808.

* C. ovalitblia, J. Ag. Species nova, ]88().

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 48.

* C. succulenta, J. Ag. Ms., .species nova, 1883.

Gdfdhxjue of Ahjce. KiH

Ordo II. CHONDRIE^.

* HALIT.ENIA.

* H. wilsonis, J. Ag. Species nova, 1890. Ms.

LEPTO PHYLLIS.

L. conferta, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, G76.

Harv., Pliyc. Aus., lil, pi. 144-. Sub nomine
Clad liy men ia conferta.

PTILONIA.
P. aiistrulisica. Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 074.

* P. SLibulifera, J. Ag. Species nova, 1887.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 40.

DELISEA.
D. elegans, J. Ag. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 070. Sub nomine
Rhodoeallis elegans. J. Ag., S. G. et ().
Alg., Ill, 070.
L>. hypneoides, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 070.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 134.
D. pulchra, Grev. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 770.
J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg.,'lII, 671.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 10.

BONNEMAISONIA.

B. asparagoides, J. Ag. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 842.
J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 009.

ASPARAGOPSIS.
A. armata, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 000.

Harv., Phvc. Aus., IV, pi. 192.
A. delilei, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 802.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, OGO.

LAUEENCIA.
L. dendroidea, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 650.
L. elata, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 659.
L. forsteri, Grev. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 645.
L. grevilleana, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 661.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 15.
L. obtusa, Grev. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 053.

CORYNECLADIA.
a umbellata, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 643.

170 ProceediiKj^ of the Boy a I Society of Victoria.

CCELOCLONIUM.
C. opuntioides, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 640.
C. vei-ticillatuin, Hai\-. J. Ag, S. G. et O. Alg, III, 640.
Harv., Pliyc. Aus., II, pi. 102. Sub nomine
Chondria verticillata.

Ordo III. WRANGELIEJE.

WRANGELIA.

W. balliokles, J. Ag. J. Ag, S. G. et 0. Alg, III, 621.
W. clavigera, Harv. J. Ag, S. G. et O. Alg, III, 621.

Harv, Phyc. Aus, V, pi. 287.
W. crassa, Hook. et'Haiv. Klitz, Sp. Alg., 665.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg, III, 620.
W. balurus, Harv. J. A-, S. G. et O. Alg, 619.

Harv., Phyc. Au's, II, pi. 70.
* W. iucurva, J. Ag. Ms, si)ecies nova, 1886.
W. mncroriata. Haiv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg, III, 616.
W. nitella, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Al-., Ill, 616.

Harv, Pliyc. Aus., II, pi. 105. ^
W. nobilis, Harv. 'Klitz.. Sp. Alg., 665.

J. Ag, S. G. et O. Alg, III, 622.
W. plumosa, Harv. Klitz., S)). Alu'., 66-t.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg, III, 624.
W. prhiceps, Harv. J. Ag, S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 624.

Harv, Pbyc. Aus, IV, pi. 2:]4.
W. pi-otensa, Haiv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 619.
W. setigera, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. AJcr, HI, 622.

J. Ag., Flor. Morph., XXXII. 3. ^
W. velutina, Harv. J. Ag.. S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 617.

J. Ag., Floi-. Morph., XXXII, 1-2.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, i)l. 46.
W. verticillata, Harv. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 6U4.

J. Ag, S. G. et O. Alg., III,''619.

BORNETT.A.

B. nieredithiana, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 614

MONOSrOllA.
M. australis, Harv. J. Ag, S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 61().
Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 253. Sub nomine

Corynos])i)ra austi'alis.

Catalogue of Alga. 171

Ordo IV. SOLIERIE^.
EHABDONIA.

R. charoides, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 594.

Harv., Phvc. Aiis., IV, pi. 1 96'.
R. clavigera, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 594.
R. coccinea, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg.. 723.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 591 . Harv., Phyc.
Ans., I, pi. 54.
R. dendroides, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 591.

Haiv., Phyc. Aus.. Ill, pi. 152.
R. mollis, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 593.
R. nigrescens, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 723.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 590.
R. robusta, Giev. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 592.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 149. Sub nomine
Solieria aiistralis.
R. verticillata, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 594.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 299.

Ordo V. HYPNEACEJE.

ECTOCLINIUM.

E. dentatum, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 575.
J. Ag., Flor. Morph., XXX, 1-8.

MYCHODEA.

M. carnosa, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 723.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 571 . Harv., Phyc.
Aus., Ill, pi. 142.
* M. decipiens, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1887.
M. foliosa, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 573.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 194. Sub nomine
Gvmnogongi-us folioeus.
M. hamata. J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., 572.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 141. Sub nomine
Acanthococcus ewingii.
M. terminalis, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 570.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 200.

MERRIFIELDIA.
M. ramentacea, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., IV, p. oQ.

172 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

H. australis, J. Ag. J. Kg., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 563.

Sub nomine H. divaricata.
H. episcopalis, Hook, et Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg.,
Ill, 561.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 23.
H. muscifoi mis, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 561 .
H. ramentacea, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg.. Ill, 561.
H. seticalosa, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 562.
J. Ag., Flor. Morph., XXIX, 13-16.

G. pinnella, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 560.
Harv., Phyc. Aiis., II, pi. 93.

Ordo VI. GELIDIE^.

GELIDIUM.

G. a.sperum, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 551.
G. australe, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 550.
G. corneum, Auch. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 549.

J. Ag., Flor. Morph., XXIX, 1-^.
G. glandulsetblium, Hook, et Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0.
Alg., 111,551.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 18.

PTEROCLADIA.

P. lucida, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., HI, 545.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 24cS.

Ordo VII. CH^TANGIE^.

ACROTYLUS.

A. australis. J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 541.

J. Ag., Flor. Morph., XXIX, 2-6.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 99.

BINDERA.

B. splachnoides, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 536.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 111.
J. Ag., Alg. Svst., IV, p. 46.

Gatalofiue of Ahjta. 173

Ordo VIII. HELMINTHOCLADIACEJE.

GALAXAUEA.

G. margiiiata, Lainour. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 534.
Sub nom. Zanardinia inaigiiiata.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 130.

L. australasica, Sond. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 538.
L. viscida, Ag. Kutz., S[). Alg., 538.

J. Ag., S. G. ct O. Alg., Ill, 518.

SCINAIA.

S. furcellata, Biv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 512.
S. monilitbnni.s, J. Ag. Specie.s nova, 1880.
J. Ag., Alg. Syst., IV., p. 72.

GLOIOPHL.EA.

G. scinaioides, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G et O. Alg., Ill, 510.
J. Ag., Flor. Moipl)., XXVIII, 1-5.

NEM ALIGN,

N. insigne, Harv. J, Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg.. Ill, 508.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 284.

* TIAROPHOEA.
T. australis, J. Ag. J. Ag., Genus novum et species
nova, 1887.
J. Ag., Alg. Syst., Vr, p. 45.

HELMINTHOEA.

H. divaricata, J. Ag. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 713. Sub
nomine Neinalion divaricatum.
J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 507.
J. Ag., Flor. Morph., XXVIII, 0-11.

HELMINTHOCLADIA.

H. australis, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 500.
J. Ag„ Alg. Syst., VI, p. 39.
Harv., Plivc, Aus,, V, pi, 272,

17-4 Proceediiup of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Ordo ]X. DELESSERIEJE.

DELESSEEIA.

D. frondosa, ffaiv. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 876. Sub nomine
Hvpoglossiini tVondosum. J. Kg., S. G.
eXO. Alo., Ill, 48o.
J. Act., Flor. Moipl.., XXVI, 18-19.
Harv., Phyc. Aiis., Ill, pi. 179.

* D. heterocystidea, J. Ag. Species nova, 1885.

J. Ag.. Alg. Syst, IV, p. 71.
D. imbiicata, Aiescli. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 494.
Haiv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 240. Sub nomine
Chauvinia imbiicata.

* D. marginifera, J. Ag. Species nova? A me lecta et

ad J. G. Agardl), missa anno 1890. Sub
numero 55. Descriptionem hucusque
in venire nequeo.
D. i-evoluta, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 490.

Haiv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 170.
D. simulans, J. Ag. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 870. Sub nomine
Hv})oglossum Ivallii.
J. Ag.,"S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 488.

NITOl'HYLLUM.

N. affine, Haiv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 809. Sub nomine
Aglaoph\'llum afHne. J. Ag., S. G. et O.
Alg., Ill, 450.
N. ciispum, Klitz. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 8(18.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 448.
N. endivise-lolium. Hook, et Harv. Alg. Tasm., \>. 6.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, \i 40 1 .
N. erosuni, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 400.

Harv., Phyc. Au.s., II, i)l. 94.
* N. fallax, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1887.
N. gattyanum, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 454.
N. gunnianum, Harv. Klitz., Sp. Al;^-., 808.

J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., 111,^450.

J. Ag., Flur. Morph., XXVIl, l:J.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. -IW.
N. multipartitum. Hook, et Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 808.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., HI, 457.
N. obscurum, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et (). Alg., Ill, 452.
N. parvifolium, Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 457.

Cafalor/ue of Algcc. 175

N. polyantlmm, J. Aa-. J. Ao-., S. G. ot O. Alg., Ill, 461.
N. pristoideuni, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 4G0.

Harv., Phvc. Aus., IV, pi. 229.
N. pulchelluin, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 447.
* N. subfulvum, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1889.
N. nncinatuni, J. Ag. Klltz., Sp. Alg., 870. Sub
nomine Ciyptoplcura laeerata. J. Ag.,
S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 4(J.K

Ordo X. SPH^ROCOCCOIDE^.

STENOCLADIA.

S. fureata, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 439.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 21.">.

HEllINGIA.

* H. ceramioides, J, Ag. Ms., species nova, 1888.

DICRANEMA.
D. tiliforme, Sond. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 757. Sub nomine
Cystocloninm filiforme. J. Ag., S. G. et
O. Alg., Ill, 430.
D. grevillei, Sond. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 435.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 120.
J. Ag., Flor. Morph., XXVI, 4-5.

* D. ramulifera, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1S9I.

SARCODIA.
S. montagneana, Kiitz. Sp. Alg., 787. Sub nomine
Rhodopliyllis montapneana.
J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 431.
S. nova3-liollandise, J. Ag. Ms.? Desoiptionem nus-
quam invenio ; planta a me ad J. G.
Agardh relata, sub sestate 1887, sic ab
illo determinata.
S. j^almata. Sond. Alg., Mov. Holl. trop., p. 22.

TYLOIUS.
T. obtusatus, J. Ag. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 784. Sub nomine
Sphfei'ococcus ohtusatu.s. J. Ag., S. G. et
O. Alg., Ill, 429. Harv., Plivc^ Aus., IV,
pi. 210.
J. Ag., Flor. Morpli., XXIV, 7-8.

176 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

GEACILAMA.
G. confervoides, Grev. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 772. Sub
nomine Sphterococcus confervoides.
J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 41 3.
G. fruticosa, Haiv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 416.

Harv., Syn. Cat., 427.
G. furcellata, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Ala., Ill, 419.
Harv., Phyc. Ans., IV, pi. 286.

MELANTHALIA.
M. obtusata, Mont. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 404.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 25.

CURDLEA.
C. laciniata, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 402.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 39.

PHACELOCAEPUS.
P. labillardierii, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 899.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 163.

NIZYMENIA.

N. australis, Sond. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 397.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 165.

Ordo XI. CORALLINEiE.

CORALLINA.

C. officinalis, Lauiour. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 708. Sub

nouiine 0. pahnata. J. Ag., S. G. et 0.

Alg., II, bii-2.
C. cuvieri, Lamour. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 70S.
J. Ag., S. G. j&t O. Alg., II, 572.
C. nana, Zan. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 700. J. Ag., S. G. et

O. Alg., II, 564.
C. pilifera, Lanioui-. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 708. J. Ag., S.

G. et O. Alg., II, 571.

JAN I A.

J. fastigiata, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 55(>.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 251
J. micrarthrodia, Lauiour. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg.,
II, 555.

Gatdlo'/ae of Ahjw. 177

AliTHKOCAKDIA.

A. Wcirdii, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, o.ll.

AMPHIROA.

A. australi.>, Soiul. Kiltz., S[). Alg., 703.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., 11, .>37.

Hal•v^, Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 77.
A. charoides, Lamour. Kiltz., Sj). Alg., 702.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 589.
A. stelligera, Lamour. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 701.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, o-tO.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 230.

MASTOPHOKA.
M. lamourouxii. Decaisne. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alof., II,
.52(i.

LITHOTHAMNION.
L. mamillare, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 521.

ME LOBE SI A.
M. patena. Hook, et Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 696. Sub
iKjniine Mastopliora crassiuscula. J. Ag.,
S. G. et O. Alg., II, 514.

Ordo XII. SQUAMARIE^.

PEYSSONELIA.
P. australis, Solid. Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 81.

Ordo XIII. RHODYMENIACEJE.

imODOPHYLLIS.

R. goodwii.iffi, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 367.
J. Ag., Flor. Morph., XXII, 1-7.

R. guniiii, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 366.

R. pulchella, J. Ag. Ms., specie! diagnositi nusquairi
video ; specimina ad J. G. Agardh missa
sub numeris 70, anno 1888, et 98, anno
1884.

R. ramentacea, Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et (). Alg., Ill, 365.

R. volans, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 363.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 216.

J 78 Proceeding.':^ of the Roijal Society of Victoria.
PLOCAMIUM.

p. angustnm, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg, II, 402,

III, :343.
P. cocciiieum, Lamour. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 883.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 305, III, 339.
P. costatum, J. Ag. KUtz., S[). Alg., 886.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., II, 403, III, 344.
P. cystophyllum, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill,
339. Sub iiom. P. coccinium, var.
unciiiatuni.
P. leptophylluin, Klitz. Sp. Alg., .S85.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 338.
P. mertensii, Haiv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 346.
P. nidificum, Haiv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 346.
P. preissianum. Sond. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., <S^b.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 342.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., IJ, pi. 63.
P. procerum, J. Ag. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 886.

J. Ag., St G. et (). Alg., Ill, 347.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 223.

EPYMENIA.

E. angufstata, Soud. Harv., Syn. Cat., 582.
E. halymenoides, J. Ag. J. Ag., Epicr., p. 694.
E. membranacea, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., 334.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 89.

HHODYMENIA.

R. corallina, Audi. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 780. Sub nomine
Sphajrococcus corallinus. J. Ag., S. G. et
O. Alg., Ill, 330.

R. foliifera, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 331.
Harv., Syu. Cat., 508.

R. leptophylla, J. Ag. Hujus specie! descriptionem
uou vidi.

R. linearis, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et (). Alg., Ill, 331.

* R. stenoglossa, J. Ag. Species nova, 1887.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., IV, p. 50.

* AMPHIBKACHIA.

* A. hymenocladioides, J. Ag. Ms., novum genus et

species nova, 1891.

Catalogue of Ahjca. \T^

CORDYLECLADIA.
C. australis, J. Ag. Diagnosin misquam invenio.
C. furcellata, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 327.

CILOIOPHYLLIS.
G. barkerise, J. Ag. = Rhodophjdlis barkeriie, Harv.

J. Ag., Alg. S.ysL., VI, p. 29.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 270.
G. barkerise, var. palmata, J. Ag.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 30.

CHRYSYiMENIA.

* C. gelatinosa, J. Ag. Species nova, 1S80.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. U.
C. obovata, Sond. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 865. Sub nomine
Gastroclouiuiii obovatum.
J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 324.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 10.

* C. polyglotta, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1886.

GLOIOSACCION.
G. brownii, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 719. Sub nomine
Dumontia ovalis.
J. Ag., S. G. etO. Alg., III. 317.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 83.
G. hydrophora, Harv. Diagnosis deest. Forsitan

Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 719. Dumontia hydrophora.

HYMENOGL.\DIA.

H. conspersa, J. Ag. = Chrysymenia meredithiana.
J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 31.5.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 237. Sub nomine
Calliblepharis conspersa.
H. gracilarioides, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill,
313.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 260. Sub nomine
Gracilana ranialina.
H. linearis, Sond. Sond., Bot. Zeit. Diagnosin non vidi.
H. polymorpha, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 315.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 157. Sub nomine
lihodvmenia polvraorpha.
H. usnea, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G.'^et 0. Alg., Ill, 313.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 118.

180 Froceeding-s of the Royal Society of Victoria.
Ordo XIV. CHAMPIE^.

CHAMPIA.

C. affiiiis, Hook, et Haiv. J. An-., S. G. et (). Alg., Ill, 304.
0. parvula, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 303.
C. tasmanica, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 861.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., HI, 300.

J. Ag., Flor. Moiph., XIX, 10-12.

CHYLOCLADIA.

C. clavellosa, Grev. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 859. Sub nomine
(Jhondiothamnion clavellosum.
J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 297.

* C. coiynepbora, J. Ag. Specie.s nova, 1885.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 23.

* C. foliifera, J. Ag. Species nova, 1886. JNondum

descripta.

* C. monochlamvdea, J. Ag. Species nova, 1886.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI., p. 22.
C. muelleri, Sond. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg. Ill, 302.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 138.

FAUCHEA.

F. coronata, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 294.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 97.
J. Ag., Flor. Mori)h., XIX, 5-7.

HOEEA.
H. fruticulosa, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 292.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 156.
H. halymenoides, Hai-v. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 292.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., \l, pi. 67.

J. Ag., Flor. iVJorph., XIX, 1-4.
H. polycarpa, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 293.
H. spe'ciosa, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 292.

* H. wilsonis, J. Ag. Species nova, 1886.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., IV, p. 38.

Ordo XV. ARESCHOUGIEiE.

THYSANOCLADIA.
T. laxa, Sond. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., 281
Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 211.

C>italo(jue of Algw. liHl

AEESCHOUCilA.
A. confevta, Harv. Harv., Pliyc. Aus., Ill, j)!. 16G.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 440. Sub nomine
Stenocladia harveyana.
A. congesta, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 281.
A. intermedia, J. Ag. Diagnosis me diligenter

eonquirentem prgeteriit.
A. laurencia, Hook, et Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., 282.
A. stuartii, Harv. J. Ag., 8. G. et O. Alg., 282.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 294.

ERYTHROCLONIUM.
E. angustatum, Sond. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 278.
E. muelleri, Sond. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 278.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 298.

Ordo XVI. SPYRIDIE^.

SPYEIDIA.
S. biannulata, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 2G7-
S. filamentosa, Harv. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 665.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 2G8.

J. Ag., Flor. Morph., XVI, 11-17.
S. opposita, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 270.

Harv., Pliyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 158.

Ordo XVII. DUMONTIACEJE.

NIZZOPHL^A.

N. tasmanica, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 256.
Harv., Phvc. Aus., II, pi. 115.
J. Ag., Flor. Morph., XVII, 11-13.

Ordo XVIII. DUDRESNAYE^.

DUDRESNAYA.
* D. australis, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1887.

Ordo XIX GlGARTINEiE.

CALLOPHYLLIS.
*C. alternifida, J. Ag. Ms., .species nova, 1887.
C. carnea, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., IV, p. 37.

182 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria,

C. coccinea, Hook, et Harv. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 746.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 234.
C. harveyana, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 230.

Harv., PIJ37C. Aus., IV, pi. 193. Sub nomine
C. obtusifolia.
C. lamberti, Hook, et Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg. Ill, 238.

* C. patens, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1891.

* 0. wilsoniana, J. Ag. Species nova, 1886. An forma

Callophyllidis harveyanse.

POLYCCELIA.

P. laciniata, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 228.

EPIPHLiEA.

* E. grandifolia, J, Ag. Species nova, 1 889.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 20.

* GLAPHYEYMENIA.

* G. piistulosa, J. Ag. Genus novum et species nova

1884.
J. Ag., Alg. Syst., IV, p. 53.

KALLYMENIA.

K. cribrosa, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 219.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 73.
K, tasmanica, Harv. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 17.

* MEREDITHIA.

M. polycoelioides, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill,
687. Sub nomine Kallymenia poly-
coelioides.

* M. nana, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1 889.

STENOGRAMMA.
S. interru])tum, Mont. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 873.
J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 215.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 220.

* S. leptoph3'Ilum, J. Ag. Species nova, 1886.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI, p. 32.

GIGAKTINA.
G. binderi, Harv. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 740. Sub nomine
Chiondroclonium lividum.
J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., HI, 191.
Harv., Syn. Cat., No. 565.

Catalog/ ae of AI(/(U. 188

G. gigaiitea, J. Ag. J. Ag\, A\g. Sy.st., IV, p. 31.

* G. laiiecata, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, LS89.

G. livida, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. efc O. Alg., Ill, 196.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., 11, [)I. H8. Sub nomine
(jr. pinnata.
G. pinnata, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 19G.
G. wehlia3, Sond. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 198.

KH0D0GL03SUM.

R. foliiferuni, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 18(J.

J. Ag., Fior. Morph., XI, 4-8.
R. lanceolatum, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 18G.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 288. Sub. nomine
Gigartina lanceolata.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., IV, jx 26.
R. polycarpum, J. Ag. J. Ag.. S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 186.

J. Ag., Flor. Mo)-ph., XI, 1-3.

IRID.EA.

* I. australasica, J. Ag. Ms., species nonduni desciipta,

1891.

Ordo XX. CRYPTONEMIACEiE.

THAMNOCLONIUM.
T. codioides, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 168.

-;<■ HORMOPHOIU.

* H. australasica, J. Ag. Novum genus et species nova,

1886. Descriptio nonduni in tabulas
re lata.

CKYPTONEMIA.
*C. inecpialis, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1886. N()n<Uun

descripta.
*C. tenuis, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1891. Nondum

descripta.

* C. wilsoni, J. Ag. Species nova, 188-5.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., IV, p. 25.

* C. wilsoni var. major, an species nova. J. Ag., 1887.

GELINARTA.

G. harveyana, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst, VI, p. 11.

184- Proceedimfs of the Roijal Society/ of Victoria.

GRATELOUPIA.

* O. australis, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 18SG.

POLYOPES.

p. constrictus,J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 148.
J. Ag., Fior. Morph., VI, 1-4.

PACHYMENIA.

* P. sessilis, J. Ag. Species nova, sic in albo anni 1891,

a J. G. Ag. noniinata, (an eadem quae in
Till Algernes Systematik descripta est,
VI, p. 11. Sub nomine P. apoda?)

HALYMENIA.

H. digitata, J. Ag. Ms., nonduni descripta. A me

lecta, 1887.
H. havveyana, J. Ag. = H. tlovesia, Harv.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 214.
H. kallymenoides, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., VI„ p. 8.

KEMASTOMA.

* N. caulescens, J. Ag. M.s., species nova, 1891. Nondum.

descripta.
N. feredayjB, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 126.

Ordo XXI. CERAMIE^.

CENTROCEBAK.

C. clavulatum, Ag. Kiltz., Sp. Alg., 689. Sub nomine
Centroceras leptacanthum. J. Ag,, S. G.
et O. Alg., Ill, 108.

CERAMIUM.

C. apiculatum, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 105.
C. diaphanum, J. Ag. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 675.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 98.
C. fastigiatum, Harv. Kiltz., Sp. Alg., 678.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 96.
C. gracillimum, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 95.
C. isogonum, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 96.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 206 B.

Catalog Lie of Algce. 185

C. miiiiatum, Suhv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, lOi.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 200 A.
C. nodiferum, J. Ag. J. Acr., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 0!J.
C. puberuluin, Soiid. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 102.

C. ramulosum, Hook, et Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg.,

Ill, 95.
0. rubrum, Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, !>. 100.
J. Ag., Flor. Morph., Ill, 21-23.

HALOPLEGMA.

H. preissii, Sond. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 672.
J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 90.
Harv., Phyc, Aus., II, pi. 79.

PTILOCLADIA.

P. pulchra, Harv. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 67-i.
J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 89.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 209.

DASYPHIL.\.

D. preissii, Sond. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 673.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 88.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, 66.

CllOUANIA.

C. agardhiania, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 87.

Harv., Phvc. Aus., V, pi 256.
C. australis, J. Ag. " J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 85.
C. insignis, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 87.
C. muelleri, Harv. Harv., Syri. Cat., No. 638.

THAMNOCAliPUS.

* T. glomuliferus, J. Ag. Species nova, 1886.
J. Ag., Alg. Syst., IV, p. 6.

PTILOTA.

P. articulata, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 78.
P. rhodocallis, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 670. Sub nomine
Rhodocallis elegans. J. Ag., S. G. et 0.
Alg., Ill, 79. Ha. v., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 4- k
P. siliculcsa, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 79.
Harv., Syn. Cat., No. 6-t6.

18G Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

GKIFFITHSIA.

G. antaictica, Hook, et Harv. J. Kg., S. G. et 0. Alg.,
Ill, 68.
* G. corticata, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1890. Nondum
descripta.
G. eloiigata, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, G2.
G. gunniana, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 68.
G. licmophora, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 63.
Harv., Pliyc. Aus., II, pi. 90. Sub nomine
Callithaninion licniopborum.
G. monile, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 65.
G. sonderiana, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 62.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 160. Sub nomine
Callithaninion griffitbsioides.
G. tasmanica, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 64.

J. Ag., Flor. Morph., I, 14.
G. teges, Harv. J. Ag,, S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 70.
J. Ag., Alg. Syst., IV, p. 5.

BALLIA.

B. callitriclia, Ag. Kutz., Sp. Alg., 663.

J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 57.

J. Ag., Flor. Mornh., HI, 1-1 i.
B. mariana, Harv. J. Ag.,'S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 58.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 212.
B. robertiaua, Harv. J. Ag.. S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 58.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 36.
B. sco[)aria, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 59.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 168.

CALLITHAMNION.

C. angustatuin, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 46.
C. brownianuni, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 49.

Harv., Syn. Cat., No. 667.
C^. comosum, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, J 9.
(v. consi)icuum, Sond. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 45.
* C. crinale, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1889. Nonduni
descripta.
C. dasyuruu), Harv. Harv., Syn. Cat., No. 664.
C. di,s])ar, Harv. J. Air., S. G.'et O. Alg., Ill, 27.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., IV, pi. 227.
C. divergcns, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 19.

Catalogue of Algcc. KS7

C. formosum, Haw. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 48.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, i)l. 281.
C. gracilentum, Harv. J. Ag., 8. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 21.

Harv., Syn. Cat., No. 701.
C. hanovioides, Sond. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 20.
C. laricinum, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 42.

Harv., Phyc, Aus., IV, pi. 218.
C. latissimum, Hook, et Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg.,

Ill, 47.
C. mucronatmn, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 19.
C. muelleri. Send. J. Ag.. S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 27.
C. plumigerum, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 49.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 285.
C. plumula, J. Ag. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 24.
C. polyrhizum, Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et O. Alg., Ill, 12.
Harv., Syn. Cat., No. 712.
*C tetracladum, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1890.
Nonduni descripta. Prope C. muelleri.
C. verticale. Harv. J. Ag., S. G. et 0. Alg., Ill, 2G.
* C. wilsonianum, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1883.
Nonduni descripta. (Inter C, wollastuni-
anuni et C. brownianum.)

CHLOROSPERME^.

Ordo I. SIPHONACE^.

BRYOPSIS.

* B. baculifera, J. Ag. Species nova, 1 880.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., V, p. 21.

* B. clavseformi.s, J. Ag. Species nova, 1885.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., V, p. 20.
*B. gemellipora, J. Ag. Species nova, 1884.
J. Ag., Alg. Syst., V, p. 25.

B. plumosa, J. Ag. Alg. Syst, V, p. 24.

CODIUM.

C. bursa, Grev. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., V, p. 38.
C. elongatum, J. Ag. Alg. Syst., V, p. 46.
C. galeatuni, J. Ag. Alg. Syst., V, p. 42.

C. mucronatum, J. Ag. Alg. Syst., V, p. 43.

188 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

C. muelleri, Kliiz. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., V, p. 42.
* C. pomoides, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1890. Nondum
descripta.
C. spongiosum, Harv. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., V., p. 38.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., I., pi. 55.
C. tomentosum, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., V, p. 40.

AVRAINVILLEA.

A. obscura, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., V, p. 53.

* CALLIPSYGMA.

* C. wilsonis, J. Ag. Novum genus et species nova, 1882.
J. Ag., Alg. Syst., V, p. 67.

* U. peltata, J. Ag. Species no\-a, 1885.
J. Ag.,' Alg. Syst., V, p. 74.

APJOHNI.\.

A. Isetevirens, Harv. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., V, p. 108.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., 1, pi. 5.

DICTyOSPH-EEIA.

D. sericea, Harv, J. Ag., Alg. Syst., V, p. 1 1 8.

CAULERPA.

C. abies-marina, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., I, p. 18.
0. alternifolia, J. Ag. Species nova, 188(i.

J. Ag., Alg. Syst., V, p. 129.
C. cactoides, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., I, p. 44.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 20.
C. curvifolia, J. Ag. Ms., species nova, 1884. Nondum

descripta.
C. harveyi, F. v. Mueller. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., I, p. 17.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 95.
C. hypnoides, R. Br. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., I, p. 33.

Harv., Phyc. Aus.", II, pi. 84.

Cdfalorjue of Ahjcu. 180

C. imielleri, Sender. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., I, p. 3-t.

Harv, Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 2."
C. papillosa, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., I, p. 42.
C. scalpellitbrmis, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., I, p. 12.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 17.
C. sedoides, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst , I, p. 39.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi 72.
C. simpliciuscala, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., I, p. 41.

Harv., Phyc. Au.s., II, pi. do, tigs. 1-2.
C. sonderi, F. v. Mueller. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., I, p. 1 8.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., Ill, pi. 1 67.
C. trifaria, Harv. J. Ag., Alg. Svst., I, p. 16.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., V, pi. 261.
C. vesiculifera, Harv. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., I, p. 40.

Harv., Phyc. Aus., II, pi. 65, fig. 3.

POLYPHYSA.

P. peniculus, Laniour. KUtz., Sp. Alg., 510. Sub
nomine Polyphysa aspergillosa.
J. Ag., Alg. Syst., V, p. 161.
Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 11.

Ordo II. ULVACE^.
POPJ'HYEA.
P. vulgaris, J. Ag. Kutz., Sp. Alg., 692.

ULVA.

U. latissima, J. Ag. Kiltz., S]). Alg., 477. Sub nomine
Phycoseris austral is.
J. Ag., Alg., Syst., Ill, p. 164.
TJ. Ifietevirens, Are.schoug. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., Ill, p. 1 67.

ENTEROMOEPHA.

E. bulbosa, Lu. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., Ill, p. 139.
E. clathrata, Kiitz. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., Ill, p. 153.
E. flexuosa. Waif. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., Ill, p. 126.
E. hopkirkii, Harv. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., Ill, p. 151.
E. lingulata, J. Ag. J. Ag., Alg. Syst., Ill, p. 143.
E. opposita, J. Ag. Descriptionem nusquam invenio.

190 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Ordo III. CONPERVACEJE.

CLADOPHOKA.

C. acrosiphonia, J. Ag. Descriptio mihi hactenus ignota.
C. feredayi, Harv. Harv., Phyc. Aus., I, pi. 47.
C. gracilis, GrifF. Harv., Syri. Cat., No. 770.

CH^TOMOEPHA.

C. valida, Harv. Klitz., Sp. Alg., 379.

CONFEEVA.

C. arenosa, Carm. Kutz., Sp. Alg., 384<.
C. valida, J. Ag. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 379.

Ordo IV. OSCILLARIACEJ].

EIVULAEIA.

R. nitida, Harv. Kiitz., Sp. Alg., 332.

MEETINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY.

1891.

[N.B. — The remarks and speeches in the discussions are
taken down verbatim by a shorthand writer, and
afterwards written out at length with a typewriter,
for reference and reproduction, if required ; and there-
fore, more is seldom given herein than an indication of
their general drift. If any person should wish to refer
to the verbatim report, he can apply to the Secretary
to the Society, who will give him an opportunity of
perusing and copying it, oi- if he resides at a distance,
so much as he requires will, upon pajanpnt of the cost
of reproducing it, be forwarded to his address.]

ANNUAL MEETING.

Thursday, March I2tlt.
Tiie President (Professor Kernot) in the chair.

Annual Rei'out.

The Council of the Royal Society herewith presents to
the Members of the Society the usual Annual Report for the
year 1890. The following meetings were held and papers
read during the Session : —

On the 13th March, at the Ordinary^ Meeting held after
the Annual General Meeting, Mr. A. J. Campbell " On the
Oology of Western Australia."

On the 8th May, Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, " On Fishes New to
Victoria;" Professor Spencer, on "The Nomenclature of
Chicken Eadjryos for Teaching Purposes ; " Mr. Arthur
Dendy, " On the Victorian Land Planarians."

On the 12th June, Profes.sor Orme Masson, a preliminary
note on "The Physical Properties of Ethides considered in

192 FvoceedinfjH of the Royal Socleti/ of Vietovia.

reference to tlie Periodic Law of the Eiemeiits;" Mr. Arthur
Dendy, " Note from the Biological Laboratory of the
University of Melbourne on the Presence of Corpuscles
Discliai-ged from the Apertures of the Nephridia and Oral
Papillre of Peripatus;" Mr. D. Mc Alpine, (ji) "Observations
on the Movements of the Heart of Hoplocephalus superbus
in and out of the body," (6) "Remarks on a Fluke Parasitic
in the Body of Hoplocephalus superbus," and (c) " Observa-
tions on a Nematode found in the Stomach of Hoplocephalus
superbus."

On tlie J 0th July, Mr. A. W. Howitt, "On the Eucalypts
of Gippsland."

On the 14th August, Mr. G. S. Griffiths, "On the Marnie
Sedimentary Strata Beds underlying Warrnambool ; " Pro-
fessor Orme Masson, "The Relations of Molecular Volumes
and Boiling Points."

On tlie 11th September, Postscript by Professor Orme
Masson to the last paper read by him ; Professor Ralph Tate,
" Note on Shell-bearing Mollusca obtained in the Port
Phillip Biological Survey;" Rev. R. H. Rickard, "The New
Britain Currency or Shell-money.

On the 9tli October, Mi-. J. Dennant, " Notes on the
Pliocene Strata at Jemmy's Point, with Brief Remarks on
the Older Tertiary at Bairnsdale ;" Mr. G. Gordon McCrae,
" Notes on the Coco-de-mer."

On the ISth November, Mr. P. H. MacGilliviay,
"Description of New and Little-known Polyzoa, Part XIV;"
Rev. R. H. Rickard, " The Duk Duk Association of New
Britain;" Professor Spencer, " 'J'wo Rare Hydroids from
Port Phillip;" Mr. John Dennant, "Appendix to Remarks
on the Older Tertiary Strata at Bairnsdale."

On the II th December, Mr. Arthui- Dendy, " Mono-
gra])h of the Victorian Sponges. Part I. The Anatomy
and Classification of the Calcarea Homocoela, with
Descri|)tions of the Victorian Species ;" Pi-ofessor Spencer,
"Notes on some Victorian Land. Planarians;" Mr. T. S.
Ralph, " Observations and Experiments on tlie Coloured
Material of the Red Corpuscles."

The following Membei's and Associates were elected
durijig the year :— Members — Mr. Ludovico Hart, Mr. Pietro
Barracclii, Rev. John Mathew, Mr. Alexander Leeper, LL.D.,

Froceed'uujs of the Royal Societij of Victoria. 103

Mr. J. W. Spiingthorpe, M.D., Mr. H. R. Hogg, Mr. J. Talbot
Brett, M.R.C.S., Mr. Sidney- Plowman, F.E.C.S., Mr. Leuthal
Oldtield, Mr. G. A. Syine, M.B., F.R.C.S., Mr. C. G. W.
Officer, Mr. C. N. Hake. Associates— Mr. W. H. A. Pye,
Miss Lilian Mary Blair, Miss Louisa Florence Blair, Mr. J.'S.
Hart, M.A., B.'Sc, Mr. Tlionuis Lambeit, Mr. Henry T.
Grayson, Mr. Robert Craig, Mr. R. T. Elliott, M.A., Mr.
George Gordon McL'rae, Mr. P. D. Phillips, Mr. Heinrich Best,
Mr. Edward Emerson Rosenblum, M.B., Mr. C. N. Wilsmore,
B. Sc, Mr. Eldei-son Smith, Mrs. Elderson Smith, Mr. Frank
Goldstraw. Country Member— Mr. T. S. Hall, M.A.

Your Council regrets to have to record the loss b}" death
of two old Members of the Society — Mr. Gaunt and
Mr. Reed. To the latter, the Society owes a debt of
gratitude for the generous way in which he had acted
gi'atuitously as its architect from the time of its inception.

The Librarian reports the addition to the Library during
the year of the following publications : — From England 210
parts, Scotland 20, Ireland 10, Germany 12.5, Austria 58,
Switzerland 8, France 41, Italy 58, Spain and Portugal 12,
Holland and Belgium SO, Denmark, Sweden and Norway 41,
Russia and Roumania 24, India and Mauritius 57, China and
Japan 5. Batavia 13, Canada 13, LTnited States 9.9, Mexico
and Guatemala 33, Argentine Republic and Chili 11, Victoria
127, New South Wales 34, South Austi-alia 3, Queensland
(principally j\laps) 332, Tasmania 3, New Zealand 7, West
Australia 1. Total publications received, 1365.

The additions to the Library during the year have been
somewhat larger than usual. A few books have been
purclia.sed, but the bulk of the additions has consisted in
Exchanges fi'om other Societies. A good many volumes
have been bound, and the Libiary generally has been
rendered more available for refei'ence by this means. It is
not found, however, that Members use it very frequently for
this purpose, although every reasonable facility is afforded to
those who may desire to consult the really valuable works
which it contain.s.

During the year, a gratifying increase has taken place in
the membership of Section G (Literature and the Fine Arts),
and in connection with this, very successful meetings have
been held and good work accomplished. This is dealt with
in the report of the Section.

194 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

During the course of the year, tlie Council acceded to the
ie(][uest of certain members and instituted Sectiori E, to deal
with Anthropological questions, and Mr. A. W. Howitt was
appointed Chairman.

Your Council may fairly congratulate the Society upon a
.successful year, during which good woi-k has been done.
JSIaturally, the larger number of oiiginal contributions to
science have dealt with the subjects of Zoology, Botany and
Geolog}^ — subjects which are of especial importance in a
country in which endless opportunities for original research
are ofiered to workers in these particular branches of science.
It may also be added, that the Society is offering every
facilit}^ in its power to assist such workers in the publication
of theii' results. During the year, the second part of the
volume of "Transactions" has been published, together with
the usual volume of " Proceedings," the increased annual
grant from the Government enabling the Society to extend
the scope of its publications, and in a manner which there
is reason to say is not only received with favour in the
Australasian Colonies, but also in the mother country.

Proceedings of the Royal Societij of Victoria. 1 95

;:3

tr-

r-l t^

-K

o ;

»n

•^

■ .•5

rH O

■^

-t<

^_,

""*

1—1

■-1 1

O-i

-t<

-I-

C(5

,_!

CO »

i>.

Tt< -3*

■=» ,

c^ '

=rt

>
C3

^ .

.2^

•2 .2

'? '"S

J3
0)

1 1

-> o

sis

■s

P-i

tin

."=

i-H

(71

2
1

a
a

rfi
«

„

o o

o c~

,_(

i-H

C>1

iJO

^ "^

«o

t>.

•ra

=rt

—

• o

o =e

g
g

1
1^

-2

1 H

H
o ►-i

CO <s

!Z5 «
O ^

19G Froceed'mgs of the Royal Society of Victoria.

o o

■^ 1

o o

o !

O iM

=^ !

O rH

«rt

^ 1

• a

cS !=

1 §

-3 ^

«<H 1^

o o

rid O

fl -*^

■^ •§

"S d

O cS

ft ^

r^ 2

OJ S

M -"^

f>l -

o o

o 11

o o

O (M

O y->

.-H 1

CO 1

q«

q^ II

fl 2

-^ a

■1 i

l§

fi -w

-s i

K -S

■ S^

O '

H '

o o C' CO

o » o -^

o CO o 1^

.-1 O CO

q^ <M t^

^ O

<«

■ a

. ^ ^ g

• -s 3 '"'

S o .-

t-<

jH o r^

!
1

By Two Debentures . .
„ „ „ (lute
„ Estimated Unpaid Ac
,, Balance 28tli Februai

o o o o c

■^

TjH

tH w o o o

o^^

i-H

iC -* o o o

»o

(73 C5 O 01 O

CJ CO i-< o

^ lO

o
o

^ . =^ " II

CTi

_Sf _ s

for
arre

miti

cc " — ' pi

o • ^

«2

■*^

cT VS * -«

^^ •- CO 1^

?; S :: P -

11 =3

- 1 ' 0 =S

fl a S ra

W P « W

(5^

O ' - - '

H ' ' '

Proceedings of the Royal Socleiij of Victor hi. 197

The PiJEsiDKNT, at'tei- rejuUuo- the l>;ihiuce Slieet, s;ii<l lh;it
fiiuiiicially the Society was in a perfectly satisfactory condition.
The expenditure was hirge, and if there was a continuance of the
publication of the elaborate Transactions that had been brought
out by the Hociety durin-- the last two or three years, all the
money that could be obtained either from the Government or
from Members, in the shape of subscriptions, would be i-equired.
The Transactions lately issued were illustrated with diagrams,
and were highly prized in other parts of the world. The work
that was being done, in connection \\\i\\ local Biology, was Ijring-
ing very great honour and credit to the Society amongst scientists
in Europe and America, but that good work would need for its
continuance all the funds that could be obtained.

On the motion of Dr. Neild, seconded by Mr. Griffiths, the
Balance Sheet was adopted.

Annual Report.

Mr. Blackett moved, and Mr. Newton Jennings seconded a
resolution, "That the Annual Report, which had been jirinted
and circulated amongst the Members, be taken as read and
adopted." The resolution was carried.

The President said that he considered the Report to be a
favourable and satisfactory one. The woi'k done during the year
was to a great extent biological, partly geological, and there had
been a little chemical work. It was all good work, and was
being published in the proper way, thus rendering the Trans-
actions and Proceedings creditable to themselves and valuable to
scientists elsewhere.

Election of Offick-Bearers.

The President announced that, as the nominations of Office-
bearers did not exceed in numljer tlie positions to be tilled, it was
his duty to declare the following gentlemen duly elected, on
the motion of Mr. White, seconded by Professor Spencer : -
President— Professor W. C. Kernot, M.A., O.E. Vice-Presidents
—J. Cosmo Newbery, C.M.G., B.Sc, and E. J. AVhite, F.R.A.S.
Hon. Treasurer — C. R. Blackett, F.C.S. Hon. Librarian —
J. E. Neild, M.D. Hon. Secretaries— H. K. Rusden and
Professor W. Baldwin Spencer, INJ.A.

3IEMBERS OF COUNCIL.

Members of Council — A. W. Howitt, J. Jamieson, M.D., A.
H. S. Lucas, M.A., A. Sutherland, M.A., A. S. Way, M.A.,
and Professor Lyle, M.A.

198 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoi-ia.

For the two Vrxeant seats on the Council, Mr. C A. Toy/p and
Professor Laurie were nominated, and elected.

The non-retiring Members of Council were : — R. L. J. Ellery,
F.R.S., G. S. Griffiths, F.R.G.8., Professor Orme Masson, M.A.,
D.Sc, and H. Moors.

The Annual Meeting having been declared at an end Ijy the
President, an Ordinary Meeting was then held. The minutes of
the last Ordinary Meeting were read and confirmed.

Ml-. Alfred Reeve was elected as a Member.

Mr. John Desmond was nominated as a Country Member.

Mr. T. 8. Hall, M.A., signed the Roll.

Dr. iS'iaLU, the Hon. Librarian, announced that the number
of volumes and parts received this year was 221, and that
one of the books received was an In Memoriam volume of the
late Dr. H. C. Wigg, whose death all regretted very mucli. The
volume was presented to the Society by the father of the
deceased gentleman.

Mr. T. S. Hall, MA., reiid a paper on "A ISew Species of
Dictyonema."

Dr. Dendy read a paper on "A preliminary account of Synute
pulchella, a New Genus and Species of calcareous sponge."

Replying to the President, Dr. Dendy said that the tissue
both on the inner and the outer layer was undoubtedly protectiAe
against the inroads of parasites.

The President thought it was possible that the attacks of
parasites for a great many ages might have led to the form
referred to in the paper. He would like to know if the weaker
forms were found in sheltered places.

Dr. Dendy said it was the general rule to tind tlie weakest
sponges in deep water, and in such places the sponges were more
delicate than others. In shallow water they were stronger and
more massive.

Mr. T. S. Hall, ]\1.A., read a paper pi-epared by himself and
Mr. G. B. Pritciiard on " Notes on the Lower Tertiaries of the
Southern poi'tion of the Mooi'abool Valley."

The President said that the geology of this country was very
far from being so thoroughly known as it might be, and such
investigations as these would help to till up the gaps.

Mr. G. S. Griffiths, F.G.S., said that the Society was
indebted to the gentlemen who prepared the paper and the
sections and plans accompanying it. A very intelligent and
interesting account of the valley had been given in the paper,^

Proceedinr/s of ihc Ro/jal tiodefij of Vhdovla. 199

[iroving that a very careful investigation of the strata thereabouts
liad been made. He was struck with the large amount of erosion
that had occurred in the valley, which was evidently the bed
of an old extension of Bass Straits. More knowledge was
gradually being gained of the extension of this old arm of the sea,
and it was quite evident from what was known, that a Strait
once existed between the Otway Ranges and the Main Dividing
Mange. The Otwa}^ Ranges for many ages must have constituted
■.n\ island in the Straits, about 70 miles long and perhaps 30
wide. There was a considerable amount of identity between the
deposits all over the district. The limestone found there,
specimens of which had been shown that evening, was very
similar in its general character to that found so far away to the
west as Portland. Beautiful white cliffs similar to those of
Dover, and also lava, could be seen there. There is no doubt
that the Strait was a very wide one, and the bores and shafts put
down showed that there were narrow channels leading from the
sea. Some miles to the west of Steiglitz mountainous country
existed, and the river had cut its passage, not through the
tertiary beds as described that evening, but througli the
immensely old^r Silurian. These ancient Silurian valleys that
liad been cut by the old Moorabool were immensely deeper than
the valleys of the present day. They had been filled up
gradually by the sedimentary beds in the same manner as the
Strait itself in the course of ages was filled up. In the
Moorabool Valley, in the neighbourhood to which he was
referring, Pliocene lava was seen on the surface. Beneath that
there was sand and gravel and the auriferous wash of the miner.
Sinking still further through the shallow level strata, a bed of
coralline limestone 13 feet thick was reached. That bed being
organic, grew at the time when the whole countiy was
considerably lower than it is to-day ; when, in fact, the sea ran
up the valley of the Moorabool and when the Moorabool itself
was a little creek that had its sea mouth probably many miles
further to the north of the section to which he was referring.
Below the coi-alline limestone there was more sandstone, and
below that again another layer of lava. It was not a solid
bed of lava, as it consisted of a series of thin layers of basalt.
Between those layers were sandwiched more layers of the
coralline limestone. Between these beds, but lower down the
stream, there were very thick beds 60 or 70 feet thick of
what the miners term " cement "---sandstone containing quartz
boulders. Then there was a false bottom carrying a lot of gold,
and below that again there was another bed 30 or 40 feet thick
of a different character. It seemed to him that the character of
those two beds indicated the climate during the early tertiaiy
period was very different to that of the present time. We

p 2

200 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

certainly liad a pluvial period if we did not have a glacial period.
Nothing but a pluvial period could account for the scouring
off of the central ranges and the carrying down into the gullies
and tlie wide river valleys of the very abundant deposits of
boulder, gravel, and sand beds. The deposits are there now, and
tlie size of the valleys proves that the stream of water that flowed
off the central watershed was larger tlian the volume we have
to-day. There was in the valley undoubted evidence of the
existence in former time of a climate that was characterised by
an enormous rainfall, one that was colder than that of the
present day.

Mr. Hall agreed with Mr. Griffiths that there was considerable
evidence of rainfall during the period in which the gravels were
formed.

Thursilay, April 9th.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and confirmed.
Mr. Alfred Reeve signed the Roll, and was introduced to the
meeting.

Mr. John Desmond was elected as a Country Member.

Dr. Neild, the Hon. Librarian, stated that since the last
meeting, 79 volumes had been received from various parts of the
world. Tlie binding of the periodicals was steadily progressing
and it was his intention to ask the Council at their next meeting,
to vote a little more money for this purpose.

It had been suggested, to him that greater facilities should be
afforded to Members desirous of taking books out of the Library.
As it had been found very inconvenient to allow Members to
take books from the Library at their option, a great many
valuable periodicals having been lost through mere forgetfulness
on the part of the Members to return them, the Council had
resolved that it was expedient that their consent should be
obtained when books were taken from tlie Library. This resolu-
tion had been extended, making the consent of only one Member
of the Council necessary. He thought that Members would not
suffer any hardship through this I'egulation, which was rendered
necessary in view of the fact that many of the books of the
Library were very valuable, and practically irreplaceable if lost.

Tlie President agreed with Dr. Neild as to the importance of
watching the Library very closely indeed. It was a Library of
an unusual character, and likely to be extremely valuable to
persons making researches in special branches of science, and it
was therefore a matter of importance that the books should not
be lost.

Proceed in ;/.s of the Roijal Society of Victoria. 201

Mr. H. K. RusL)i:x moved, '• That a Committee be appointed
to enquire into and report upon Cremation as a means of
disposing of the dead, as well as other methods, the Committee
to consist of Professors Kernot and Masson, and Mr. H. K.
Rusden, with power to add to their number." t

Dr. Neili) seconded the resolution.

The President explained that this was merely a motion for
the re-appointment of an old Committee, which had first been
appointed some time ago, when the question of Cremation had
been brought forward by Mr. Rusden at the Australasian
Association, since which time, however, little or nothing had
been done. The re-appointment of the Committee did not
commit the Society to any expression of opinion, but simply
gave the Committee power to enquire into the various methods
of disposing of the dead, and report at their leisure. Some
l)eople r-egarded the question of Cremation as one of very great
importance, and without doubt it was worth investigation.

Mr. RuSDKN pointed out that it was scarcely correct to say
nothing had been done, as some of the books in his possession
beariiig on the subject, liad been read by the Members of the
Committee, and so much time had therefore been saved.

The resolution was carried.

A paper, " On the Occurrence of the Genus Belonostomus in
the Rolling Downs Formation (Cretaceous) of Central Queens-
land," by R. Etheridge, jun., F.G.S., Palaeontologist to the
(reological Survey of New South Wales, and Arthur Smith
Woodward, F.L.S., of the British Museum, was read by Professor
W. Baldwin Spencer. Some lithographs of the specimen were
handed round among the Members.

Mr. Sweet said he had no doubt that vei-y much more perfect
specimens could be obtained by persons longer on the area than
he himself had Ijeen. The fossil was somewhat under two feet
in length, but as the fish was turned on itself, it was probably
tlie intention of the writer to suggest the metre as the unit.
The fossil was valuable, inasmuch as it helped to fix the geological
period to which the area in Avhich it had been found should be
assigned. For some time past this ai'ea has been regarded as
cretaceous, but its exact position in that period was as yet
undetermined. The discovery of similar fossils would assist in
determining this.

Professor Spencek said it was an interesting fact that this
fish was distributed over other parts of the world, and found in
such places as Western Europe, Brazil, and India. It was most
desirable that the Palajontology of Australia should be worked
out. Mr. Sweet had taken considerable trouble in obtaining the

202 Froceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

fossils, and were there more workers in that liranch, the past life
history of Australia and its relationship to other parts of the
world would be better understood.

Professor W. Baldwin Spencer then read a "Note fi'om the
Biological Lal)oratory of the Melbourne University."

The President, in announcing this paper, congratulated the
Professor on the solid character of the work being proceeded
with at the University.

A short discussion then ensued, in which the President, Mr.
Sweet, and the author took part.

TJiiirsday, June Wth.

Mr. E. J. White, Vice-President, occupied the chair.

The minutes of the last Ordinary Meeting were read and
confirmed.

Mr. Dawson was nominated as a Country Member, and Mr. J .
Strettle as an Associate.

The Librarian's Report, that 175 publications had beeji
received since last meeting, was read by the (Jhairman.

The Report of the Gravity Survey Committee was read by the
Secretary, Mr. Love, who stated that it was necessary to appoint
a new Committee, with power to add to their numbers.

Professor Spencer moved that the Report be adopted.

The motion havir^g been seconded by Mr. Love, was put and
cari'ied.

On the motion of the Chaiioian, seconded by Mr. Griffiths.
the old Committee was re-appointed, Mr. Russell, Government
Astronomer of New South Wales ; and Mr. Todd, Government
Astronomer of South Australia, being added to it.

Mr. Love stated that, if the pendulums mentioned in the
Report were secured, a considerable advantage would be gained,
even though the Society might be able to arrange for only a small
number of observations. Those observations would be dii'ectly
compai'able with some hundreds that had been made in dilferent
parts of the world, but none of them in the hemisphere in whicli
Australia is situated. The Committee considered that the obser-
vations should be made in one or two places as nearly due north
of Melbourne as was possible. It would be advantageous if one
could be made at Thursday Island, and one between Thursday
Island and Melbourne. The Connnittee considei-ed also, that as
far as Australia is concerned, a set of observations at six or seven
different places would give nearly as much information as could

Froceediiigs of the tioyal tiocld/j o/ Victoria. 'lO'S

bo ^ot. Those observations would not ni\e information as to
^•el•y minute points relating to local disturbance of gi-a\ity.
What the Committee was aiming at Avas the general lesult as
regards the earth. It was also suggested that an obs(M-\ation
sliould be made in Western Australia, prol)ably at Perth. This
would be of value, as a check on those made on the other side of
the continent.

The CllAiKMAX said that plenty of observations had ah'eady
been taken in Australia by several nations, but they had been
confined to the coasts. The extension of railways into the
interior would enable the apparatus to be taken there, and
observations there would be of as much value as those made at
the coast. The Society would be doing a good work in cai-rying
out this survey.

Professor Baldwin Spencer read a paper " On the Anatomy
of Ceratella fusca (Gray)."

Dr. Dendy read ''Additional Observations on tlie Victorian
Land Planarians."

In reply to a question, Dr. Dendy said that each locality
appeared to have its own particular group of species. It would
be impossible to state the number of specimens in each locality.
At Macedon, a large number were seen on one occasion, but at a
later period not a single one could be found.

Mr. Ho(;g corroborated the last speaker.

Dr. Dendy said that the planarians referred to in the ]>aper
occurred in large numbers.

The Chairman said that worms were nioi-e plentiful now than
in the days when the colony was iirst occupied by white people.
Not one was to be found at Castlemaine or Sandhurst in the early
days.

Dr. Dendy said that planarians were found in t!io virgin
foi'ests where there was plenty of timber.

Professor Spencer, in the absence of the writer, Mr. A. H. S.
Lucas, read a paper "On a New Species of Fiesh-water Fish fi-om
Lake Nigothoruk, Mount Wellington, Victoria."

Professor Spencer read a paper "On Land Planarians fi-om
Lord Howe Island."

The reading of a paper by Di-. Dendy, entitled "Description of
an Australian Species of Land Nemertean," was postponed.

Thar.'id'i//, Jnl// 9//t.

The President (Professor Keknot) in the chair.

The minutes of the last meeting were received and confirmed.

•I{)i ProceedirKj-^ of the Royal Socieft/ of Victoria.

Professor Spencer gave notice that, at a .Special Meeting to
be called, he would move certain alterations in the Rules. The
})urport of the alterations would be, to provide for one Secretary
of the Society in place of two as at present. He would suggest
that the Special Meeting be held on the same evening as that set
apart for the next Ordinary Meeting.

The Pkesident. — There will be no difficulty as to that.

]Mr. Ellery said that a vacancy in one of the offices of Vice-
President existed. The matter had been brought before the
Council at its last meeting, and in accordance with a resolution
then arrived at, he had nmcli pleasure in nominating Mr. H. K.
Ilusden as a Vice-President of the Society. Mr. Rusden had
been a Member of the Society for a great many years, and he
had acted as Secretary of it for a long period. In two epochs
he had so acted, and on many occasions had contributed most
interesting papers. Mr. Rusden was one of their most valued
i» [embers.

The President mentioned, for the benefit of those Members to
whom the nomination might possibly come as a sui'prise, that
Mr. Cosmo Newbery had been for many years a Vice-President
of the Society. As would probably be remembered, ]\Ir. New-
bery a few years ago was severely injured in a disastrous railway
accident. After that, he was for a long while absent from the
Colony, and when he returned, he was very far from being in his
fall healtli and strength. He had again left the Colony. His
sympathies were always with them, and in the years gone by, he
had been a most valuable Member and officer of the Society.
Under the circumstances just related, his name was retained for
several years on the list of officers as Vice-President, in the hope
that he would regain liis strength sufficiently to enable him to
take as active a part in the Society as he had in previous years.
Not long since, he had undertaken a mission from the Government
which would entail his absence from the Colony for a considerable
time. He then i-esigned his position, and that resignation the
Council had no choice but to accept. They regretted his loss, but
considered the acceptance of the resignation the best that could
be done under the circumstances. Mr. Ru.sden, who had served
the Society so well for a numbei" of years as Secretary, Member
of Council, and reader of papei-s, had been nominated as successor
to Mr. Newbery. In that nomination, he (the President) con-
curred most heartily. The ballot would take j)lace at next
meeting.

Mr. W'm. Lowell Mullen, M.A., M.D., was nominated as an
Associate.

Professor Laurie signed the Roll of Members, and was intro-
duced to the meeting by the President.

Pvoceediniis of the Royal Sociefi/ of Vicforla. 205

Elections.

Mr. John Dawson was elected as a Country Member, and
Mr. W. Stratford Strettle, jun., as an Associate.

The Presidext, in the absence of Dr. Neild the Hon,
Libiarian, announced tliat se^•enty-three publications had been
received durin<^ the last month.

Antarctic Committee's Report.

The President read the Report of the Antarctic Committee,
;ind stated that it was read at the public meeting in the
Athena!um a few evenings ago. Mr. Robert Reid was then
present, and made a donation of £1000 to the Fund. The
Report was the most satisfactory one the Committee had sub-
mitted, and the sum in hand was greater than what was tirst
[iroposed. Originally, an expedition to cost £10,000 was spoken
of, but it had grown into one to cost £15,000. It was, however,
hoped that £20,000 would be raised, so as to allow of a margin,
and to carry out the expedition in the best style. The state of
.itfairs in Australia was communicated as quickly as possible to
iheir Swedish friends, who were commencing active preparations
for fitting out the expedition. In about fourteen or fifteen
months from the pi'esent time, the ship or ships of the expedition
would probably be seen in Hobson's Bay with the veteran Arctic
navigator Nordjenskold on board one of them. The objects
expected to be attained were pinmarily scientific, but it would be
(juite possible that facts of vast commercial importance would be
also oljtained.

Replying to Professor Spencer, the President stated that it
was part of the original arrangement that Baron Nordjenskold
should lead the enterprise, and the only fear was that his
advancing years would prevent it.

Mr. Ellery undei'stood that it would be led by the Baron or
his son.

Mr. PtUSDEN said tliat although he was unable to produce any
authoritative document, yet it was understood tliat the Baroii
would lead. One cablegram stated that the second vessel would
be lead by the son, who would investigate the opposite side of
the circle. He did not know of anyone more suitable to lead the
expedition than the Baron, and the arrangements had been left
entirely to him. It had been stipulated that two scientific men
should be sent by Victoria.

Mr. Ellery. — Australia.

Mr. RusDEN. — The Antarctic Committee was in possession
of the names of Professor Spencer and Mr. Wragge, of Queens-
land, as likely to go. Australia should be entitled to send no

206 Proceedings of the Royal Sociefij of Victoria.

fewer than four scientists, as its contribution was double that
originally proposed.

Mr. White considered it would be a poor return to Victoria
if only two of her scientists were allowed to go.

Mr. Ellery considered an expedition costing only XI 5, 000
would be very economically conducted, as the British Government
had estimated the cost at £45,000 or £50,000 ; the understanding
at first was that it was not to be purely a scientitic expedition.

Mi\ RnsDEN. — The original arrangement stipulated that £5000
should be contributed by Australia. Now that that sum had
been exceeded once, further stipulations as were necessary should
be made with the Swedish Academy.

The President considered that a biologist and a meteorologist
should go, and possibly a geologist. If any of them could
combine photography, it would be advisable. In his opinion,
three scientists from Australia would be sufficient. He thought
the Royal Society might rest satisfied that the Antarctic
Committee would see that the vessels started from an Australian
port, and that the expedition should be recognised as a Swedish-
Australian one.

Papers.

Dr. Dexdy read a paper entitled "Description of an Australian
Species of Land Nemertean."

At its conclusion, the President congratulated Dr. Dendy on
his work.

Replying to the President, Dr. Dendy stated that the proboscis
was ejected by the pressure of a fluid. The size of the proboscis
was remarkable. It was longer than the animal, and he could
not explain how it was packed when drawn in, as it was done in
a. mysterious fashion. He could not tell what the animal fed on,
but it probably captured its prey by spearing it. There was
a sticky slime at the end of the proboscis, and to that the pre}'
would adhere and be drawn in. There was nothing akin to
budding in the re-productive organs.

Mr. Ellery read a paper on " The Present Stage of the
International Photographic Charting of the Heavens," and
exhibited a number of photographs. Some of tliem were
reproduced by the oxy-hydrogen lantern by Mr. A. M. Hender-
son, C.E.

ThursJdi/, August lofh.

The President (Pr-ofessor Kernot) in the chair.
The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and duly
confirmed.

Proceed ill ij.i of (he Rojjal Sociefij of Virtor'ui. 207

Mr Dudley Dobson, M.i.C.E., F.(t.S., of W;uin;inibool, was
nominated as a Memb(M'.

Dr. \Vm. L. Mullen, M.A., M.D., was elected as an Associate
of the Society.

The President said he regretted having to make the announce-
ment that Mr. Howitt had felt compelled to resign his position as
a Member of the Council, owing to the pressure of official duties.
It \\'ould, therefore, be necessary to fill the vacancy by ballot, in
accordance with Rule 13.

Mr. Whitio nominated Dr. Dendy, and Professor Spencer
seconded the nomination.

No other nominations being forthcoming, the President said
it was his duty to declare Dr. Dendy duly elected a member of
the Council of the Royal Society. He desired to express his
satisfaction at Dr. Dendy being added to the membership of the
Council. He had been so very active in connection with the
Society, that he felt sure he would be equally active as a Member
of the Council.

Dr. Dendy tlianked the Members for the honor they had done
him, in electing him to till such an important post, and trusted
he would be able to perform the duties connected with it to the
satisfaction of the Society.

Dr. Neild, the Hon. Librarian, reported that 172 publications
hail been added to the labraiy since the last meeting.

Papers.

Dr. Dendy read a paper entitled, " On the Mode of Reproduc-
tion of Peripatus leuckartii."

Mr J. Bracebridge Wilson remarked that the structure of
the reproductive organs of the species described by Dr. Dendy
appeared to ditier from that of species hither'to desci-ibed.

Dr. Dendy said the structure of the reproductive organs was
essentially the same. There were only some superficial points of
difi'erence.

3Ir. J. B. Wilson said that a remarkable point in the structure
of these organs was the presence of two curious little sacs, which
held the spermatic fluid, and fertilized the eggs as they passed
down. That seemed to indicate that the female was fertilized
per] taps only once in its life.

Dr. Dendy said that, in this point Peripatus leuckartii agreed
with the otiier species. In regai-d to the lower part of the ovi-
duct, however, there certainly was a diffei-ence. In other species,
the uterus was specially modified to allow the embryos to develop

208 Proceedings of the Royal SGciety of Victoria.

in it, the embryos themselves producing placenta whereby they
drew nutriment from the mother. There was nothing of this
kind to be found in the Australian species. The eggs were
simply fertilized, and tiie shell then developed around them.

The President asked whether there was any uncertainty in
the mode of reproduction. For instance, might it sometimes be
oviparous and sometimes viviparous ?

Dr. Dendy thought there could be no doubt that it was always
oviparous. If it were not so, the egg would not be so beautifully
sculptured. The viviparous species could not be said to be just
viviparous, for they were so viviparous that the young were said
to remain in the uterus for no less than thirteen months, and did
not leave the parent until they were fully developed. In view of
the facts that the egg shell was sculptured, and that there was no
trace of embryo in the egg when laid, he thought the species to be
truly oviparous.

Dr. Dendy next read a paper entitled, " Short Descriptions of
New Land Planarians."

The President asked whether the species of the land planarian
were detinitely marked off from each other, or whether there was
a series of slightly varying individuals connecting one species
with another-.

Dr Dendy said there was a gradual series. Land Planarians
were, perhaps, one of the best illustrations of Darwin's theory of
evolution. All the connecting links were apparently still present.
Of course, there were no such things as different species in
nature ; there had been connecting links at some time. Fortun-
ately, all the planarians remained. Still, he thought it convenient
to have a name for each. As a rule, the species in each locality
were tolerably constant ; and although there were connecting
links between them, he did not think that a reason for not using
distinct names for each.

Professor Spencer then exhiliited, and read a few notes
upon, Ndtori/ctes ti/ph/ops, the new Australian manunal recently
described by Dr. E. C. Stirling.

The President remarked that it seemed strange that a blind
animal should come above ground so constantly. Would it not
be subject to great danger in so doing 1

Dr. Dendy suggested that as it was a desert country there
would be hardly anything to molest it.

Ml". J. B. Wilson said it would be interesting to know
whether the oi'gan of smell was specially developed. It seemed
extraordinary that a perfectly blind animal should be able to get
its food, unless it had some special provision of the sort.

Proceed I nr/.'i of the Royal Socicfij of Victoria. 209

Dr. Dkndy said it seemed strange it did not form permanent
burrows. It could hardly be conceived that the animal was
blind, uiiless it lived underground.

Professor Spencer said the animal apparently lived in sandy
soil, in which it would be hard to form permanent burrows.

A paper, " Notes on the Alkaloids of Strychnos psilosperma,"
by Professor Kennie, M.A., D. 8c., and G. Goydek, Jun., F.C.S.,
was tlien read by the Secretary, Professor Spencer.

Professor W. C Kerxot then read some "Notes on the Recent
Flood on the Yarra."

Mr. W. P. Steane thouglit that although it might be advisal)le
to improve the portions of the river referred to by Professor
Kcrnot, it certainly would not be desirable to improve it above
the Johnston Street Bridge. In fact it would be far better to
create rather than to reduce obstructions on the upper reaches of
the river. To remove obstructions would have the effect of
increasing the velocity of tlie water, and improvements on the
upper portion of the ri\'er would have tlie effect of flooding
Melbourne more seriously. He therefore thought that improve-
ments sliould be made only in localities likely to be flooded, and
that where the amount of damage would be inconsidei-able, the
obstructions should be allowed to remain. Professor Kernot had
put down the rainfall in Melbourne at three inches. He had
been informed that at the head of the Yarra it was seven or
eight inches. If this water were allowed to run down freely, it
would have the effect of flooding Melbourne even more seriously
than had been the case. He thought that in 1863 the water had
taken flfty hours after leaving the head of the Yarra to reach
Melbourne. The more its velocity could be impeded, tlie less
danger would there be of a flood. Therefore nothing should be
attempted beyond tlie improvements at the places pointed out by
Pi'ofessor Kernot.

Mr. R. G. Haig said he had noticed at the time of the flood,
when the water was flowing over the road on the south side of
Queen's Bridge, that on the south side of the woodwork of the
wharf, the water was level with the surface, while in the river,
only a few feet north of this point, the water was nearly a foot
below the woodwork. In fact, the water was flowing over tlie
road on the south side of Queen's Bridge at about a foot higlier
level than the river adjoining. Would that be caused by the
untinished state of the river between Queen's Bridge and Prince's
Bridge ?

Professor Kernot replied that Mr. Haig's observation was
perfectly correct. At 2 p.m. on the day of the flood, the water
in Normanby Road was as near as possible level with the South

208 Proceedi)if/s of the Royal Socieft/ of Victoria.

Wharf, whereas the water ia tlie river was al)Out a foot below
the South Wharf. The water in Noniiaiiby Road appeared to
tiow out of the ri\ er about half-way between Prince's Bridge and
Queen's Bridge. Leaving the river at this point, the water
appeared to make its way between a number of streets and lane.s,
and flooded Moray Street and Normanby Road up to the level
of the top of the South W^harf (wliilst in the river it was much
lower), escaping in a cascade at the landing place of the steam
ferry, near Clai'endon Street. When the improvements between
the Queen's Bridge and Prince's Bridge were finished, this would
be entirely avoided ; and had tliese improvements been completed
at the time, he did not think there would have been any v/ater in
South Melbourne. Besides this, the Queen's Bridge Iiad not had
a fair chance on this occasion, it having been com];)letely blocked
by the wreck of a dredging apparatus which had been placed
there for the purpose of improving the river.

Mr. GuiFFiTiis said that the data supplied by Professor Kernot
seemed to him to point to a danger in the future that had not
been discussed so far. They had been given the sectional area
under one of the upper bridges, and the velocity and amount of
the water that passed under that bridge during the three days of
the rain storm. The water that passed under that bridge was
estimated to be enough to cover the wliole of the watershed of
the Yarra to a depth of two and a quarter inches. It was well
known, tliat the watershed of the Yarra constituted one of the
wettest portions of Victoria. The rainfall there was always
greater than the rainfall in ilelbourne, or any other part of
the Colony. The rainfall in Melbourne during the three days of
the rain storm was five inches, nearly three inches more tlian the
amount of water that apparently must have covei'ed the water-
shed, gauging the amount by the quantity that passed under tlie
bridge. It was well known that, where rain fell on non-absorbent
soil, clear of obstructions, it got away immediately, and with
tremendous velocity ; but where the rainfall took place in a
forest country, such as the watershed of the Yarra, it got avvay
very slowly, and probably took months to be got rid of entirely.
Now, it was almost certain that six, and perhaps se^en, inclies of
rain had fallen over tlie waterslied, and tlie reason why two and
a quarter inches was all that got away during the three days was,
that the whole of tlie country was a forest country, that the sur-
face was absorbent, and covered with obstructions in the way of
timber and bush and scrub, which caused tlie whole surface to act
as a sponge, to hold the water and discharge it slowly and spread
its discharge over a long pej'iod of time. Now this watershed
was being cleared. It was lieing crossed by roads, every one of
which had its gutters discharging into it. The land was being
taken up for farming purposes ; and the rain got away much

Proceedimis of /Iw Royal Soc'wiij of Vk'torui. 201)

more quickly oft" a farm than oft' a similar area of virgin forest.
This process of reclamation would go on until a very large
l)ortion of this area would be in a very difterent condition to tliat
in which it was at the present time. In the future, tlie water
over that area would be discharged very much more rapidly than
it was to-day. What, under such circumstances, would be the
condition of the lower Yarra, and to what height would the
water in the Yarra rise? It would come dov/n faster than it
could get away, and the flood would be greater than ever. This
danger seemed to threaten us in the future, and this showed the
importance of taking every possible means to clear the lower
regions of the Yarra, so as to allow the water a greater sectional
area. He Avould like to ask what was the difterence in section. -d
area between the Richmond Railway Bridge and the Railway
Bi-idge below Prince's Bridge, and what amount of increased
water way at the Richmond Bridge would have to be given by
the railway authorities in order to give the M-ater the same
facilities for getting away as it had in the City ; for on that
depended the amount of work to be done to gi\^e the same relief
at South Yarra as was enjoyed at the lower Railway Bridge.

Professor Keenot, in reply, said that the sectional area
l^etween- Queen's Bridge and Prince's Bridge would be ample
as soon as the excavations were completed. As to the diftei-ence
in area between the Queen's Bridge and Richmond Bridge, of
course the Queen's Bridge was much longer. The difterence was
al30ut 50 per cent. The sectional area at tiie Richmond Bridge
would still further be reduced when the riNer was improved
about there. The benefit would be felt in Richmond, but not in
South Yarra, while the rush through the bridge would be
increased to an extent that would probably be dangerous to the
bridge itself. It seemed to him that an enlargement of the
l)ridge was inevitable.

On the motion of Mr. Griffiths, .seconded by Dr. Neild, the
discussion was adjourned till the next meeting.

TliMTsdai/, September \0(h.

The President (Professor Kernot) occupied the chair.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and duly
confirmed.

Dr. Neild, the Hon. Librarian, announced that Gl puljlications
had been received since the last meeting.

The President said he was just arranging to lea\e the Colony
for Europe, and consequently that would l)e the last meeting
at which he would be able to be present this year. He had to

210 Pvoceedin<j>; of the Royal Socidij of Victoria.

tliank the members for so kindly electing Iinu as tlieir President,
and thought the most orderly way would be for them to give him
leave of absence till his term of office expired.

Mr. RusDEN moved that leave of alisence be granted.

Mr. White said he had great pleasure in seconding the motion.
He thought it was usual for the Council to deal with such
matters, but that was no reason why it should not be dealt with
there.

The motion was carried.

The adjourned discussion on Professor Kernot's paper, entitled
"Notes on the Recent Flood on the Yarra," then took place.

The President said he had re-written the latter portion of his
paper, but had made very few alterations. He had re-wi'itten
it mainly with the object of including in it the revised levels
furnished by the Public Works Department. Last montli tlic
Inspector General had given him a list of the levels taken by his
officers, but these had not been thoroughly checked. He had now-
received the I'evised levels, but the difference was only trilling,
and, as a rule, did not exceed two or three inches at any given
spot. With that exception the paper remained practically as it
was when read on the last occasion.

Mr. White said he was surprised to learn of the absence of
records at the Public Offices. As to the flood of 1863, there was
a great difficulty in finding records. As to the flood of 1849,
years ago there was a plan in the Public Works Office, containing
a view of the .scaffold of what was then called the new Princes
Bridge, on which the highest level was recorded. Had the
President seen that 1

The President. — T have not heard of it before.

Mr. White said that he had referred at the last meeting to the
flood of 1839. It appeared that there were scarcely any records
of the flood ; but in The Argns of Saturday, September 5th, thei'c
was an extract from Mr. Robert Russell's diary. Mr. Robert
Rus.sell was Surveyor in Melbourne then, and laid out the town,
and was superseded by Mr. Hoddle, who sold the allotments. In
his diary he referred to the flood of December 1839. Mr. Ske2ic,
the late Surveyor Genei-al, had at that time arrived in Melbourne,
and he .said the flood of 1839 was veiy much more pronounced
than the recent one. Melbourne had at that time been laid out
about two years, and the Government thought the flat land south
of the Yarra would be a splendid site for a town, but the flood
came down on the very day that the .sale was to have taken
place, and there was water to the depth of ten or twelve feet on
it. The Govennnent had, therefore, come to the conclusion that
it would not do to sell the land ; but since the new course of the

Proceedhujs of the Roi/dl Society of Victoria. 2J3

Yarra was made the land had become covered with buildings.
He lioped an etfort would be made to collect these records. The
newspapers published at the time were Strode's and Fawkner's.
It was very important indeed that some Institution like the
Royal Society should try to collect these things, and to bring
under the notice of the Government the importance of doing
something in this direction. Some time ago it had been found
that the original plans and maps at the Crown Lands Department
were getting torn and defaced, and a Committee had been
appointed to consider the best way of keeping tliem. Not only
should the original plans be preserved, but any documents
relating to the history of the Colony.

Di\ Neild quite agreed with Mr. White as to the desirability
of taking care of such records.

The President said he felt sure that any information that was
obtainable should be obtained and placed on record without any
delay. He would be very glad if someone would endeavour to
obtain such particulars, as they would form a very useful
addendum to his paper. He thought the flood of 1878 was very
much below the present one. He had to confess he had not
taken much trouble in the way of investigating the matter ; but
Mr. Davidson had told him that he had arranged the water pipes
crossing the river at the Kew Asylum, and put them five feet
above the level of the water in 187S, and during the recent flood
these had been live feet under the water. The flood of 1878,
therefore, did not appear to possess any particular interest.
Thanks to the Public Works Department, he had been able to
include in his paper the most minute information as to the
present flood all the way down to the Dight's Falls. If that
information could be obtained with regard to previous floods it
would be most interesting. The papers during the year 1864
were rather concerned with criticising certain schemes for reducing
the damage done by the flood, and did not trouble to include
actual figures as to the height of the flood itself. The Public Works
Department had furnished him with what purported to show tlie
height of the flood of 1863 up as far as the railway bridge at
South Yarra, but beyond that he could obtain no information.
The flood level was shown by the wharves down at Prince's
Bridge, and up to Brander's Ferry. Going towards the Cremorne
Railway Bridge there was not more than about three inches
between the floods. If the figures given meant the height of the
water above the bridge, then the 1863 flood was three or four
inches below the recent one. The Public Works Department
thought that the two floods were about identical. Mr. Gordon
had prepared a plan, now in the possession of the engineers of tlie
Department, according to which the flood of 1863 was lower than

:i]4 P roceedhujfi of the Royal Society of Victoria.

the present one at Hawthorn, but seemed to rise again at Diglit's
Falls. According to Mr. Gordon, the 1863 flood had been about
(iqual to the present one between Richmond and South Yarra
and below that was higher than the present flood. Mr. Gordon
had left for England before he had discovered this anomaly, and
he had, therefore, not been able to get much infoi-mation.

Mr. White said that the Yarra before 1863 was full of snags,
M'liich would probably cause a great number of weirs.

The President said the 1863 flood was some feet lower than
1891 flood, from the Hawthorn Railway Bridge to the Johnston-
street Bridge. If the 1891 flood had been lower than the 1863
one, it might possibly be explained by the snags ; but why should
it be higher 1 The Victoria-street Bi'idge was the largest on the
river, and consequently made the least obstruction.

Dr. Dendy gave a sununary of a paper by Mr. J. B. Pritchard,
entitled " On a New Species of Graptolitidte (Temnograptu&
magniticus)."

Dr. Dexdy read a paper " On the Presence of Ciliated Pits in
Australian Land Planarians."

As there were not a sufiicient number of members present to
form a quorum, the elections were postponed until the next
ordinary meeting.

ThursJai/, October Sth.

In the absence of the Secretary, Dr. Dendy read the minutes
of the preceding meeting, which were duly confirmed.

Nominations.

Dr. J. W. Barrett was nominated as a Member, and Miss
Agnes Murphy as an Associate.

Mr. H. K. Rusden was elected as Vice-President, vice J.
Cosmo Newbery, C.M.G., resigned ; and Mr. A. W. Dobson,
F.G.S., was elected as a Member.

Mr. R. L. J. Ellery read a paper entitled " Notes on the
Magnetic Shoal near Bezout Island, North-west Australia."'

Mr. RosALES asked what was the geological formation of the
Island ?

Mr. Ellery said that the mainland (of which the Island
liad evidently once formed a j)art) and the Island itself contained
a. good deal of iron sandstone. A good deal of hematite was
found on the mainland, and a few hematite blocks were also to
be seen on the Island ; but no specimen of truly magnetic iron
ore had been found either on the Island or mainland. As a

Froceeduii/s of the Royal Societi/ of Victoria. 215

lUiitter of fact, the hostility of the natives rendered it a diflicult
matter to carry on geological exploration and on some occasions
exploring parties had narrowly escaped spearing. The magnetic
action of the shoal was exactly similar to what would be produced
by a ridge of magnetic iron ore. At that place the water was
only about 75 feet deep.

Mr. RosALES said that in going about Ballarat his compass
was very often aftected in the way that had been described. In
some places the granite had become greatly decomposed, and
formed a magnetic iron ore.

Mr. Ellerv said that there were a good many magnetic
centres on basalt formations in the Colonies.

Mr. White said that in Madagascar and other places it had
been found necessary to disregard the compass altogether for the
pui-poses of surveying, and indeed, he Avas astonished, not at so
many wrecks taking place, but at so few. Flinders, who was
not equalled as a careful navigator in his day of wooden ships,
had stated that in his opinion, by extreme care a course could be
made good to a quarter point, or three degrees, about one mile in
nineteen. It was nothing unusual in these days for a ship to
run 400 miles in twenty-four hours, and thus, by trusting to the
compass, a navigator could not make for any point with greater
certainty than that he would arrive at within twenty miles of it.
When captains of vessels found themselves out of their course,
they generally set it down to the action of some unknown
current. His impression was that it was generally due to some
abnormal action of the compass. In fact, anyone who would
trust the compass for absolute direction would be a madman.

Mr. Lucas asked if Mr. Ellery could give any reason why the
north-seeking pole should be uppermost. He thought the iron
ore would attract either pole.

Mr. Ellery said it was only surmise. Judging from the
effect produced, that was the conclusion that seemed most
probable.

Mr. RosALES said that if the deflection of the needle were
due simply to a large mass of magnetic iron ore, the deflection
would be greater and greater as the ship neared the Island, but
there would be no deflection to tlie other side.

Mr. Ellery said that no doubt the mineral, whatever it was,
was polarised.

Mr. Lucas asked whether it could become polarised by lying in
a certain position.

Mr. Ellery replied that if it were lying anywhere parallel to
the magnetic axis, it would become polarised. As the Chairman

Q 2

216 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

had said, when mistakes in navigation were made, people
generally looked out for currents to excuse them, but in nine
cases out of ten it was caused either by manifest carelessness, or
by some defect in the conij^ass. In some parts of the world — and
this was the case on the Australian coast — certain classes of fogs
disturbed the compass very much, and sometimes dangerously so.
There was no doubt about this being a fact, although it was not
generally believed, because many Captains of ships had been in
fogs and had never noticed it. Certain fogs occurred sometimes
in Port Phillip that threw the compass off a great number of
degrees and when he had been first informed of this, a few years
ago, he had been at a loss to account for it. But all old and
trustworthy mariners spoke of having experienced it, and lie
thought it quite possible, because in this country a certain kind
of fog sometimes prevailed on the mountains and plains and over
the Bay that seemed to form an electric couple with the surface
of the earth, or rather with a layer of atmosphere varying from
five to ten feet thick, and if during the continuance of the fog,
one explored between the surface of the earth and say five or six
feet above it, and perhaps five or six feet above that, it would be
found that there was a space with scarcely any tension whatever,
whilst below there would be a tremendously strong positive
tension, and above a tremendously strong negative tension. In
fact, one would imagine that were very much more disturbance
to take place, there would be flashes of lightning. This state of
things would continue for some hours, and then all would become
balanced again, and the two layers would be equally electrified.
He had experienced this some three or four times. He had read
a paper a good many years ago, giving some observations he had
made on Mount jNIacedon. These observations were always made
in a fog. The registrations at the Observatory made with the
electrometre showed signs of this state of the atmosphere existing
for short periods of time. From this it would be easy to see
that some fogs must disturb a ship's compass, and it was only
fair to captains of vessels that this should be known.

A Member said that an old resident of Apollo Bay had once
remarked to him, that sometimes the weather at that place was
so bad that it turned the compass round, and assured him that in
certain fogs compasses were quite unreliable.

Mr. E. F. J. Love, M.A., read portions of a letter received by
him from Sir George Stokes, President of Royal Society of
London, concerning the Gravity Survey of Australia.

Mr. Ellery said he had received a letter a week or two ago
from Mr. Wipple, of Kew, who said the pendulums were being
made ready to be sent out. In a previous communication, he
(Mr. Ellery) had mentioned that the Council had voted a sum to

Pivceedhirjs of the [{otjal Society of Victoria. 217

pay the expenses of their transportation, and asked that the
pendulums should be sent as soon as possible. Mr. Wipple now-
stated that they would cost about £24 or £25 to pack and send
away, and as he did not know whether the vote would cover that
amount, he would await a reply. That was how the matter
stood at present. The information given by Sir George Stokes
would be very valuable in helping them to decide what was to be
done, and he was inclined to think that the work would be more
valuable and likely to be better done if new pendulums were
made. A great deal of trouble had been experienced with the
old pendulums in India, and they had seen a good deal of work.
The Americans when near Australia a few years ago had
used a small invariable pendulum made in America for their
observations, but so far as he had been able to ascertain, the
work was not very satisfactory.

Mr. Love said that from the drawings he had seen, he thought
the construction of the Russian pendulum was very bad. From
an engineering point of view, it was weak where it should have
been strong, and vice versa. He objected more particularly to the
shape. As a matter of strength of materials, it w^as just as bad
as it could be.

Mr. A. H. S. Lucas, M.A., B. Sc, read a paper entitled
" Notes on the distribution of Victorian Frogs, with description
of two new species."

Dr. Dexdy said Mr. Lucas was to be congratulated on his
woi'k in connection with Victorian vertebrates. He had now
added very materially to our knowledge of the higher animals of
N^ictoria, and several new species were due to his researches.

Mr. White said that forty years ago the noise made by the
frogs at St. Kilda could be heard miles away.

Mr. Lucas said he thought the noise was made by the green
and gold bell frog. The connnon frog was a tree-frog, w-liich had
taken to the water. Its discs, which, though reduced, were still
pi-esent, showed that it belonged to that order. The green and
gold frog was the loudest.

Dr. Dexdy said that at the University many hundreds of frogs
were used in the dissecting-room, and they found that the male
frog's vocal organs were much more largely developed than the
female's, and in a diffei-ent form, and specially adapted for making
a o-reat noise. He inferred from this that the male did most of
the croaking.

Mr. Lucas said that that was so

218 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Thursday, November \'2th.

E. J. White, Esq., F.R.A.S. (Vice-President) occupied the
chair.

Mr. RusDEN, V.P., in the absence of the Hon. Secretary
thi'ough indisposition, read the minutes, which were duly
confirmed.

Messrs. Dobson and Williams signed tlie Roll and were intro-
duced to the Members.

Dr. J. W. Barrett was elected a Member, and Miss Agnes Ross
Murphy an Associate.

The Librarian's report was to the eflect that, since the last
meeting of the Society, eighty -five publications had been received.

Mr. RusDEN read the report of the Antarctic Exploration
Committee, and moved : — " That Professor Kernot, Mr. R. L. J.
EUery, C.M.G. and C , and Mr. Griffiths, F.R.G.S., be re-appointed
Members of the Antarctic Exploration Committee, with power to
add to their number."

Mr. Griffiths seconded the motion, which was put by the
Chairman, and carried unanimously.

Mr. RusDEN read the report of the Port Phillip Biological
Survey Committee.

Mr. Lucas said that since writing the report, he had been
informed that Mr. Wilson had received a communication from
Professor Agardh, with regard to the algai of Port Phillip A large
number of new species and genera had been added, and Mr. Wilson
considered he would now bo able to draw up a complete list up to
date, and perhaps as nearly as possible altogether complete of tlie
algje of Port Phillip, which would be published in a systematic
form, in the same fashion as the catalogue of fishes.

Dr. Dendy said he thought the suggestion of Mr. Lucas in
the report, that the material should be retained in the colony
instead of being sent home, was a very wise one. A large
immber of things had been sent home at considerable expense,
and, with the exception of a few cases, they had received no
return for their labour. He thought that in the future it
would be desirable to retain the material. They had a numbei-
of workers — old established workers, and workers coming on at
the University, and he thought they would be able to deal with
it themselves far more satisfactorily than by sending it home, and
at much less expense. If the money were spent instead by
buying the publications suggested in the report, it would be a
permanent benefit to the scientific literatui-e of the colony.

The Chairman said the suggestion was that the Public
Library should obtain the books, and the Trustees of that

Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria. 2 If)

Institution had always shown themselves very willing to procuic
any technical work required. He certainly agreed with tlic
proposition that as much of the work as possible should be done
in tlie colony. Would it be necessary for the Council to a})prou(;li
the Trustees of the Public Library in the matter ?

Dr. Dendy thought the first thing to be done was to get the
individual naturalists in the colony to take up particular groups,
and then these gentlemen might be asked to furnisli the
Connnittee with a list of the books tliey required. The Council
might then be asked to obtain the books. He did not think the
Public Library should be asked to obtain any books, until it was
determined what books would be required.

Mr. Lucas moved " That the Members of tlie Port Phillip
Biological Survey Committee, viz., Mr. Wm. Bale, F.R.M.S.,
Rev. A. W. Cresswell, M.A., Dr. Dendy, Mr. A. H. S. Lucas.
M.A. (Sec), Mr. P H. McGillivray, Professor AV. Baldwin
Spencer, M.A., Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson, M.A." Tlie i-esolu-
tion was carried.

Mr. RusDEX read the Report of the Cremation Com)nittee, and
moved " That Professor Kernot, Professor Orme Masson, and
Mr. H. K. Rusden, F.R.G.S., be re-appointed Members of the
Cremation Committee." The resolution was carried.

On the motion of Mr. Rusden, the old Members of the House
Committee, viz., Mr. C. R. Bla-kett, F.C.S., Professor \V. C.
Kernot, M.A., Dr. Neild, Professor Orme Masson, M.A., and
Mr. H. K. Rusden, F.R.G.S., were re-appointed Members of
the House Committee.

Ml'. Rusden read the Report of the Gravity Survey Connnittee.

Mr. Love moved the i-e-appointment of the old Members of the
Committee, viz., Mr. R. L. J. Ellery, C.M.G., Professor Kernot,
M.A., Professor Orme Masson, M.A., Professor T. R. Lvle,
M.A., Mr. E. J. White, F.R.A.S., Mr. E. F. J. Love, M.A.,
and at a later stage added the names of Messrs. Russell and Todd.
The resolution was carried.

On the motion of Mr. Rusden, seconded by Mr. Love, Professor
W. Baldwin Spencer, M.A., Mr. R. L. J. Ellery, U.M.G.,
Professor Orme Masson, M.A., Mr. G. S. Griffiths, F.R.G.S.,
were re-elected Members of the Printing Connnittee.

Mr. G. S. Griffiths read a paper " On tlie Geology of the
Bar won Heads."

Mr. DoBSON asked why, if the lava was horizontal wlieii it
flowed from the volcano, it should now be level and th<> iipi)cr
beds tilted. His reason for asking the question was, that he had
been very much puzzled to account for the formation of the rocks

220 Proceedinr/.s of the Royal Society of Victoria.

on the south coast, near Wai'rnambool. The upper beds were-
evidently teulian. At present they were lying in the direction of
the prevailing winds, and the lee side of the slopes, which were
at an aiigle of about 32^, had evidently been very little disturbed.
The slopes that were to leeward were the ones in which the
quarries were worked. The seaward beds were very much
disturbed, and if traced down to high-water mark would be
found to be quite hard, instead of soft as at the top, and as in.
most modern beaches. But, as far as he could judge, the levels
seemed exactly the same.

Mr. Gpjffiths said he was of opinion that whatever movement
tiiere had been had carried the whole of the locality up evenly,,
and lowered it again evenly, and that the divergence between the
levels of the calcareous beds and the conglomerates intercalated
between the calcareous beds and the levels of the old land surface-
wliich ran pai'allel to the lava bed surface, was not due to any
tilting at all that had taken place in the locality (the beds
having moved up and down together) ; but that the surface
angles were due to the way in which the sandstone beds were
deposited, or to the way in which those beds had eroded.

Mr. Dkxnant asked Mr. Griffiths if he had found any sign of
any rock beneath tlie basalt. It would be interesting to know
what rock was found underneath the basalt. He thought these
deposits would be found underneath the basalt at the Barwon, if it
could be penetrated. He would also like to know if there was.
any evidence as to whether that basalt was the newer basalt or
the older basalt. That might afibrd some clue perhaps as to the
iige of the overlying rocks. As a matter of fact, the newer basalt
was never overlaid by the limestone referred to by Mr. Griffiths.
He knew of no instance of such being the case in any part of the
colony. As Mr. Griffiths had hinted, the basalt might be
continuous across the Straits, and possibly might extend right
across to Western Port. With regard to the term " sandstone "
he supposed Mr. Gritliths had used it as a common term. ,He
believed it was composed mainly of portions of shell, the same as
at Warrnambool. He had heard lately of an analysis of the
Warrnambool sandstone, and, speaking from memory, he thought
there was something like 95 per cent, of carbonate of lime in it.
As to tlie doubt expressed by Mr. Griffiths with reference to the
origin of the rocks — whether they were reulian or sedinientary —
he would like to know whether any attempt had been made to
isolate particles. He thought that might enable them to decide
the question. If the particles of which the rocks were composed
wei-e angular, they were not sedimentary rocks ; if they were
rounded, they probably were sedimentary, ^^^olian rocks always
Jiad angular particles. He had no doubt that the rocks referred

Proceedliu/s of the Roi/(U Soclehj of Victoria. 221

to at Wan-nambool were fedlian, and the particles of which they
were composed were never rounded, but always angular. Tli(>n
again, it had been said that these rocks were Tertiai-y or Pliocene.
He would like to know why they were called Pliocene or Tertiary.
In the absence of fossil evidence, he did not know how it was to
be decided whether the rocks belonged to one age or another,
unless there was an underlying or an overlying rock to be guided
by. In this case, there was neither. If they were a^olian rocks,
as represented by those at Warrnambool and further to the west,
lie would he inclined to catalogue thera amongst recent foi'ms.

Mr. "WiLSOX asked whether it was probable that the How of
lava came from the neighbouring Mount Duneed. With
reference to the rock above the basalt, had Mr. Griffiths noticed
a capping of true limestone, or something approaching a true
limestone, on the top, above what he called the calcareous
sandstone. At Sorrento and QueensclifF thei'e was a capping a
good deal purer than what had been described. He could not
help thinking that the capping on Barwon Heads bore some
similarity to that which was found on the other side of the
Straits. Mr. Griffiths had said that the lava did not show itself
further west. By that it was to be presumed was meant that it
did not show itself very close, because at a little distance the
basalt came out again at a place commonly called the Black
Rocks, about half way between the Barwon Heads and Bream
Greek. As to its going across the Straits, he could not of course
say positively ; it did not go some distance across the Straits, but
in dredging off that place he had occasionally brought up boulders
of basalt rock ; but a little beyond that distance, sandstone was
met with, which he believed to be of the same character as the
sandstone at Bream Creek, and which was also found on the
opposite shore, in the immediate neighbourliood of Ocean Grove,
which he had heard called Eocene.

The Rev. A. W. Cresswell asked Mr. Griffiths whether the
age of the underlying volcanic rock could not be estimated by
simply comparing it with the volcanic rock at Phillip Island.
He presumed if it were recent rock it would be harder, to begin
with, and would differ altogether in its mineral contents from the
older Miocene basalt. A Miocene basalt was easily distinguished
from a more recent one, partly because of its peculiar mode of
decomposition, and its texture, softness, and so forth ; and partly
by its mineral contents. He thought that under consideration
very much resembled what one saw all along the coast, and
especially at Phillip Island ; but he did not recollect the bands
of conglomerates spoken of. Dr. Wilson had observed that these
rocks had a capping of what appeai-ed to be true limestone. He
liimself had observed that capping, and had noticed that it was

222 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

very solid. His opinion was that the whole of the rock was a
plastic limestone. It was a form of comminuted shells; and here
and there, owing to different causes, there had been a sufficient
decomposition of the limestone, so to speak, to fuse masses of this
plastic limestone on certain horizons.

Dr. Dendy read a paper on "Land Planarians from Queensland."

Mr. Lucas remarked that it was strange that in the Queensland
collection there should be so many genera and so few species.

Dr. Dendy said that Professor Spencer, who had collected the
specimens described, had remarked that Queensland was not
nearly so good a collecting ground for Land Planarians as
Victoria.

Thursday, December 10th.

The minutes of the preceding meeting were read and duly
confirmed.

Mr. Griffiths stated that, at the last meeting of the Antarctic
Exploration Committee, the question whether there should be
two Secretaries had been raised. Hitherto, Mr. Rusden had
represented the Royal Society as Secretary on the Committee,
and the Royal Geographical Society had also been represented
by a Secretary. Mr. Rusden having resigned this position,
Baron von Mueller had raised the question as to whether the
Royal Society should appoint a second Secretary.

Mr. Ellery did not think there was any ad^■antage to be
gained by having two Secretaries, and moved " That nominations
of members of the Royal Society to the Antarctic Committee be
nominations of members only."

Mr. Griffiths seconded the motion, which was carried.

Mr. Bakei', Associate, and Mr. Oldfield, Member, signed the
Roll, and were introduced to the meeting.

Messrs. J. Lillie McKay and A. E. T. Swanson were nominated
as Members.

On the motion of Professor Spencer, seconded by Mr. Ellery,
Messrs. Fenton and Mooi's were re-elected Auditors.

Professor Spencer gave notice that, at the next General
Meeting, he intended to propose certain amendments of the Laws
of the Society, which would be fully set out in the notice paper
for the March Meeting. These alterations had two objects, first,
consequential alterations to allow of there being one Secretary
instead of two, and second, amendmejits dealing with the Sections
of the Society.

Proceeding.'^' of the Royal Socleti/ of Victoria. 223

Mr. Elleky called attention to an article which had appeared
in The Australasian with respect to the Society, and wliich spoke
of its decline and approaching fall. He had been connected witli
the Society from its inception, and he had not known a time in
its history when it had manifested more real vitality in the work
of the advancement of science. Perhaps the writer of the article
in question had confused the work done by the Society with the
proceedings of Section G, and if that w ere so, he could not wonder
at the conclusions he had arrived at, if the reports of those
proceedings were correct. As one of the oldest members of the
Society, he was sure it was ahead in many respects of what it had
ever been before ; and although in earlier times a good deal of
work of a popular kind might have been done, for original
research and for good work, which would compare favourably
witli that done by any other Society, the present time had never
been exceeded.

Professor Spencer said he had interviewed the Editor, who
had promised to insert a letter with regard to the matter, and
read a letter which he had written accordingly.

Tlie Hon. Librarian reported that since the last meeting
83 publications bad been received and added to the Library.

Professor Spencer read a Preliminary Notice of Victorian
Earth-worms. Part I. — The genera Megascolides and Crypto-
drilus.

After a short discussion. Professor Spencer observed that an
interesting point in regard to the earth-worms of Victoria was
that they did not seem to throw up the soil at the mouth of their
burrows to the same extent as European earth-worms. What
Professor Drummond had said witli regard to Africa seemed to be
perfectly true with regard to Victoria, that in the matter of
throwing up the earth, the ants took the place that was taken by
the earth-worms in other parts of the world.

Professor Spencer i-ead a note on the habits of Ceradotus
forsteri.

Mr. Ellery asked wliether it had not been stated that the
Ceradotus was a migratory fish 1

Professor Spencer replied that it could not be a migratory
fish as its limbs were not strong enough to support it out of
water. It was found only in two rivers, the Mary and the
Burnett, and nowhere else.

Mr. Baker said that in the Murray District it was a commonly
accepted idea that the fish would cross from pool to pool.

Professor Spencer said that such an idea was erroneous. He
had tried the fish out of water, and liad come to the conclusion
that it was unable to move.

22-i Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

On the motion of Mr. Ellery, seconded by Mr. Griffiths,
it was resolved that the jDapers entitled "Notes on Victorian
Rotifers," by Messrs. H. H. Anderson and J. Shephard, and
" A Note on the Amphioxus of Port Phillip," by Mr. A. H. S.
Lucas, should be printed in the Transactions of the Society, sub-
ject to the approval of the Secretary.

On the motion of Mr. Ellery, seconded by Mr. Griffiths,
it was resolved that letters of condolence be sent to the widows of
the late Dr. Periy and Sir William McLeay.

MEMBERS

Cbc Monal ^acictn of Dictoriii.

Patron.

Hopetoun, His Excellency The Right Hon. John Adrian Louis
Hope, G.C.M.G., Seventh Earl of.

Honorary Members.
Agnew, Hon. J, W,, M.E.C., M.D., Hobart, Tasmania.
Bancroft, J., Esq , M.D., Brisbane, Queensland.
Clarke, Colonel Sir Andrew, K.C.M.G., C.B., C.I.E., London.
Forrest, Hon. J., C.M.G., Surveyor-General, West Australia.
Hector, Sir James, K.C.M.G., M.D., F.R.S., Wellington, N.Z.
Neumeyer, Professor George, Ph. D., Hamburg, Germany.
Russell, H. C, Esq.,F.R.S.,F.R.A.S., Observatory, Sydney, N.S.W.
Scott, Rev. W., M.A., Kurrajong Heights, N.S.W.
Todd, Charles, Esq., C.M.G., F.R.A.S., Adelaide, S.A.
Verbeek, Dr. R D. M., Buitenzorg, Batavia, Java.

Life Members.

Bage, Edward, jun., Esq., Crawford, Fulton-street, St. Kilda.
Barkly, His Excellency Sir Henry, G.C.M.G., K.C.B., Carlton

Club, London.
Bosisto, Joseph, Esq., C.M.G., Richmond.
Butters, J. S., Esq., 323 Collins-street.
Eaton, H. F., Esq., Treasury, Melbourne.
Elliott, T. S., Esq., Railway Department, Spencer-street.
Elliott, Sizar, Esq., J.P., Wei-e-stveet, Brighton Beach.
Fowler, Thomas W., Esq., Carlyle-street, Upper Hawthorn.

226 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

CUbbons, Sidney W., Esq., F.C.S., care of Mr. Lewis, Chemist,

341 Bourke street.
Gilbert, J. E., Esq., Money Order Office, G.P.O. Melbourne.

Higinbotham, His Honour Chief Justice, Supreme Court.
Howitt, Edward, Esq., Eathinine.s-road, Auburn.

Love, E. F. J., Esq., M.A., Queen's College, University.

Mueller, Baron F. Von, K.C.M.O., M.D., Ph.D., F.R.S., Arnold-
street, South Yarra.

jS'icholas, William, Plsq., F.G.S., Melbourne University.

Rusden, H. K., Esq., F.R.G.S., Ockley, Marlton Crescent,

St. Kilda.
Selby, G. W., Ksq., 99 Queen-street.

White, E. J., Esq., F.R.A.S., Melbourne Observatory.
Wilson, Sir Samuel, Knt., Oakleigh Hall, East St. Kilda.

Ordinary Members.

Allan, Alexander C, Esq., Fitzroy-street, St. Kilda.
Allan, M. J., Esq., 17 Delbridge-street, North Fitzroy.
Archer, W. H., Esq., J.R, F.L.S., F.LA., Alverno, Grace Park,
Hawthorn.

Bage, William, Esq., M.I.C.E., 349 Collins-street.

Ball, William, Esq., 600 Chapel-street, South Yarra.

Barnard, F., Esq., 49 High-sti'eet, Kew,

Barnes, Benjamin, Esq., Queen's Terrace, South Melbourne.

Barracchi, Pietro, Esq., R.E. and C.E. Italy, F.R.A.S. Eng.,
Observatory, Melbourne.

Barrett, J. W., Esq., M.D., 34 Collins-street.

Barton, Robert, Esq., Royal Mint, Melbourne.

Bevan, Rev. L. D., LL.D., D.D., Congregational Hall, Russell-
street.

Beckx, Gustave, Esq., Queen's Place, St. Kilda Road.

Bennetts, W. R., jun., Esq., 129 Rathdown-street, Carlton.

Blackett, C. R., Esq., J. P., F.C.S., Charlesfort, Tennyson-street,
South St. Kilda.

Bradley, R. S., Esq., Queen's College, Barkly-street, St Kilda.

Bride, T. F., Esq., LL.D., Public Library, Melbourne.

Brett, J. Talbot, Esq., M.R.C.S., 85 Collins-street.

Campbell, F. A., Esq., C.E., Working Men's College, Latrobe-

street.
Candler, Samuel Curtis, Esq., Melbourne Club.
Cliapman, Jas., Esq., Belair Avenue, Glenferrie.

Lifit of Memhevtf. •Ill

Clendinuen, F., Esq., M.R.C.S., 49") Malvern-roacl, Hawksbui a.
Cohen, Josepli B., Esq., A.R.I.B.A., Public Works Departnu-nt,

jNIelbouine.
Cohen, J., Esq., M.R.C.V.S., Kirk's Bazaar, Bourke-street West.
Cole, Frank HobilJ, Esq., M.B., Ch.B., 76 Rathdown-sticet,

Carlton.
Cornell, Henry, Esq., 206 Mary-street, Richmond.
Corr, J. R., Esq., M.A., Holstein House, Murphy-street, South

Yarra.
Coane, J. M., Esq., C.E., care of Coane and Grant, Fourth Floor,

Prell's Buildings, Queen-street.

Danks, John, Esq., 391 Bourke-street.

Davidson, William, Esq., C.E., Inspector-General of Public

Works, Melbourne.
Davy, J. W., Esq., 250 Bourke-street.
Derham, Hon. Fred. T., 14 Queen-street.
Dendy. Arthur, Esq., D.Sc, F.L.S., University, Melbourne.
Dennant, T., Esq., F.G.8., F.C.8., Lyndhurst Crescent, Hawthorn.
Duerdin, James, Esq., LL B., 436 Collins-street.
Dunn, Frederick, Esq., 306 Little Flindei's-street

Ellery, R. L. J., Esq., C.M.G., F.R.S., F.R.A.S., Observatory,
Melbourne.

Fink, Theodore, Esq., 245 Collins-street.

Foord, George, Esq., F.C.S., Royal Mint, Melbourne.

Fox, W., Esq., 14 Robe-street, St. Kilda.

Goldstein, J. R. Y., Esq., Office of Titles, Melbourne.
Gotch, J. S., Esq., 109 Albert-street, East Melbourne.
Griffiths, G. S., Esq., F.R.G.S., Waratah, Washington-street,

Toorak.
Grut, Percy de Jersey, Esq., E. S. & A. C. Bank, Collins-street

West.

Hake, C. N., Esq., F.C.S., Melbourne CluV), Melbourne.
Halley, Rev. J. J., Congregational Hall, Russell-street.
Hart, Ludovico, Esq., 9 Tivoli-road, South Yarra.
Heffernan, E. B., Esq., M.D., 10 Brunswick-street, Fitzroy.
Henderson, A, M., Esq., C.E., Ludstone Chambers, Collins street

West.
Hogg, H. R., Esq., 1 6 Market Buildings, Flinders Lane West.
Howitt, A. W., Esq., P.M.. F.G.S., Secretary Mines Department,

Melbourne.

Inskip, Geo. C, Esq., F.R.I.B.A., St. James' Buildings, William-
street.

228 Proceedings of the Royal Societi/ of Victoria.

Jackson, A. H., Esq., B. 8c., F.C.S., Villa Mancuniuni, Dandeiiong-

road, CaulHeld.
Jiiger, Ernest, Esq., North-street, Ascot Vale:
James, E. M., Esq., M.li.C.S., 2 Collins-street.
Janiieson, James, Esq., M.D., 56 Collins-street.
Joseph, R. E., Esq., Electric Light Company, 8andiidge-road,

Melbourne.
Jennings, Newton C, Esq., C.E., F.R.I. B.A., Shire Office,

Heidelberg.

Keinot, Professor W. C, M.A., C.E., University, Melbourne.

Laurie, Professor H., LL.D., Univeisity, Melbourne.

Leeper, Alexander, Esq., LL.D., Trinity College, Sydney -road.

Levds, J. B., Esq., 5 Ghulstone-.street, Prahran.

Lillis, J. D., Esq., 129 Victoria-street, Noith Melbourne.

Lucas, A. H. S., Esq., M.A., B.Sc, F.L.S., 5 Angelo-street,

South Yarra.
Lucas, William, Esq., 113 Leopcld-street, South Yarra.
Lyle, Professor T. R., M.A., LTniversity, Melbourne.
Lynch, William, Esq., St. James' Buildings, William-street.

M'Coy, Professor Sir F., K.C.M.G., D.Sc, F.R.S., University,

Melbourne.
M'Petrie, A., Esq., Rouse street. Port Melbourne.
Macdonaid, A. C, Esq., F.R.G.S., Prell's Buildings, Queen street.
M'Alpine, D., Esq., F.C.S., 5 Wallace-street, Toorak.
Main, Thomas, Esq., City Surveyor's Office, Melbourne.
Maloney, William, Esq., o7 Roden-street, West Melbourne.
Masson, Professor Orme, M.A.. D.Sc, University, MelViourne.
Mathew, Rev. John, Cobuig.
Moerlin, C, Esq., Observatory, Melbourne.
Moors, H., Esq., Chief Secretary's Office, Melbourne
Morley, J. L., Esq., Glenville House, 199 Drumniond-street,

Carlton.
Morris, Professor, M.A., University, Melbourne.
Morrison, Alexander, Esq., M.D., 472 Albert-street, East

Melbourne.
Muntz, T. B., Esq., C.E., 358 Collins-street.

Nanson, Professor E. J,, M.A., University, Melbourne.
Neild, J. E., Esq., M.D., Bilton House, 21 Spring-street.
Neild, Mi.ss Helen Harriet, Bilton House, 21 Spring-street.
Newbery, J. Cosmo, Esq., B.Sc, CJ.M.G., Technological Museum
Nimmo, W. H., Esq., Melbourne Club, Melbourne.

Officer, C. G. W., Esq., B.Sc, Toorak.

Oldfield, Lenthal, Esq., 36 Nicholson-street, Fitzroy.

List of Members. 229

Pickells, W. E., Esq., F.H.M.S., care of Jules Reiiard au<l Co.,

11 St. James' Buildings, Collins-street West.
Plowman, Sidney, Esq., E.R.C.S., College of Pharmacy, Melbourne.
Prince, J., Esq., Henry-street, Windsor.

Ridge, Samuel H., Esq., B.A., 257 \^ictoria Parade, E. Melhourne.
Ro.sales, Plenry, Esq., F.G.S., Alta Mira, Grandview-grove,

Armadale.
Rowan, Captain F. C, 29 Queen-street.
Rudall, J. T., Esq., F.R.C.S., corner of Spring and Collins-streets,

Melbourne.
Rule, O. R., Esq., Technological Museum, Melbourne.

Sargood, Hon. Sir Frederick T., K.C.M.G., M.L.C., Elsternwick.

Shaw, Thomas, Esq., Woorywyrite, Cam))erdown.

Spencer, Professor W. Baldwin, M.A., University, Melbourne.

Springhall, John A., Esq., G.P.O., Melbourne.

Springthorpe, J. W., Esq., M.D., 83 Collins-street.

Steane, G. R. B., Esq., Cunningham-street, Northcote.

Stirling, James, Esq., F.G.S., Mining Department, Melbourne.

Sugden, Rev. E. H., B.A., B. Sc, Queen's College, Carlton.

Sutherland, Alex, Esq., M.A . Carlton College, Royal Park.

Sweet, George, Esq., Wilson-stieet, Brunswick.

Synie, G. A., Esq., M.B., F.R.C.S., 74 Collins-street.

Tisdall, H. T., Esq., F.L.S., Washington street, Toorak.

Topp, C. A., Esq., M.A., LL.B., F.L.S., Grandview Grove,

Armadale.
Tucker, Professor T. G., M.A., University, Melbourne.

Wai,'emann, Captain C, 9 Queen-street South.

Wannan, Alex. C, Esq., City-road, South Melbourne.

Way, A. S., Esq., M.A., Wesley College, Punt-road, Prahran.

Whitley, David, Esq., Murphy-street, South Yarra.

Wight, Gerard, Esq., Phoenix Chambers, Market-street.

Wild, J. J., Es(|., Ph. D., Ormond House, 112 Drummond-street,

Carlton.
Wilson, J. S., Esq., Pottery Works, Yarraville.
Wyatt, Alfred, Esq., P.M., Yorick Club.

Country Members.

Jjfchervaise, W. P., Esq., Post Gliice, Ballarat.

Bland, R. H., Esq., Clunes.

Browning, J. H., Esq., M.D., Quarantine Station, Portsea.

Ohesney, Charles Alfred, Esq., C.E., Tindarey Station, Cobar,
Bourke, N.S.W. ; and Australian Club, Melbourne.

280 Frocecdings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Cameron, John. Esq., Oi-bost, Victoria.

Conroy, James Macdowall, Esq., Wingham, Manning River, N.S.W.

Davies, D. M., Esq., M.L.A., Parliament House, Melbourne.

Dawson, J., Esq., Rennyliill, Camperdown.

Desmond, John, Esq., Warrnambool.

Dixie, A. W., Esq., Shire Engineer, Tallangatta.

Dobson, A. Dudley, Esq., Warrnambool.

Edwards, Henry, Esq., Princess Theatre, Melbourne.

Field, William Graham, Esq., C.E., Railway Engineer in-Chief 's
Department, Melbourne.

Hall, T. S., Esq., M.A., School of Mines, Castlemaine.
Hunt, Robert, Esq., Royal Mint, Sydney, N.S.W.

I^'ey, James, Esq., Ballarat.

Keogh, Laurence F., Esq., Bracknell Banks, Cobden.

Loughrey, B., Esq., M.A., C.E., City Surveyor, Wellington, N.Z.
Luplau, W., Esq., Lydiard-street, Ballarat.

M'Clelland, D. C., Esq., State School, Buninyong.

MacGiUivray, P. H., Esq., M.A., M.R.C.S., Bendigo.

Mackay, J. B. Lillie, Esq., F.C.S.. School of Mines, Bendigo.

Manns, G. S., Esq., Leneva, near Wodonga.

Manson, Donald, Esq., Elgin Buildings, Sydney, N.S.W.

Munday, J., Esq., Huberton, North Queensland.

Muiray, Stewart, Esq., C.E., Kyneton.

Nay] or, John, Esq., Stawell.

Oddie, James, Esq., Dana-street, Ballarat.

Olivei-, C. E., Esq., C.E., Victoria Water Supply, Rialto, Collins-
street, Melbourne.

Powell, Waiter D. T., Esq., Harbour Department, Brisbane,
Queensland.

Shaw, W. H., Esq., Phoenix Foundry, Ballarat.
Sutton, H., Esq., Sturt-street, Ballarat.

Vickery, S. K., Esq., Ararat

Wakelin, T., Esq., B.A., Greytown, Wellington, New Zealand.
Wall. John, Esq., Town Hall, Sebastopol, Ballarat.
Williams, Rev. W., F.L.S., Forest-street, Bendigo.
Wilson, J. B., Esq., M.A., C. of E. Grammar School, Geelong.
Wooster, W. H., Esq., 464 Hum tfray -street, Ballarat East,

List of Members. ^31

Corresponding Members.
Bailey, F. M., Esq., The Museum, Biisbane.
Clarke, Hyde, Esq., 32 St. George's Square, London, S.W.

Etheridge, Robert, Esq., jun., F.G.S., Department of Mines
Sydney, N.8.W.

Stirton, James, Esq., M.D., F.L.S., 15 Newton-street, Glasgow.

Ulrich, Professor G. H. F., F.G.S., Dunedin, Otago, N.Z.

Wagner, William, Esq., LL.D., Philadelphia, U.S.A.

Associates,

Allen, W. W., Esq., Belmont Avenue, Kew.

Anderson, D., Esq., Stawell.

Askew, David C, Esq., 410 Bourke-street.

Bage, C, Esq., M.D., 81 Toorak-road, South Yarra.

Baker, Thomas, Esq., Bond-street, Abbotsford.

Bale, W. M., Esq., Walpole-street, Hyde Park, Kew.

Best, Heinrich, Esq., care of Mr. H. Falkner, Nightingale-street,

Balaclava.
Blair, Miss Lilian Mary, Wendouree, Armadale,
iilair, Miss Louisa Florence, Wendouree, Armadale.
Booti], John, Esq., C.E., Rennie-.street, Coburg.
Bowen, W. W., Esq., 358 (!oll ins-street.

i^rockenshire, W. H., Esq., C.E., Railway Department, Kerang.
Brownscombe, W. J., Esq., Bridge-road, Richmond.

Carmichael, Miss Grace Elizabeth Jennings, care of Mr. Russell,
The Plains, Hesse, near Geelong.

Champion, H. V., Esq., Council Chambers, Williamstown.

Chase, L. H., Esq., Queensberry-street, Carlton, or Railway Depart-
ment, Selborne Chambers.

Clark, Lindsay, Esq., Railway Department, Melbourne.

Colvin, Owen F., Esq., University, Melbourne.

Craig, Robert, Esq., Training College, Grattan-street.

Cresswell, Rev. A. W., M.A., St. John's Parsonage, Camberwell.

Curry, Thomas, Esq., 11 Charles-street, Prahran.

Daley, W. T., Esq., St. Kilda-street, Elsternwick.

Dank.s, A. T., Esq., 42 Bourke-street.

Davies, E., Esq., care of Bowen, Chemist, 358 Collins-street.

Dawson, W. S., Esq., Runnymede, Essendon.

Dunlop, G. H., Esq., Elm-sti-eet, Lower Hawthorn.

R 2

232 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Edwards, J. E., Esq., Colonial Telegraph Exchange, 133 Little

Collins-street.
Elliott, R. T., Esq., Trinity College, Royal Park, Melbourne.

Falk, David, Esq., care of Messrs. Falk and Co., Little Collins-
street East.
Fen ton, J. J., Esq., Office of Government Statist, Melbourne.
Finney, W. H., Esq., Bridport-street, 8outii Melbourne.
Fison, Rev. Loriuier, M.A., Essendon.
Fraser, J. H., Esq., Railway Department, Melbourne.

Gabriel, J., Esq., Simpson's- road, CoUingwood.
Grant, A. M., Esq., Kerferd-road, Albert Park.
Grayson, H., Esq., Moy-street, St. Kilda.

Haig, R. G., Esq., Phoenix Chambers, 23 Market-street, Melbourne.
Harper, Andrew, Esq., M.A.. Toorak.
Harding, F., Esq., 65 Queen-street, Melbourne.
Harris. W. W., Esq., Comet House, Chiltern.
Hart, J. S., Esq., M.A., B.Sc, University, Melbourne.
Holmes, W. A., Esq., Telegraph Engineer's Office, Railway Depart-
ment, Spencer-street, Melbourne.
Horsley, Sydney W.. Esq., University, Melbourne.
Howden, J. M., Esq., 46 Elizabeth-street.
Hubbard, J. R., Esq., 99 Queen-street, Melbourne.

Ingamells, F. N., Esq., Observatory, Melbourne.
Irvine, W. H., Esq., Selborne Chambers, Chancery-lane.

Kernot. Frederick A., Esq., Royal Park, Hotham.
Kirkland, J. B., Esq., F.C.S., University, Melbourne.

Lambert, Thomas, Esq., Bank of New South Wales, Chiltern.
Lindsay, James, Esq., 172 Bouverie-stveet, Carlton.

Maclean, C. W., Esq., Walsh-street, South Yarra.

Maplestone, C. M., Esq., Princess-street, Kew.

Matthews, Richard, Esq., Euenbendeny, Euabalong, N.S.W., via

Hiilston.
Melville, A. G., Esq., Mullen's Library, Collins-street.
Mills, H. W., Esq., Glan-y-moi-, Brighton.
Moors, Miss Florence Donald, Punt-road, South Yarra.
Moors, E. M., Esq., University, Sydney, N.S.W.
Murray, T., Esq., C.E., Victoria Water Sui)ply Department, Melb.

O'Brien, Miss Agnes Connor, Dunkollin House, 53 Gipps-street,

East Melbourne.
Osmond, Miss Sophie, 25 Brighton-street, East Richmond.
Outtrim, Frank Leon, Esq., Lorne-street, Moonee Ponds.

List of Members. 233

Parry, E, W., Esq., Sydney-road, Carlton.

Paul, A. W. L., Esq , Male-street, North Brigliton.

Phillips, A. E., Esq., 99 Queen-street.

Phillips, P. D., Esq., 245 Collins-street.

Porter, Thomas, Esq., M.D., Drummond-street, Ballarat.

Quarry, Herbert, Esq., Alma Cottage, Macaulay-road, Kensington.

Reeve, Alfred, Esq.. Maribyrnong Road, Moonee Ponds.
Reid, Rev. John, Ph. D., Hothani-street, East St. Kilda.
Remfry, Josiah Richard, Esq., Branxholiiie, Victoria.
Rennick, E. C, Esq., Railway Works, Yarra Glen.
Rennick, W. R., Esq., Osborne-street, Elsternwick.
Riddell, Mrs., F.S.Sc. Lond., 21 May -road, Toorak.
Robertson, John Steele, Esq., B.A., University, Melbourne.
Ro.ss, Jo.seph, Esq., M.D., Warrnambool.

Schafer, R,, Esq., 17 Union-street, Wind.sor.

Shaw, A. G., Esq., Shire Hall, Bairnsdale.

Sisley, Thomas A., Esq., Avoca-street, South Yarra.

Slater, H. A., Esq., 121 Collins-street.

Smibert, G., Esq., G.P.O.. Melbourne.

Smith, B. A., Esq., Imperial Chambers, Bank Place, Collins-street
West.

Smith, E. L., Esq , Hazelhurst, George-street, East Melbourne.

Smith, Elderson, Esq., London Chartered Bank, -410 Brunswick-
street, Fitzroy.

Smith, Mrs. Elderson, London Chartered Bank, 410 Brunswick-
street Fitzroy.

Steane, W, P., Esq., Railway Department, Araiat.

Stewart, C, Esq., 9 Murphy-street, South Yarra.

Tiite. Frank, Esq., B.A., Training College, Grattan-street.
Tyers, A., Esq., C.E., St. James^ Buildings, William-street.

Way, Mrs. R. B., Wesley College.

Wilsniore, C. N., Esq., B.Sc, University, Melbourne.

Wilson, J., Esq., Belmont, 10 Johnston-street, CoUingwood.

LIST OF THE INSTITUTIONS AND LEARNED
SOCIETIES THAT RECEIVE COPIES OF THE
"TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY OF VICTORIA."

England.
Agent-General of Victoria
Anthropological Institute
Biological Society of Liverpool
Bodleian Library
British Museum
Colonial Office Library ...
"Electrician" ..
Foreign Office Library
Geologioal Society

Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers
Institution of Civil Engineers
Linnsean Society

Literary and Philosophical Society
Marine Biological Laboratory
Natural History Museum
Naturalists' Society
"Nature" ... ...

Owen's College Library ...

Patent Office, 25 Southampton Buildings

Philosophical Society

Royal Asiatic Society

Royal Astronomical Society

Royal Colonial Institute

Royal Gardens

Royal Geographical Society

Royal Microscopical Society

Royal Society ...

Statistical Society

University Library

Scotland.

Botanical Society
Geological Society
Royal College of Physicians' Laboratory

London

. . London

Liverpool

.. Oxford

London

. . London

London

Newcastle

London

Liverpool

Plymouth

London

Bristol

... London

Manchester

London

Cambridge

London

Kew

London

. . . London

London

Cambridge

Edinburgh
Edinburgh
Edinburgh

List of Institutions, t(.'-c.

235

Royal Observatory

Royid Physical Society ...

Koyal Society ...

Royal Scottish Society of Arts
Scottisli Geographical Society
University Library
University Library

Edinburgli
Ediiiburgli
Edinburgli
Edinburgli
Edinburgh
Edinburgh
, Glascow

Ireland.

Natural History and Philosophical Society

Royal Dublin Society

Royal Geological Society

Royal Irish Academy

Trinity College Library ... ...

Belfast
Dublin
Dublin
Dublin
Dublin

Germany.

Gessellschaft fur Erdkunde

Grossh. Hessische Geologische Anstalt

Kbuigl. Botanische Gesellschaft

Konigl. Offentl. Bibliothek

Konigl. Preussische Akadeniie der Wisseiischaften

Konigl. Siichs Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften

Konigl. Societat der Wissenschaften

Naturfoiscliende Gesellschaft

Natuiforschende Gesellschaft ■

Naturfoiscliende Gesellschaft

Naturhistorisch Medizinischer Verein

Naturhistorische Gesellschaft

Naturhistorisches Museum

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein

Natui-wissenschaftlicher Verein

Oberhessische Gesellschaft fur Natur (t Heilkunde

Schlesische Gesellschaft fiir Vaterland. Cultur.

Verein fiir Erdkunde

Verein fiir Erdkunde ■

Verein fiir Naturkiinde ...

Berlin

Darmstadt

Regensburg

,.. Dresden

Berlin

. . Leipzig

Got till gen

Eiiiden

Halle

. . . Leipzig

Heidelberg

. .. Hanover

Hamburg

... Hanover

... Bieiiien

Frankfurt

G lessen

Breslau

Darmstadt

Halle

Kassel

Austria.

K. K. Akademie der WissenscJjaften
K. K. Geologische Reich saustalt ...

Wien
Wien

236 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

K. K. Geographisclie Gesellschaft ...
K. K. Naturhistoiisches Hofmuseum
luiperial Obseivatox-y

Wien

Prague

Switzerland.

Geographisclie Gesellschaft
Geogr. Commerc. Gesellschaft
(ieogr. Commerc. Gesellschaft
►Schweizerische Naturforscliende Gesellschaft
Societe de Physique et d'Histoire Naturelle . .

Benie

St. Gallen

Aarau

Berne

Geneve

France.

Academie des Sciences et Belles-Lettres et Arts . . . Lyon

Feuilles des Jeunes Naturalists ... ... ... Paris

Societe Academique Indo-Chinoise ... ... Paris

Societe de Geographie ... ... ... ... Paris

Societe Nationale de Cherboui'g ... ... Cherbourg

Societe Zoologique de France ... ... ... Paris-

Italy.

I'.iblioteca Nazionale Centrale Vittorio Emanuele ... Rome

Britisii and Americau Archaeological Society ... Rome

Museo di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comp., P. Universita Turin

Ministero dei Lavori Pubblici ... ... ... Pome

lleale Academia di Scienze ... ... ... Palermo

Peale Academia di Scienze, Lettre ed Arti ... ... Lucca

llegia Academia di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti ... JNIodina

Societcl Geogratica Italiana ... ... ... Rome

Societci Toscana di Scienze Naturali ... ... Pisa

Spain and Portugal.

Real Academia de Ciencias Exactas, Fisicas y Naturales Madrid
Sociedade de Geographia ... ... ... Lisbon

Holland and Belgium.

Academie Royale de Belgique
Bataviaasch Genootschap van

schappen ...
Natural Science Society ...

Kunsten en

Bruxelles
Weten-

Batavia
Amsterdam

List of Institutions, (&c.

Natuurkuiulig Genootschap
Nederlandisch Botan. Vereeinging
Magnetical and Meteorological Observatory ...
Societe Hollandaise des Sciences ...
Societe Macologique Royale de Belgique
Societe Provinciale des Arts et Sciences

237

Groningeii

Nijinegen

Batavia

. Haarlem

Bruxelles

Utrecht

Denmark, Sweden, and Norway.

Academie Royale ... ... ... Copenhagen

Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskap ... Copenhagen

Societe des Sciences ... ... ... Chi'istiania

Russia and Roumania.

Institut Meteorologique de Roumanie ... Bucharest

Jardin Botanique Imperial ... ... St. Petersburg

La Soc. de Naturalists de I'llniversite de Kazan ... Kazan

Soc. de Naturalistes Kiew ... ... ... Kiew

Societe des Naturalistes de la Nouvelle Rus.sie ... Ode.ssa

Societe Imperiale des Naturalistes ... .. Moscow

Societe Imperiale Russe de Geographic ... St. Petersburg

India and Mauritius.

Royal Asiatic Society, Ceylon Branch ... ... Colombo

Oeological Survey of India ... ... ... Calcutta

Madras Literary Society ... ... ... Madras

Meteorological Society ... ... ... ...Mauritius

Natural History Society ... ... ... Bombay

Royal Bengal Asiatic Society ... ... ... Calcutta

China and Japan.

Astronomical Observatory ... ... Hong Kong

China Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society ... ... Slianghai

Inq)erial L^niversity ... .. ... ... Tokio

Seismological Society of Japan ... ... ... Tokio

Canada.

Canadian Institute ... ... ... ... Toronto

Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada ... Ottawa

Royal Society of Canada ... ... ... ... Montreal

238 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.

Unitkd States.

Academy of Natural Sciences ... ... Davenport

Acadeniy of Natural Sciences ... ... Philadelphia

Academy of Sciences ... ... ... San Francisco

American Academy of Arts and Sciences ... ... Boston

American Geographical Society ... ... New York

American Philosophical Society ... ... Philadelphia

Bureau of Ethnology ... ... ... Washington

Colorado Scientific Society ... ... ... Denver

Cooper Union for the Advancement of Science and Art New York

Denison University ... ... ... ... Ohio

John Hopkins University ... ... Baltimore

'•Kosmos" ... ... ... ... San Francisco

Maryland Historical Society ... ... Baltimore

Natural Academy of Sciences ... ... Washington

Office of C;hief of Engineers, U.S. Army ... Washington

Philosophical Society ... ... ... Washington

" :icience ■' ... ... ... ... New York

Smithsonian Institute ... ... ... Washington

Society of Natural History ... ... ... Boston

Society of Natural Sciences ... ... ... Buffalo

United States Geological Survey ... .. Washington

Mexico.

Ministerio de Fomento ... ... ... ... Mexico

Observatorio Meteorologico, Magnetico Central ... Mexico

Observatorio A stronomico National ... ...Tatubaya

Sociedade Cientifica, Antonio Alsate ... ... Mexico

Sociedad de Ingenieros de Jalisco ... ... Guadalajara

Secretaria de Fomento ... ... ... Guatemala

Argentine Republic.

Academia de Ciencias
lia Museo di Plata

Cordoba
Buenos Ay res

Australia. —Victoria.

"Age"

"Argus"

Athenjfium

Astronomical Observatory

Australian Health Society

" Australian Joui-nal of Pharmacy "

Chief Secretary's Office ...

Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne
Melbourne

Lid of Institutions, &c.

239

Department of Mines and Water Supply ... M.ell)ouiiie

Eclectic Association of Victoria ... ... Melbourne

Field Naturalists' Club of Victoria... ... Melbourne

Free liibrary ... ... ... ... ... Echuca

Free Libraiy ... ... ... ... ... Geelong

Free Library ... ... ... ... Bendigo

Geological Society of Australasia ... ... Melbourne

German Association ... ... ... Melbourne

Gordon Technical College... ... ... ... Geelong

Government Entomologist ... ... Melbourne

Medical Society ... ... ..„ Melboui'ne

Parliamentary Library ... ... Melbourne

Pharmaceutical Society of Australasia ... Melbourne

Public Library ... ... ... Melljourne

Office of the Government Statist ... ... Melbourne

Royal Geographical Society .. ... Melbourne

Railway Library ... ... ... Melbourne

School of Mines ... ... ... Ballarat

School of Mines ... ... ... Castlemaine

School of Mines ... ... Bendigo

School of Mines ... ... ... Maryborough

School of Mines ... ... ... Bairnsdale

School of Mines ... ... ... ... Stawell

The Exhibition Trustees ... ... ... Melbourne

University Library ... ... ... Melbourne

Victorian Chamber of Connnerce (Manufactures) Melbourne

" Victorian Engineer " ... ... ... Melbourne

" Victorian Government Gazette" ... ... Melljourne

Victorian Listitute of Surveyors ... ... Melbourne

Working Men's Colleoje, Latrobe Street ... Melbourne

New South Wales.
Australian Museum
Astronomical Ob.servatory
Department of Agriculture
Department of Mines
Linnaean Society of New South Wales
Parliamentary Library
PuV)lic Library
Royal Geographical Society
Royal Society ...
Technological Museum

South Australia.
Parliamentary Library ...
Public Library and Museum
Royal Society of South Australia ...

Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney
Sydney

Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide

240 Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria.
Queensland.

Parliamentary Library ...
Public Library...
Royal Geographical Society
Royal Society of Queensland

Brisbane
Brisbane
Brisbane
Brisbane

Tasmania.

Parliamentary Library

Public Librai-y ...

Royal Society of Tasmania

Hobart
Hobart
Hobart

New Zealand.

Auckland Institute and Museum ... ... Auckland

Colonial Museum and Geological Survey Department Wellington

New Zealand Institute ... ... ... Wellington

Otago Institute ... ... ... Dunedin

Parliamentary Library ... ... ... Wellington

Public Library ... ... ... Wellington

STII.LWiVLL AND CO., PKINTERi, I9SA COLIJNS STRKET, MELBOURNB

PROCEEDINGS

Jloiial SotittD of 0ictorhT<

VOL. IV (New Series).
PART I.

Edited under the Authority of the Council.
ISSUED APRIL 1892.

THE AUTHORS OF THE SEVERAL PAPERS ARE SOLELY RKSP0N9IBLE FOR THE SOUNDNESS OK
THE OPINIONS OIVKN AND FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE STATEMENTS MADE THEKEIX.

MELBOURNE :
STILLWELL AND CO., PRINTERS, 195a COLLINS STREET.

AGENTS TO THE SOCIETY:

WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LoND.iN

To whom all commuuicatioiis for iraiiamissioii to the Royal Society of Victoria,

from all \<xcts of Europe, should be seut.

1892.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

Vimrd Soxictu of Dittorici;

VOL. IV (New Series).
PART n.

Edited tinder the Authority of the Council. ' JBRA'R
ISSUED NOVEMBER 1892. ~y

THE AUTHORS OF THE SEVERAL PAPERS ARE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR THF. SOUNDNE.SS OF
THE OPINIONS GIVEN AND FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE STATEMENTS MADE THEREIN.

MELBOURNE :

I
STILLWELL AND CO., PEINTERS, 19oa COLLINS STREET. l

AGB^m TO THE SOCIETY:
WILLIAMS & NORGATE, 14 HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN, LoNIm.
To whom all communications for transniifisiou to the Royal Society of Victoria,
from all jiarts of Europe, shouUl be sent.

1892.

MBL WHOI Lih

ii:

i'l

ill ;l
5 WHSE

iiiiii iiiiii

00596

^-^[■l^hi

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria"

See other formats